st80 2002 e

simatic hmi
Human Machine Interface Systems
Catalog ST 80 2002/2003
Related catalogs:
SIMATIC SIMATIC S5/PC/505 Automation Systems PDF No.: E86060-K4650-A111-A8-7600 SIMATIC Components for Totally Integrated Automation Order No.: E868060-K4670-A111-A7-7600 Communication and Field Devices Industrial Communication and Field Devices Order No.: E86060-K6710-A101-B1-7600 SIMOTION Motion Control System SIMOTION Order No.: E86060-K4910-A101-A3-7600 Information and Training for Automation and Drives Technology Order No.: E86060-K6850-A101-B2 Components for Automation Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-B6-7600
ST 50
ST 70
IK PI
PM 10
1 ITC )
CA 01
1) Available in German only. Contact your local Siemens representative for further information.
Trademarks/Internet
SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI, HMI, ProTool, ProTool/Lite, ProTool/Pro, ProAgent, IndustrialX, WinCC, WinCC Add-on, SIMATIC Multi Panel, SIMATIC Multifunctional Platform and SIMATIC NET are Siemens registered trademarks. The other designations in this catalog might be trademarks, the use of which by third parties could infringe upon the rights of their respective owners.
For further information regarding SIMATIC HMI visit our site in the Internet: http://www.siemens.com/simatichmi
Introduction
Product and System Overview
Operator interfaces
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface Systems
Panel PCs
Push Button Panels Micro Panels Panels Multi Panels
Catalog ST 80 2002/2003
Supersedes: Catalog ST 80 2001
HMI software
Configuring software SIMATIC ProTool Visualization software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC Process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent HMI packages with ProTool/Pro HMI packages with WinCC
HMI complete systems
Customized products
Customized design OEM products Open platform program
The products contained in this catalog are also included in Catalog CA 01 on CD-ROM. Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-B7-7600 For further information contact your nearest Siemens branch office.
Industrial LCD monitors
12 devices 15 devices 18 devices
Dimension drawings
The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured under application of a quality management system certified by DQS in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration No.: 2613-05). The DQS certificate is recognized by all EQ Net countries (Reg. No.: 2613).
Appendix
Siemens AG
Appendix
SIMATIC HMI Human-Machine Interface The human-machine interface (HMI) matches the automation environment to the individual requirements of the user. It allows you to master processes perfectly and operate machines and plants efficiently, always keeping your plants availability and productivity levels at their optimum level. Leading the way in technology development As processes are becoming increasingly complex, the tasks which machines and systems have to perform are becoming ever more varied. To simplify and bring structure into this increasing complexity is our main aim with every new HMI development. With their open, standardized hardware and software interfaces, our solutions can be used throughout the world. Not only the automated process itself benefits: SIMATIC HMI can become an integral component of your corporate IT environment. All the benefits of Totally Integrated Automation Being a Totally Integrated Automation component, SIMATIC HMI uses the same configuration tools, common data and standardized communication methods. This results in a saving of 50 % in engineering costs compared to other automation solutions. SIMATIC HMI putting you in full control From the simple keypad to full process visualization systems, SIMATIC HMI provides a full range of products for all operator interface applications, including customized solutions.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Introduction
Product and system overview
Push Button Panels
Operat or Contr ol and Monit oring De vices
PP7 PP17-I PP17-II
SIMATIC Push Button Panels, the innovative alternative to conventional, wired operator panels
Micro Panels
TD200 TP 070
SIMATIC Micro Panels especially for the SIMATIC S7, for controlling and monitoring small machines and plants
Panels
TD17 OP3/OP7/ OP17 TP 170A/ TP 170B OP 170B TP 270 OP 270 TP27 OP27
SIMATIC Panels ideal for local machine use High-contrast displays, compact design, rugged, simple assembly Finely tuned performance Softkeys, function keys or touch screen
Multi Panels
MP 270B MP 370
SIMATIC Multi Panels for on-site machine operation and monitoring. As well as visualization, Multi Panels can also handle other automation tasks, such as control functions.
Panel PC
PC IL70 PC 670 PC 870 FI45 V2
SIMATIC Panel PC, industrial PCs for on-site visualization High-performance, rugged and compact Low budget and suitable for industrial use
1/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Introduction
Product and system overview
SIMATIC ProTool configuring software, the uniform, consistent configuring software under Windows for all SIMATIC Panels and the HMI section of the SIMATIC C7. SIMATIC ProTool/Lite the low-cost version for configuring all Text Panels and the TP 170 and OP 170 graphics devices SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software, the PC-based solution for local visualization. Consists of the runtime and configuring software for PC platforms. Can be used for configuring all SIMATIC panels
ProTool/Lite ProTool
Configuring software
ProTool/Pro
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC , the process visualization system under Windows Scalable process visualization for all needs Single-user and multi-user possible
WinCC
SCADA System
SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software , the software option package for precise and fast process fault diagnostics
ProAgent
Process diagnostics software
PC platforms with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC
Panel PC with ProTool/Pro Panel PC with WinCC
Customized design OEM products Open Platform Program
Customized products
The industrial LCD monitors are available with 12", 15" and 18" displays and in the following versions: Desktop Built-in models (for control cabinets) 19 built-in models (for 19" racks)
SCD 1897 SCD 1898 SCD 1597 SCD 1297
Industrial LCD monitors
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Sof tw are

1/5
Visualization software
Introduction
Notes
1/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Operator Control and Monitoring Devices

Overview Push Button Panels
2
2/2 2/8 2/13 2/15 2/18 2/20
SIMATIC PP7, SIMATIC PP17-I and SIMATIC PP17-II ............... SIMATIC TD 200 ............... SIMATIC TP 070 ................
Micro Panels
Panels Text Panels SIMATIC TD17 .................. SIMATIC OP3, SIMATIC OP7 and SIMATIC OP17 ........... SIMATIC TP 170A and SIMATIC TP 170B ............. SIMATIC OP 170B............. SIMATIC TP 270 ................ SIMATIC OP 270 ............... SIMATIC TP27 ................... SIMATIC OP27 ..................
170 Series
2/27 2/32 2/36 2/41 2/46 2/51
270 Series
Multi Panels 270 Series SIMATIC MP 270B ............ 370 Series SIMATIC MP 370 ............... Options for Multi Panels SIMATIC WinAC MP .......... Options for handling time-critical operator actions System interfaces for text-based Panels and OP27/TP27................. for Micro Panels, 170/270/370 series and ProTool/Pro Runtime .. 2/56 2/62 2/68 2/70
2/72
2/80 2/88
Connecting cables Recommended printers for Micro Panels and Panels ............................... for Multi Panels .................
2/90 2/92
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/1

The Device Classes
s Overview
Comprehensive product family SIMATIC HMI offers the full product family for machinelevel human machine interfaces from a single source: starting with Push Button Panels, Micro Panels, Panels and Multi Panels, right up to PC-based solutions with Panel PCs and the ProTool/ Pro Runtime visualization software. The innovative hardware and software solutions are scalable in price and performance as well as in the degree of openness and expandability offered. As the global leader, hundreds of thousands of SIMATIC operator interfaces are in use in the most diverse industries and applications. Micro Panels Z Tailored to applications with the SIMATIC S7-200 micro PLC, either with text-oriented display or touch screen. The Micro Panels are configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN, the programming software of the S7-200, or with TP-Designer. Panels Z Text Panels as Text Displays (TDs) purely for message display or as Operator Panels (OPs) for human machine interface with membrane keyboard. Z 170/270 series with pixel graphics display for realistic representation of processes (also in color), either as Touch Panels (TPs) with touch-sensitive displays or as Operator Panels (OPs) with membrane keyboards. Multi Panels Z 270/370 series Offers versions with touch screen or membrane keyboard operation that can be used like the panels for human machine interface functionality. Multi Panels (MPs) also allow the installation of additional applications and enable the integration of several automation tasks on a single platform using the soft PLC WinAC MP, as an example.
The highlights at a glance: Rugged and compact Bright displays for the best possible readability Simple and secure operation with ergonomically designed keypad or intuitively with touch panel Long service life of the display backlighting One configuration software fits all Simple and fast configuring Remote download of configuring and firmware Integrated into the SIMATIC world PLCs from the most diverse manufacturers can be connected Drivers and available interfaces already onboard at no additional cost Global in use with comprehensive language support, including Asian languages
2/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
All SIMATIC operator interfaces at a glance
Micro Panels
Perfect for the S7-200 simple and low-cost
TD 200
Display Resolution Size in inches / W x H in mm Character height in mm MTBF backlighting (at 25C) Operating elements Function keys (programmable, can be labeled freely) System keys External keyboard, mouse, barcode reader Memory, integrated (available for application data) Interfaces Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP USB / Ethernet CF / PC card slot Connection to controller SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC SIMATIC S5 / SIMATIC 505 SINUMERIK / SIMOTION Allen Bradley / Mitsubishi / Telemecanique AEG Modicon / Omron / GE Fanuc Lucky Goldstar Functionality Event messages/alarm messages Message buffer Graphic objects Numerical/alphanumeric input DP direct control keys Password protection Help texts Print functions Online languages Bar charts/trend diagrams (pixel graphics) Recipes Archiving Visual basic scripts PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Applications, optional LC display 2 x 20 (lines x characters) 5 Membrane keyboard 4 5 128 KB flash
q// / /
TP 070
LC display, STN, blue mode, 4 blue levels 320 x 240 pixels 5.7" / 115 x 86 Freely scalable 50,000 h Touch screen (analog/resistive) 128 KB flash
q/q
/ / S7- 200** only / / / // // / Pixel graphics q / A-F 1 q/
S7- 200** only / / / // //

q/q
/
q
1 /
Configuration software
STEP 7-Micro/WIN 32
STEP 7-Micro/WIN 32 (TP-Designer)
** = Point-to-point connection
2/3
Panels Text Panels

The small versatile units that pack a punch
170 series
The clever way to start low cost and innovative
TD17
LC display, backlit with LED 4 x 20 or 8 x 40 * 11 or 6 Membrane keyboard 7 128 KB flash
q/q/q / /
OP3
LC display, backlit with LED 2 x 20 * 5 Membrane keyboard 5 (labelling fixed) 18 128 KB flash
q/q/ / /
OP7
LC display, backlit with LED 4 x 20 * 8 Membrane keyboard 8 22 128 KB flash
q/q/q
OP17
LC display, backlit with LED 4 x 20 or 8 x 40 * 11 or 6 Membrane keyboard 24 22 256 KB flash
q/q/q
TP 170A
LC display, STN, blue mode, 4 blue levels 320 x 240 pixels 5.7" / 115 x 86 Freely scalable 50,000 h
Touch screen (analog/resistive)
TP 170B
LC display, STN, blue mode or color 4 blue levels or 16 colors 320 x 240 pixels 5.7" / 115 x 86 Freely scalable 50,000 h
Touch screen (analog/resistive)
320 KB flash
q/q/q
768 KB flash
q/q/q
/ /
q q q q q
/ /
q q q q q
/ /
q/q q/q
/ q/
q q q q q q
q q q q q
/q /q / /q/q /q/q
q q
/ / / // / / / /
/q /q / /q/q /q/q
/q /q / /q/q /q/q
/ q/q/q q/q/q
q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q/q q
q/q q
q q
q q
q/q q
/
q q
Character graphics
q/q q q q q
Character graphics q/q

q q q q
Pixel graphics q / A-F

q
Pixel / vector graphics q/q

q q q q
3 /
3 / on SIMATIC S5/S7
3 /
q
3 /
q
on SIMATIC S5/S7
on SIMATIC S5/S7
1 /q
5
q/q q
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration
* = lines x characters
2/4
270 series
The all-rounder with optimal power and performance
OP 170B
LC display, STN, blue mode, 4 blue levels 320 x 240 pixels 5.7" / 115 x 86 Freely scalable 50,000 h Membrane keyboard 24 35 768 KB flash
q/q/q
TP 270
LC display, STN, 256 colors 320 x 240 pixels 5.7" / 115 x 86 Freely scalable 40,000 h Touch screen (analog/resistive) using USB 2 MB flash
q/q/q q / optional q/
OP 270
LC display, STN, 256 colors 640 x 480 pixels 10.4" / 211 x 158 Freely scalable 60,000 h Touch screen (analog/resistive) using USB 2 MB flash
LC display, STN, 256 colors 320 x 240 pixels 5.7" / 115 x 86 Freely scalable 40,000 h Membrane keyboard 24 36 using USB 2 MB flash
LC display, STN, 256 colors 640 x 480 pixels 10.4" / 211 x 158 Freely scalable 60,000 h Membrane keyboard 36 38 using USB 2 MB flash
/ q/
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q/q q
q/q q
q/q q
q/q q
q/q q

q q q q
Pixel / vector graphics

q/q q q q q

q q q q

q/q q q q q

q q q q
5
q/q q
5
q/q q q q
5
q/q q q q
5
q/q q q q
5
q/q q q q
on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent
SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration
2/5
Multi Panels 270 series

Convincing in power, performance and expandability
370 series
Meets the highest demands for power, performance and expandability
All SIMATIC operator interfaces at a glance
MP 270B
LC display, TFT, 256 colors 640 x 480 pixels 10.4" / 211 x 158 Freely scalable 50,000 h Membrane keyboard 36 38 using USB LC display, TFT, 256 colors 640 x 480 pixels 10.4" / 211 x 158 Freely scalable 50,000 h Touch screen (analog/resistive) using USB
MP 370
LC display, TFT, 256 colors 800 x 600 pixels 12.1" / 246 x 185 Freely scalable 50,000 h Membrane keyboard 36 38 using USB LC display, TFT, 256 colors 800 x 600 pixels 12.1" / 246 x 185 Freely scalable 50,000 h Touch screen (analog/resistive) using USB Display Resolution Size in inches / W x H in mm Character height in mm MTBF backlighting (at 25C) Operating elements Function keys (programmable, can be labeled freely) System keys External keyboard, mouse, barcode reader Memory, integrated (available for application data) Interfaces Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP USB / Ethernet CF / PC card slot Connection to controller SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC SIMATIC S5 / SIMATIC 505 SINUMERIK / SIMOTION Allen Bradley / Mitsubishi / Telemecanique AEG Modicon / Omron / GE Fanuc Lucky Goldstar Functionality Event messages/alarm messages Message buffer Graphic objects Numerical/alphanumeric input DP direct control keys Password protection Help texts Print functions Online languages Bar charts/trend diagrams (pixel graphics) Recipes Archiving Visual basic scripts PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Applications, optional
5 MB Flash (of which max. 4 MB for ProTool conf.)
12 MB Flash (of which max. 7 MB for ProTool conf.)
q/q/q q/q q/q
q/q/q q/q q/q
q/q/q q/q q/q
q/q/q q/q q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q q q q q q
/q /q /q /q/q /q/q
q/q q
q/q q
q/q q
q/q q

q/q q q q q

q q q q

q q q q

q q q q
5
q/q q q q
5
q/q q q q
5
q/q q q q
5
q/q q q q
on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent, Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply)
on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent, Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply), SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (i.p.)
on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent, Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply), SIMATIC WinAC MP
on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent, Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply), SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (i.p.), SIMATIC WinAC MP
SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration
Configuration software
2/6

ProTool One configuration software fits all
ProTool/Lite
see Section 4 Configuration software for TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP 170B, TP 170A, and TP 170B
ProTool
see Section 4 TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP 170B, OP 270, TP 170A, TP 170B, TP 270, MP 270B, MP 370
ProTool/Pro
see Section 4 TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP 170B, OP 270, TP 170A, TP 170B, TP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and PC-based systems PC-based systems Windows 98 SE/ME/ NT4.0/2000
Runtime software for Operating system
Windows 98 SE/ME/ NT4.0/2000
Windows 98 SE/ME/ NT4.0/2000
Highlights Short learning time for the configuration software thanks to standard Windows operating system and integrated online help system Simple and fast operation of the configuration software thanks to standard Windows operating mechanisms and WYSIWYG representation of text and graphics Simple further processing of configuration sections using several simultaneously open configurations (multiple document interface) and cross-project copying using the clipboard with drag&drop or copy&paste Clear, easy to modify configurations thanks to objectoriented symbolic data management and cross-reference lists with direct data access at the click of a mouse
Access to symbol lists and communications parameters of the controller configuration with integrated installation under SIMATIC STEP 7 Use of the familiar work environment for graphics generation through connection of the graphics editors via OLE interface or import of pixel-graphics objects Export/import of all texts (e.g. for ease of translation) Support for Asian logographic or character-based languages Extensive image editor and graphics libraries with off-theshelf image objects Protocol editor on Windows systems Configuration test using simulation on the PC even without PLC and Panel Zooming of configurations for different display resolutions.
Software Update Service Z Automatic supply of the latest software release (upgrade/service packs Z Runtime 1 year from ordering with automatic extension Z Low-cost and user-friendly method of keeping the software up-to-date at all times
Optional software packages Z ProAgent: targeted and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines in conjunction with SIMATIC S7 (see Section 4) Z ThinClient/MP: Multi Panels as terminal clients of a Windows 2000 terminal server (available soon) Z WinAC MP: software PLC based on Windows CE, runs on the MP 370 multifunctional platform (see Section 3).
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/7

Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7, SIMATIC PP17-I and SIMATIC PP17-II
s Overview
Keys and lamps ready for use with SIMATIC S7. No need to individually mount and wire pushbuttons and switches. No engraving of labels necessary; simple creation and changing of inscription
labels (black and white or color) using template (also when installed). A time saving of up to 90 %: guaranteed immediate operational readiness after assembly.
Simple, convenient machine operation, for example through use of different indicator light colors. Simpler configuration and IBS phase, for example through standard lines. Various PP options can also be activated by modifying parameters.
Their easy-to-clean surface is not the only advantage of the PPs. They also have the following advantages: Z Pre-fitted with short-stroke keys Z Durable through multi-colored flush LEDs in all shortstroke keys
Z Additional digital inputs and outputs for expansion (no DO on PP7) Z Perforated cutouts for 22.5 mm standard supplementary elements, such as pushbuttons, lamps, etc.
Z Central enable input to inhibit data input (not PP7) Z Integrated lamp and pushbutton test Z Integral diagnostics function
2/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Push Button Panels
s Area of application
The rugged PP7, PP17-I and PP17-II pushbutton panels are designed for simple and direct machine operation.
The pushbutton panels can be used wherever keys and lamps are needed, for example on machine and plant control consoles. For specialpurpose machines, PPs can also be used to construct standard operator panels, which allow quick, flexible and modular expansion.
Configuration and connection methods The pushbutton panels are optimized for use in the following Z SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400 soft and slot PLCs through MPI and PROFIBUS DP Z SIMATIC S5 (AG95/Master or IM308C) only through PROFIBUS DP Z Any other PROFIBUS DP masters, such as Allen Bradley
s Design
With their simple operation and menu-driven configuration, the compact pushbutton panels can be quickly reconfigured. The short- and long-stroke keys can be labeled with strips that are inserted behind the IP 65 front panel.
Special features Z Menu-driven parameterization through display on rear with mini keyboard. Z Color modes for LEDs, e.g. red, green, orange, red flashing, green flashing or orange flashing Z Integrated 0.5 Hz and 2 Hz flashing rates for all additional outputs. Z Short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be parameterized individually as switches. Z Parameterizable pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)
Z Service-friendly since operating states and messages can be displayed on the rear display in plaintext. Z With its OP7/OP17 design, can be connected in gapfree rows. Z Low-maintenance, as no battery is required. Z All parameters are stored on an easily interchangeable memory card.
Fitted with (number of) Short-stroke keys Surface LEDs DI terminals DO terminals 1) Enable input Installation spaces for 22.5 mm standard elements
PP7 8 8 4 3
PP17-I 16 16 16 16 1 12
PP17-II 32 32 16 16 1
1) Up to 2 Watt per output for filament bulbs
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/9

Push Button Panels
s Communication
PLC Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (connector/interface) SIMATIC S7 (MPI as master) 6) S7-200, -300 and -400 through MPI interface,1) 2) (9-pin female/RS 485) Soft/slot PLC (WinAC) Bus connector (see Catalog ST 70, Sec. 7) Bus cable (see Catalog ST 70, Sec. 14) MPI network (see Catalog ST 70) SIMATIC HMI PP7 4) I PP17 3) II Order No. of the connecting cable (max. length)
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave) through PROFIBUS to up to 1 S7-200 CPU 215-DP with MPI protocol S7-300, -400 with integrated PROFIBUS interface S7-300 with CP 342-5 S7-400 with CP 443-5 through PROFIBUS DP to S5-95U/PROFIBUS DP master (6ES5 095-8ME02) S5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308C/IM 308B S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 5430/CP 5431 through PROFIBUS DP on external PROFIBUS DP master PROFIBUS 5) (see Catalog ST 70 + Catalog IK PI)
PROFIBUS 5) (see Catalog ST 70 + Catalog IK PI) PROFIBUS 5) (see Catalog ST 70 + Catalog IK PI) System interface available
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
S7-200 with MPI only (CPU 212 not possible). S7-CPU 215-DP to PROFIBUS DP interface also possible using MPI protocol. PP suitable for up to 12 Mbit/s. PP suitable for up to 1.5 Mbit/s. Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-1EA00. Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used. The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0) is not suitable for connecting a PP to a CPU.
2/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Push Button Panels
s Technical specifications
Typ Control elements

PP7
PP17-I
PP17-II
Number of keys LED color modes Additional digital inputs Additional digital outputs - In groups of - Output current 1) (per output), max. - Aggregate current per group, max. - Short-circuit protection
8 short-stroke keys 3 4 Yes
16 short-stroke keys 3 16 16 4 100 mA 500 mA Yes
32 short-stroke keys 3 16 16 4 100 mA 500 mA Yes
Typical service life
Short-stroke keys (in switching operations) LEDs (ON period)
1,500,000 100 % 24 V DC 18 V DC to 30 V DC 0.2 mA 1 x RS 422 S5, S7-200/-300/-400
Supply voltage

Permitted range Current input, normally
Interfaces Interface with PLC Ambient conditions
Mounting position - Max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation 35 35 35
Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage 0 C to 55 C 0 C to 55 C -20 C to 70 C 95% 0 C to 55 C 0 C to 55 C -20 C to 70 C 95% 0 C to 55 C 0 C to 55 C -20 C to 70 C 95%
Relative humidity
Dimensions

Front (w x h in mm) Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm)
240 x 144 130 x 190 x 0.72 kg 532)
204 x 240 226 x 190 x 1.13 kg 532)
204 x 240 226 x 190 x 532) 1.13 kg
Weight Functions
Short-stroke key/digital inputs as pushbutton or switch Integrated flashing rate for LEDs Integrated flashing rate for digital outputs Key and lamp test Pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and digital inputs, max. Enable input Installation spaces for 22.5 mm standard elements
Yes 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz Yes 1000 ms Yes 5
Degree of protection

Front Rear
IP 20/IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM
Certification 1) Bulbs up to 2 Watt per output 2) Depth without plug-in elements
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/11

Push Button Panels
s Ordering data
} SIMATIC PP7 1) A) turnkey for MPI operation, incl. installation accessories with 1 MPI or PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5 only through PROFIBUS DP 8 short-stroke keys 8 surface LEDs 4 DI terminals (24 V) Up to 3 22.5 mm holes
SIMATIC PP17 turnkey for MPI operation, incl. installation accessories with 1 MPI or PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5 only through PROFIBUS DP PP17-I 1) A) 16 short-stroke keys 16 surface LEDs 16 DI terminals 16 DO terminals 1 enable input Up to 12 22.5 mm holes PP17-II 1) A) 32 short-stroke keys 32 surface LEDs 16 DI terminals 16 DO terminals 1 Enable input
Order No. 6AV3 688-3AA03-0AX0
Ordering data
Manual for PP7/PP17 2) German English French Italian Spanish Getting Started guide for PP7/PP17 German English Accessories for reordering DP/MPI cable (3 m) cable terminal fittings both ends Service package for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II consisting of: 1 PP7 seal 1 PP17-I/PP17-II seal 5 tensioning clamps PP7 plug-in terminal strip PP17-I/PP17-II plug-in terminal strips Commercially available printer foils can be used as keyboard labeling strips. For further information, visit our website at
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
} } } } }
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AA0 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AB0 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AC0 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AD0 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AE0
} 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0 } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0 } 6XV1 830-1CH30 } 6AV3 678-3XC30
} 6AV3 688-3CD13-0AX0
} 6AV3 688-3ED13-0AX0
} ex warehouse.
1) Permissible automation devices see System interfaces table on page 2/10. 2) Incl. 3.5 disk containing GSD files/TYP files and Word templates for labeling strips. A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.
http://www.siemens.com/panels
2/12
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Unverbindliche Preisempfehlungen

Micro Panels
SIMATIC TD 200
s Overview
The user-friendly text display for the S7-200 For control and monitoring: message text display, intervention in PLC program, setting of inputs and outputs Direct connection to CPU interface using the cable supplied, or integration into the network (likewise using EM 277) No separate power supply required No separate parameterization software required On request with customized front design Addressing and contrast adjustment by means of supplied menu
The TD 200 text display is the optimum solution to all SIMATIC S7-200 operator interface problems.
It is easily connected to the PPI of the S7-200 using the connecting cable supplied with it. There is no need for a separate power supply. Several TD 200s can also be connected to an S7-200.
The TD 200 can be used for the following tasks: Z Displaying messages Z Intervention in the control program, e.g. setpoint changes Z Setting of inputs and outputs, e.g. for on/off switching of a motor Z Connection for optional power supply unit; a power supply unit is required for distances of more than 2.5 m between TD 200 and S7200. PROFIBUS bus cables are available in place of the connecting cable
s Design
The TD 200 features: Z Rugged plastics housing in degree of protection IP 65 (front) Z Mounting depth 27 mm; the TD 200 can be installed without additional accessories in switching cubicles or operator panels or used as a handheld unit
Z Back-lit LC display; clearly legible even in unfavorable light Z Ergonomically designed input keys; including programmable function keys Z Integrated interface for connection of the connecting cable
s Functions
The TD 200 can be used for the following tasks: Z Displaying messages; Up to 80 message items with up to 4 tags show current operating statuses and can also be parameterized with a mandatory acknowledgement feature and also protected by a password. The system texts are stored in the device in German, English, French, Spanish and Italian. There are different fonts to choose from, and messages can also be stored in simplified Chinese characters.
Z Displaying and modifying process parameters; Process parameters are shown on the display and can be modified by means of the input keys, for temperature settings or changes of speed, for instance Z Setting inputs and outputs; A flag bit is assigned to each of the 8 programmable function keys. These can then be set during ongoing operation, e.g. during startup, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible, for example, to control motors without having to install additional control elements
Z Additional functions and features; Such as processing of floating-point numbers, symbols for bar charts, different data blocks for operating several TD 200s on one CPU, password protection for the user program integrated SETUP menu and variable tags
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/13

Micro Panels
SIMATIC TD 200
s Programming
The configuration data of the TD 200 is stored in the CPU of the S7-200. The pieces of message text and configuration parameters are created with the STEP 7 Micro/WIN configuration software. No additional parameterization software is needed.
Special data areas are reserved in the CPU of the S7-200 for data exchange with the TD200. Using these data areas the TD 200 directly access the required functions of the CPU.
A separate TD 200 wizard in STEP 7 Micro/WIN supports user-friendly parameter assignment.
Display LCD backlit, 2-line, 20 characters/line (ASCII, Cyrillic), 10 characters/line (Chinese), 5 mm character height 1 PPI (RS 485) max. to set up a network with max. 126 stations (S7-200, OP, TP, TBP, PG/PC); Transmission speeds 9.6, 19.2, 187.5 kbit/s 24 V DC, 120 mA; Powered from S7-200 communication interface or optional external power pack. Sensor power supply (24 V DC) of CPU is not affected 0 C to +60 C -40 C to +70 C IP 65 front 148 x 76 x 27 138 x 68 0.3 to 4 250 g
s Ordering data
TD 200 Text Display for connection to SIMATIC S7-200 TD 200 Manual German English French Spanish Italian Accessories for reordering PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20 with 90 outgoing cable without programming port with programming port PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20 with 35 outgoing cable without programming port with programming port PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable for connection to PPI; standard type with special design for quick assembly, 2-wire, shielded, meter goods, max. delivery quantity, 1000 m, minimum order quantity 20 m
Order No.
} 6ES7 272-0AA20-0YA0
Interfaces
} } } } }
6ES7 272-0AA20-8AA0 6ES7 272-0AA20-8BA0 6ES7 272-0AA20-8CA0 6ES7 272-0AA20-8DA0 6ES7 272-0AA20-8EA0
Power supply
Ambient temperature Transport/storage temperature Degree of protection Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Installation opening (standard cut-out) in mm Cabinet/control panel thickness in mm Weight
} 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 } 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
} 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0 } 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

6XV1 830-0EH10
} ex warehouse.
For further information, visit our website at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic
2/14
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Micro Panels
SIMATIC TP 070
s Overview
Touch device specially designed for the SIMATIC S7-200 (point-to-point connection) Human machine interface for small machines and plants Connection using MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable Configuration with the STEP 7-Micro/Win V3.1 and STEP 7-Micro/Win Toolbox configuring software Configuration download through PPI adaptor Future-proof through the innovative Windows CE standard operating system
The TP 070 is a professional touch panel specially designed for the SIMATIC S7-200. It performs human machine interface functions for small machines or plants. The non-volatile flash memory in the device is generally designed for 20 process diagrams. The TP 070 has: Z Rugged plastic housing with degree of protection IP 65 at the front and IP 20 on rear Z 45 mm mounting depth Z Front panel (w x h) 212 x 156 mm (mounting cutout (w x h x d) 198 x 142 x 45 mm) Z STN, CCFL1) backlit display, can also be read in poor light
The 5.7" STN display with its robust resistive touch screen makes an additional keyboard superfluous: all entries are made directly on the display. The freely scalable texts and actual value displays can also be read easily from a long distance.
With its quick response times, the TP 070 is also ideally suited to jog mode. The TP 070 can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs (except CPU 212) with standard MPI bus cables.
s Design
Z Resistive analog touch, suitable for finger- (with or without glove) and pen operation Z Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
Z RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI adaptor Z Cable connector terminals for 24 V DC power supply (200 mA) Process connection can be established by means of standard MPI bus or PROFIBUS DP lines.
1) Cold cathode fluorescence lamps
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/15

Micro Panels
SIMATIC TP 070
s Functions
The following functions are available: Z Viewing and modifying process parameters through input/output fields; process parameters (V, M, E, A, T and Z) are shown on the display and can be edited using a system keyboard, for example temperature settings and speeds.
Z Controlling input/output and data bits with buttons; bits can be set, reset, toggled or dynamically triggered. Buttons can also be used to switch to other process diagrams or recalibrate the touch screen. Z Setting the contrast directly on the display Z "Labeling" buttons with graphics or text. Graphics can also be configured as background wallpaper. The graphics can be created with various editors such as PaintShopPro, Designer or CorelDraw. The TP-Designer can be used as stand-alone software or integrated in STEP 7-Micro/Win.
Z Graphic indication of process values in the form of bar charts. Z Labeling of the process diagrams and process values with freely scalable fixed texts. Z One online and five off-line languages (Ger./Eng./Fr./It./ Sp.). Configuration on the programming device/PC (PC/PG) can be carried out in multiple languages, although only one language is loaded on the TP 070 at any one time.
s Configuration
The TP 070 is configured with the STEP 7-Micro/Win Toolbox TP- Designer configuration software. Configuration of the TP 070 is described in detail in the TP-Designer online Help.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configuration.
2/16
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Micro Panels
SIMATIC TP 070
Display

s Ordering data
STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7 4 blue levels Approx. 50,000 hours Touch screen Yes/RISC Windows CE Flash 128 KB 1 x RS 485 S7-200 24 V DC 0.24 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Software clock IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM 212 x 156 198 x 142 x 45 700 g/1.54 lb SIMATIC TP 070 A) with 5.7 STN display, resistive analog touch, numerical system keyboard, RS 485 interface Configuration STEP 7 Micro/WIN32 V3.1 B) (S7-200 programming software) TP Designer for TP 070 V1.0 B) TP 070 manual German English French Italian Spanish Accessories for reordering TP 070/TP 170 protective membrane (10 pcs) TP 070 service package consisting of: Mounting seals Tensioning clamps 2-pin plug-in terminal strips (power supply) PC/PPI cable (5 m) B) MPI cable (3 m) cable terminal fittings both ends Connecting cables System interfaces
Order No.
} 6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0
Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Numeric/alphanumeric input
} 6ES7 810-2BC01-0YX0 } 6ES7 850-2BC00-0YX0
Control elements
Processor Operating system Memory

Type Memory available for user data Serial interface
Interfaces
} } } } }
6AV6 591-1DC01-0AA0 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AB0 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AC0 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AD0 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AE0
Interface with PLC Supply voltage

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0 } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Current input, normally Rated voltage Permitted range
Clock Degree of protection

Front Rear
} 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0 } 6XV1 830-1CH30

see page 2/88 see page 2/80
Certification Dimensions

} ex warehouse.
For further information, visit our website at
Weight Ambient conditions
Mounting position - max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity
35 http://www.siemens.com/panels
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C
85%, no condensation
20 200 text elements 10 Bitmaps, icons, background images Bars 50 1 English, French, German, Italian, Spanish Tahoma, freely scalable MicroWin TP-Designer from version 3.1, executable under Windows operating system Serial
Functions Process diagrams

Text objects Variables per diagram Graphics objects Dynamic objects
Variables Online languages
Standard languages
Character set Configuration
Configuration transfer
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/17

Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
s Overview
State-of-the-art text display with a large, clear screen which can be read easily from greater distances. The TD17 is ideal for displaying operating messages and is easy to configure. The high degree of protection makes it ideal for both machine-level and control room applications.
s Area of application s Design
The TD17 text display can be used both in machine and instrument production and in The TD17 text display is based on OP7/OP17 technology. The main features are: Z Degree of protection IP 65 (when installed) Z Minimum mounting depth Z Metal-reinforced plastic housing with membrane front
the air conditioning and packaging industry.
Z The membrane front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents. Z Easily readable backlit LED LCD, 4 lines, 20 characters/line, 11 mm line height or 8 lines, 40 characters/line, 6 mm line height
Z 3 online languages Z 7 system keys Z Maintenance-free due to electronic fuse (no battery)
s Communication
The TD17 can be connected to: Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SINUMERIK
Interface IF 1A IF 1B
Z Third-party PLCs, including Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Modicon Omron GE Fanuc
Z SIMATIC S5/S7, through PROFIBUS DP at up to 12 Mbit/s
Signal TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C RS 422, RS 485 (MPI/PPI/DP-12)
Application Controller or PG/PC for configuration PLC (either on IF1/A or on IF1/B)
Note: For further information, see "System interfaces/ for text panels and OP27/TP27" (from page 2/72).
s Configuration
The text displays are configured with the Windows-based SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration tools (see Section 4).
2/18
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
s Functions
Message functions Z Up to 8 process values can be included in each message Z Operating message buffer and system message buffer Z Paging in messages
Z Specification of message priorities Z Date and time in messages Other functions Z PROFIBUS DP to 12 Mbit/s Z Downloadable firmware Z Contrast adjustment
Z Native drivers for third-party PLCs Z Backup/restore function for firmware and user data (PROSAVE) Z Automation equipment orders to trigger automation equipment-controlled actions
Order No. 6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0
Display Number of lines, max. Number of characters per line Colors Character height Control elements System keys Operating system Memory Type Memory available for user data Interfaces Serial interface Interface with PLC max. LCD 8 40 Monochrome 6 or 11 mm Membrane keyboard 7 RMOS Flash 128 KB 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485/422 S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.34 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM 240 x 98 231 x 89 x 47 0.9 kg
s Ordering data
SIMATIC TD17 } with 2 integrated interfaces2), with mounting accessories, no battery, therefore maintenance-free (backup capacitor) and with electrical fuse Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite or ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Manual for TD17 multi-language (Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp.) Communications user guide Description for connection of the TD/OP to the controller German English French Italian Spanish Accessories for reordering Service package for TD17, OP7 and OP17 3) consisting of: 1 TD17 seal 1 OP7 seal 1 OP17 seal 5 packing blocks Backup battery (Li battery) for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah PROFIBUS bus connector with axial outgoing cable Connecting cables System interfaces
see Section 4 see Section 4
} 6AV3 991-1AE00-0AX0
Supply voltage Current input, normally Rated voltage Permitted range Backup battery Clock Degree of protection Front Rear Certification Dimensions Front (w x h in mm) Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm) Weight Ambient conditions Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity Functionality1) Message system Operating messages System messages, approx. Message length (lines x charact.) Number of process values per message Message buffer Password protection (levels) Online languages Standard languages
} } } } }
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
} 6AV3 678-1CC10
W79084-E1001-B2
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -25 to +70 C 95%, no condensation
} 6GK1 500-0EA02
999 150 4 x 20 or 8 x 40 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 100 entries each 9 3 Cyrillic, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Swedish, Spanish, Turkish From ProTool/Lite from version 2.51, executable under Windows Serial
} ex warehouse.
2) Cannot be used together 3) Scope of supply For further information, visit our website at
Configuration
1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory. Unverbindliche Preisempfehlungen
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/19

Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3, SIMATIC OP7 and SIMATIC OP17
s Overview
The operator panels are designed for controlling and monitoring machines
They are easy to use and configure
The OP3, OP7 and OP17 operator panels can be used both in machine and instrument production and in the air conditioning and packaging industry.
2/20
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Text Panels
s Design
The operator panels are available in various designs: OP3 Z Plastic housing with membrane front, can also be used as a hand-held unit (IP 20) Z LED-backlit LCD, 2 lines, 20 characters/line, 5 mm line height Z 18 system keys, of which 5 are softkeys OP7 Z Plastic housing with membrane front Z LED-backlit LCD, 4 lines, 20 characters/line, 8 mm line height Z 22 system keys, 8 user-label function keys, of which 8 are softkeys Optional: Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 or Z RS 232, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbaud or Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbaud
OP17 Z Plastic housing with membrane front Z LED-backlit LCD 4 lines, 20 characters/line, 11 mm line height or 8 lines, 40 characters/line, 6 mm line height Z 22 system keys, 24 userlabel function keys, of which up to 16 are softkeys Optional: Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 or Z RS 232, RS 485/422, PPI/ MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbaud or Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbaud
Key features of all operator panels are: Z Degree of protection IP 65 (when installed) Z Minimum mounting depth Z The membrane keys are resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents.
s Functions
OP3, OP7 and OP17 Operating functions Z Alphanumeric setpoint input using system keys Z Softkeys, keys assigned to the diagrams Message functions Z Process value indication Z Management and editing of operating messages Z Date and time in messages Z Definition of message priorities Other functions Z Limit check for inputs Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and S7 (OP3 with S7 only) Z Password protection Z Language selection Z Contrast adjustment
Additional features of the OP7 and OP17 Operating functions Z Insertion strips for all softkeys and function keys Z Configurable double softkey rows Z Large keys Z Function keys with LEDs (two-color LEDs for OP17) Message functions Z Management and editing of operating and fault messages Z Differentiation between first and last value messages Z Info texts on messages, diagrams, etc. Z Large, high-contrast displays Other functions Z Automation equipment orders to trigger automation equipment-controlled actions Z Recipe management Z DP direct keys
Z Selection from 17 languages, including system messages, for example with Cyrillic character set Z Backup/restoring of configuration, firmware and recipe data records Z Downloadable firmware Z Maintenance-free, as no battery, with electronic fuse Z Native drivers for third-party PLCs Z PROFIBUS DP to 12 Mbit/s Z Variable limit values Additional features of the OP17 Message functions Z Mixed operation using upper and lower case letters Other functions Z Internal real-time clock (OP3 and OP7 with software clock) Z 48 timed interrupts Z Integrated printer port Z Optional battery can be used
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/21

Text Panels
s Communication
Integral interface enables quick and simple connection to the following PLCs:
OP3 Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 An additional master (e.g. PG or OP) in the PPI network is permissible. The OP3 can also be used as a hand-held unit.
OP7/OP17 Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SINUMERIK Z Third-party PLCs, e.g. Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Modicon Omron GE Fanuc Z through PROFIBUS DP on SIMATIC S5/S7
Interface
OP3 /PP
OP7 all versions /DP IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1A IF 1A /DP-12 IF 1A IF 1A IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1A IF 1B IF 1A IF 1B IF 1A IF 1A /PP IF 1A IF 1A IF 1A IF 1B IF 1A IF 1B IF 2 IF 2
OP17 all versions /DP IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 2 IF 2 /DP-12 IF 1A IF 1A IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1B IF 1A IF 1B IF 1A IF 1B IF 2 IF 2
SIMATIC S5 AS511 FAP PROFIBUS DP to 1.5 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP to 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S7 PPI MPI PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232 RS 422 Additional PLCs RS 232/TTY RS 422/RS 485 PC/OP for configuration PC/OP (MPI download) Printer
IF 1 IF 1 IF 2 IF 1
IF 1A IF 1A IF 1A IF 1B IF 1A IF 1B IF 1A IF 1A
PLC either on IF 1A or IF 1B. For further information, see System interfaces from page 2/72. For recommended printers, see page 2/90. Possible configurations OP7/PP, OP17/PP Z optimized for use with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC 505 and third-party PLCs OP7/DP, OP17/DP Z optimized for use with SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5 through PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s OP7/DP-12, OP17/DP-12 Z covers both combinations OP7/PP and OP17/PP or OP7/DP and OP17/DP and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
s Configuration
The operator panels are configured with the Windowsbased SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration tools (see Section 4).
2/22
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Text Panels
Type Display

OP3 LCD 2 max. 20 Monochrome 5 mm Membrane keyboard 5 function keys, of which 5 softkeys No 18 Yes/No RMOS Flash 128 KB 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 485
OP7 LCD 4 20 Monochrome 8 mm Membrane keyboard 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs, of which 8 softkeys Yes 22 Yes/No RMOS Flash 128 KB 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 485, 1 x TTY (OP7-PP and OP7-DP12 only), 1 x RS 422 (OP7- DP/DP12 only) Yes
OP17 LCD 8 40 Monochrome 6 or 11 mm Membrane keyboard 24 function keys, 19 with LEDs, of which 16 softkeys Yes 22 Yes/No RMOS Flash 256 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422 (not for OP17-DP), 1 x RS 485 (not for OP17-DP) Yes
Number of lines, max. Number of characters per line Colors Character height Function keys, programmable - Facility for user inscription by user
Control elements
System keys Numeric/alphanumeric input
Operating system Memory

Type Memory available for user data Serial interface
Interfaces
Printer Interface with PLC Supply voltage

No S7-200/300/400 24 V DC 0.7 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC No Software clock IP 20 (hand-held), IP 65 (installed) IP 20 GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE 148 x 76 138 x 68 x 25 0.25 kg
S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.19 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC No Software clock IP 65 (installed) IP 20 GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex2/22 144 x 180 135 x 31.7 x 38.5 0.43 kg 24 V DC 0.39 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65 (installed) IP 20 GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex2/22 240 x 204 231 x 195 x 50 0.96 kg
Backup battery Clock Degree of protection

Front Rear

Mounting position - max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals) DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
180
90
90
0 to +60 C 0 to +60 C -20 to +60 C
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -25 to +70 C
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -25 to +70 C
85%
-
95%
K1 to K4 (not OP7/PP) F1 to F4, K1 to K4 (not OP7/PP)
95%
K1 to K4 (not OP17/PP) F1 to F4, K1 to K4 (not OP17/PP)
Expansion for process operation
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/23

Text Panels
s Technical specifications (continued)

Type Functionality1) Message system

OP3
OP7
OP17
Operating messages Fault messages System messages Message length (lines x characters) Number of process values per message Message buffer approx.
499 150 2 x 20 8 40 31,680 text elements 20 792 Character graphics 1024 9 3 English, French, German, Italian, Spanish Yes No
499 499 150 4 x 20 8 Cyclic buffer, 256 entries each 99 99 99 4 KB integrated flash 99 31,680 text elements 99 792 Character graphics 2048 9 Messages 3
999 999 150 8 x 40; 4 x 20 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 256 entries each 99 99 99 20 KB integrated flash 99 31,680 text elements 99 792 Character graphics 2048 9 Messages 3
Recipes

Records per recipe Entries per record Recipe memory Text objects Entries per diagram Variables per diagram Graphics objects
Process diagrams

Variables Password protection (levels) Printer functions Online languages
Standard languages
Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish For SIMATIC S5/S7 No For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes
Help text PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Timer Configuration
From ProTool/Lite from version 2.51, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial
1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.
2/24
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Text Panels
s Ordering data
SIMATIC OP3 } with 1 RS 232 and MPI/PPI interface, mounting accessories, cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point connection to SIMATIC S7 and for transferring configuration data from PC/PG with MPI module; cable (3 m) for transferring configuration data from PC/PG with RS 232 interface; cable (5 m) for 24 V DC power supply SIMATIC OP7 with mounting accessories, 2 integrated interfaces, maintenance-free, as no battery, with electronic fuse
OP7/PP with 1 RS 232/TTY interface and 1 RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC 505, third-party PLCs and printers OP7/DP with 1 RS 232 interface and 1 PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 1.5 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485interface, for SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC S5 over PROFIBUS DP and printers OP7/DP-12 with 1 RS 232/TTY interface and 1 PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 12 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP, third-party PLCs and printers
Order No. 6AV3 503-1DB10
s Ordering data
SIMATIC OP17 with mounting accessories, 3 integrated interfaces, maintenance-free, as no battery (capacitor backup), with electronic fuse
OP17/PP with 2 RS 232/TTY interfaces and 1 RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC 505, third-party PLCs and printer
Order No.
} 6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX1
} 6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1
OP17/DP } with 2 RS 232/TTY interface and 1 PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 1.5 Mbit/s/RS 422/ RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC S5 through PROFIBUS DP and printers OP17/DP-12 with 2 RS 232/TTY interface and 1 PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 12 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP, third-party PLCs and printers
6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX1
} 6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1
} 6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1
} 6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1
Configuration set for SIMATIC OP7 and OP17 A) consisting of OP7/17 manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software with user guide Communications user guide Standard function blocks PG/PC-OP connecting cable (9-pin, RS 232), 3.2 m long (6XV1 440-2KH32)

German English French Italian Spanish
} } } } }
6AV6 573-1AA06-0AA0 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AB0 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AC0 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AD0 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AE0
} ex warehouse.
A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.
The OP3, OP7 and OP17 operator panels are also used in SIMATIC C7 control systems, which combine PLC, OP, peripherals and communications in a single unit. You can find further information on this in Catalog ST 70.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/25

Text Panels
s Ordering data
OP3 starter kit A) } consisting of OP3 with mounting accessories Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point connection to SIMATIC S7 and for transferring configuration data from PG/PC with MPI board Cable (3 m) for transferring configuration data from PG/PC with RS 232 interface 24 V DC power supply cable (5 m) OP3 manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software, including configuration guide

Order No.
s Ordering data
OP3 manual Description of OP3 with connection to SIMATIC S7-200/-300 German English French Italian Spanish OP7/OP17 manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications user guide 2) Description for connection of the TD/OP to the controller German English French Italian Spanish Accessories for reordering Service package 4) for TD17, OP7 and OP17 consisting of: 1 TD17 seal 1 OP7 seal 1 OP17 seal 5 packing blocks Plug-in power supply unit for user-friendly configuration of the OP3 230 V AC/24 V DC 3) 115 V AC/24 V DC Backup battery (Li battery) for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Connecting cables System interfaces For further information, visit our website at
Order No.
} } } } } } } } } }
6AV3 591-1AD00-1AA0 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AB0 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AC0 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AD0 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AE0 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
SIMATIC OP7/PP starter kit A) consisting of OP7/PP operator panel OP7/OP17 manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software, V5.2, with user guide, Communications user guide Standard function blocks PG/PC-OP connecting cable (9-pin, RS 232), 3.2 m long (6XV1 440-2KH32) SIMATIC OP7/DP starter kit 1) A) as OP7/PP starter kit, but with OP7/DP SIMATIC OP17/PP starter kit A) as OP7/PP starter kit, but with OP17/DP SIMATIC OP17/DP starter kit 1) ) as OP7/PP starter kit, but with OP17/DP German English French Italian Spanish Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
} } } } } }
6AV6 520-0AA06-0AA0 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AB0 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AC0 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AD0 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AE0 6AV6 520-0CA06-0A 7 0
} } } } }
} 6AV3 678-1CC10
6AV6 520-0CB06-0A 7 0 6AV6 520-0EA06-0A 7 0 6AV6 520-0EB06-0A 7 0 A B C D E see Section 4 see Section 4
} 6ES7 705-0AA00-1AA0 } 6ES7 705-0AA00-1BA0

W79084-E1001-B2
} 6GK1 500-0EA02
} ex warehouse.
1) 2) 3) 4) A) Native Drivers cannot be used with DP versions. Not required for OP3. Not approved for sale in EU countries. Included in scope of supply. Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.
2/26
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 170 Series
SIMATIC TP 170A and SIMATIC TP 170B
s Overview
TP 170A: Cost-effective entry-level touch panel for all SIMATIC S7 CPUs and third-party PLCs TP 170B: Touch panel with extended functionality for more demanding applications
For use in machine production and systems development Replacement for existing conventional solutions
Cost-effective alternative to todays HMI solutions
With the SIMATIC HMI configuration tools, Windows CEbased touch panels can be configured quickly and easily. Buttons, bar graphs, graphics and a message system and many other objects are available to the user. When your system grows or your requirements increase, you can switch to other SIMATIC HMI panels at any time. From version 6 of ProTool, porting your existing configuration is made easy by a convenient conversion function.
ProTool also contains a standard library of ready-to-use objects, which you can change or add to according to your own requirements. While the TP 170A is a costeffective entry-level unit, the TP 170B fulfills the requirements of more demanding applications. An RS 485 interface for SIMATIC S7 and an RS 232 interface for other PLCs and for downloading configurations are already built into the devices.
The RS 485 interface, which can be used both for MPI and for PROFIBUS DP, can also be used for downloading configurations. Downloads are further simplified by the panel's automatic transfer detection function. The device memories are designed for small and medium-sized configurations. The performance is sufficient for normal jog mode operation.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/27

Panels 170 Series
s Design
Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 45 mm Z Rugged plastic housing with degree of protection IP 65 at the front and IP 20 on rear Z With degree of protection NEMA 4 and, from 06/2002, a protective cover for additional protection from dirt and scratching Z 5.7 STN, CCFL1)-backlit display can also be read easily in poor light (MTBF 50,000 h = about 6 years at continuous operation) Z Resolution 320 x 240 pixels
Z Resistive analog touch screen, suitable for finger (with or without glove) or pen operation Z 32-bit, 66 MHz RISC processor Z On-screen alphabetic keyboard 2) Z Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats Z RS 485/422 and RS 232 interface Z 24 V power supply terminals Z PROFIBUS DP and MPI up to 1.5 Mbit/s Z Controllers from other manufacturers: Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Modicon Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GE-Fanuc OMRON
In addition, for TP 170B Z Serial RS 232 printer port Z Slot for a compact flash card Z MPI up to 12 Mbit/s 3) Z PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps 2) From ProTool V5.2 SP2 3) From ProTool V6
s Communication
The TP 170s can be connected to: Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 Z SIMATIC WinAC from version 3.0 Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SINUMERIK (only TP 170B) Z SIMOTION (only TP170B) TP 170A/TP 170B: Z Displaying and changing process parameters through input/output fields; process parameters (such as V, M, E, A, T and Z) are displayed and can be changed using a system keyboard, for example for temperature settings and speeds. Z Buttons; for controlling input/output and data bits. Bits can be set, reset, toggled or dynamically controlled. Buttons can be used to switch to other process diagrams, change the contrast or recalibrate the touch screen. Z Graphics; can be used instead of text to label buttons or as screen background (wallpaper). All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editors (such as PaintShopPro, Designer or CorelDraw).
For detailed information about interfacing the TP 170, see System interfaces (from page 2/80). For recommended printers, see page 2/90.
s Functions
Z Bars for graphic display of dynamic values Z Indicator light for machine and plant status indication Z Image selection from the PLC Z Standard directory for graphics and buttons can be used by ProTool Z Fixed texts; for labeling buttons, process diagrams and process values in any character size Z Online language; The configuration computer (PC/PG) supports configuration in 20 languages. However, only one language can be loaded on the TP 170. Z Automatic transfer recognition for configuration download Z Contrast adjustment Z Password protection Z Loadable firmware and third-party drivers1) Z Clean screen
Extended functionality of the TP 170B Z Five online languages1) Z Password protection with 9 levels Z Recipe management Z Recipe data and configurations can be saved to the optional compact flash card Z Trend curve functions Z Integrated printer port Z Help and information texts for messages, variables and process diagrams. Operating and fault message management with message history Z Conversion functions Z Timer Z Dynamic object shifting Z Permanent window
1) From ProTool V6
2/28
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 170 Series
s Configuration s Technical specifications

Type Display

The TP 170 is configured with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 5.2 1) (see Section 4).
1) TP 170B configurable from version 5.2 SP2
TP 170A STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7 4 blue levels Approx. 50,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes3) RISC Windows CE Flash 320 KB 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 No S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.24 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC No Software clock, synchronized IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM 212 x 156 198 x 142 x 45 700 g/1.54 lb
TP 170B STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7 4 blue levels; 16 colors (for TP 170B color) Approx. 50,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes3) RISC Windows CE Flash 768 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 1 x CF card slot Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.25 A; 0.29 A (for TP 170B color) 24 V +18 to +30 V DC No Software clock, synchronized IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM 212 x 156 198 x 142 x 45 700 g/1.54 lb
Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Numeric/alphanumeric input
Control elements

Type Memory available for user data Serial interface CF card slot
Interfaces

Printer Interface with PLC
Supply voltage


Front Rear

Mounting position - max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
35
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C
-
4-byte or encoded
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/29

Panels 170 Series

Type Functions Message system

TP 170A
TP 170B
Operating messages Fault messages Message length (lines x characters) Number of process values per message Message buffer Records per recipe Entries per record Recipe memory Text objects Entries per diagram Variables per diagram Graphics objects Dynamic objects Vector graphics Directories
1000 1000 1 x 70 8 50 1000 text elements 20 20 200 Bars Yes 500 2 1 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, freely scalable No No From ProTool/Lite from version 5.2 SP1, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
1000 1000 1 x 70 8 Cyclic buffer, 256 entries each2) 100 200 200 32 KB integrated flash, expandable 100 2000 text elements 50 50 500 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 1000 10 Hardcopy, messages 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, freely scalable Yes Yes From ProTool/Lite from version 5.2 SP2, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP/CF Card
Recipes

Process diagrams

Standard languages
Character set Help text Timer Configuration
1) From ProTool V6 2) Not battery-backed 3) Only European characters can be displayed
2/30
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 170 Series
s Ordering data
SIMATIC TP 170A A) with MPI and PROFIBUS DP interface, mounting accessories, with STN Blue Mode LCD, touch screen SIMATIC TP 170B A) with printer, RS 232, MPI and PROFIBUS DP interface, Slot for CF card, mounting accessories with STN Blue Mode LCD, touch screen with STN color, LCD, touch screen
Order No.
s Ordering data
Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Order No.
} 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately) TP 170/OP 170B product manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish Accessories Memory cards B) CF card 16 MB Accessories for reordering TP 170/OP 170B service pack consisting of: Mounting seals Tensioning clamps 2-pin plug-in terminal strips (power supply) TP 170 protective membrane (pack of 10) 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AA0 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AB0 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AC0 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AD0 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AE0 TTY-RS 232 converter for connecting TP 170B with S5 CPUs Length 3.2 m Canon 15-pin to 25-pin RS 232 cable (5 m) MPI cable (3 m) cable terminal fittings both ends PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Connecting cables System interfaces
} 6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0 } 6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0
TP 170A starter pack A) consisting of TP 170A TP 170/OP 170B product manual Configuring Windows-Based Systems manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems RS 232 cable (5 m) MPI cable (5 m) Software Update Service for 1 year German } English } French } Italian } Spanish } TP 170B starter kit A) consisting of TP 170B with STN Blue Mode LCD TP 170/OP 170B product manual Configuring Windows-Based Systems manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems RS 232 cable (5 m) MPI cable (5 m) Software Update Service for 1 year German } English } French } Italian } Spanish } Configuration set for TP 170/OP 170B A) consisting of TP 170/OP 170B product manual Configuring Windows-Based Systems manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite system configuration software with user guide Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems RS 232 cable (5 m) MPI cable (5 m)

} } } } }
} } } } }
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
6AV6 575-1AD06-0AA0 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AB0 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AC0 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AD0 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AE0
} } } } }
} 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0 } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0 } 6ES5 734-1BD20
} 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0 } 6XV1 830-1CH30 } 6GK1 500-0EA02

} ex warehouse.
For further information, visit our website at 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AA0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AB0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AC0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AD0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AE0
} } } } }
A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99. Unverbindliche Preisempfehlungen Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/31

Panels 170 Series
SIMATIC OP 170B
s Overview
Cost-effective graphic display operator panel with an exceptional range of functions For use in machine production and systems development Replacement for existing conventional solutions Cost-effective alternative to todays HMI solutions
The OP 170B is an entry-level device for graphic applications and for situations in which keys are necessary. While devices in this price class were only able to display text and numbers until now, the OP 170B can also be configured to display graphics, digital photos and scanned images. Bar and line graphs can be used, for ex-
ample, to visualize temperature trends. The operator panel also supports Asian pictographic languages. The built-in RS 485/422 interface can be used for both MPI and PROFIBUS DP. Through the RS 232 interface the panel can be connected to other PLCs or a black and white printer.
The panel's automatic transfer recognition function download support. The device memory can handle small and medium-sized configurations. The performance is sufficient for jog mode.
s Design
Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 45 mm Z Rugged plastic housing with degree of protection IP 65 at the front and IP 20 on rear Z 5.7 STN, CCFL1)-backlit display can also be read easily in poor light (MTBF 50,000 h 6 years at continuous operation)
Z Resolution 320 x 240 pixels Z 24 user-label keys, some with LEDs Z Numeric and alphanumeric input Z 32-bit, 66 MHz RISC processor Z Interfaces: RS 485/422 interface for process linking RS 232 interface for process connections Serial RS 232 printer port
Z 24 V power supply terminals Z Slot for compact flash card Z PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
2/32
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 170 Series
SIMATIC OP 170B
s Communication
The OP 170B can be connected to: Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 Z SIMATIC WinAC from version 3.0 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SIMATIC S5 Z SINUMERIK Z SIMOTION
Z Controllers from other manufacturers: Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Modicon Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GE-Fanuc OMRON
For further information, see "System interfaces" (from page 2/80). For recommended printers, see page 2/90.
s Functions
The OP 170B1) provides: Z Support of the ProTool standard library Z Input/output fields for displaying and editing process parameters. The parameters (e.g. M, E, A, T and Z) are shown on the display and can be edited with the system keyboard, e.g. for temperature settings or speeds. Z Function keys for direct control of input/output and data bits. All bits can be set, reset, toggled or dynamically controlled. Z The function keys can also be used to switch to other process diagrams, change the contrast or recalibrate the touch screen.
Z Graphics can be used instead of text to label function keys or as screen background (wallpaper). All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShopPro, Designer or CorelDraw). Z Dynamic values can be visualized with trend curve functions and bar charts Z Fixed texts for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size Z 20 offline languages The configuration computer (PC/PG) supports multilingual configuration. Up to five languages can be loaded. Supports Asian pictographic languages. Z Image selection from the PLC
Z Password protection with nine levels Z Recipe management Z Recipe data and configurations can be saved to the optional compact flash card (CF card) Z Help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables Z Management of operating and fault messages with message history Z Conversion functions Z Timer Z Dynamic object shifting Z Permanent window Z Simple maintenance and configuration through Downloadable firmware Contrast adjustment Automatic transfer recognition for configuration download Batteryless operation
1) From ProTool V6
s Configuration
The OP 170B is configured with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite/ ProTool or ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 5.2 1) (see Section 4).
1) OP 170B configurable from version 5.2 SP2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/33

Panels 170 Series
SIMATIC OP 170B
Type Display

OP 170B STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7" 4 gray levels Approx. 50,000 hours Membrane keyboard 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs, of which 14 softkeys Yes 34 Yes/yes3) RISC Windows CE Flash 768 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 1 x CF card slot Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other thirdparty operators 24 V DC 0.25 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC No Software clock, synchronized IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM 240 x 252

OP 170B
Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Function keys, programmable - Facility for user inscription by user
Operating messages Fault messages Message length (lines x characters) Number of process values per message Message buffer Records per recipe Entries per record Recipe memory
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 Cyclic buffer, 256 entries each2) 100 200 200 32 KB integrated flash, expandable 100 2000 text elements 50 50 500 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 1000 10 Hardcopy, messages 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, pictographic languages; freely scalable Yes Yes From ProTool/Lite from version 5.2 SP2, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/ CF Card
Control elements
Recipes

System keys Numeric/alphanumeric input

Process diagrams

Text objects Entries per diagram Variables per diagram Graphics objects Dynamic objects Vector graphics Directories
Type Memory available for user data Serial interface CF card slot
Interfaces

Supply voltage

Standard languages

Character set Help text Timer Configuration
Front Rear

229 x 241 x 45 0.9 kg
1) From ProTool V6 2) Not battery-backed 3) Only European characters can be displayed
Mounting position - max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals) DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C
F1 to F8, K1 to K10 F1 to F14, K1 to K10
2/34
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 170 Series
SIMATIC OP 170B
s Ordering data
SIMATIC OP 170B A) with printer, MPI and PROFIBUS DP interface, 512 KB user memory, slot for CF card, mounting accessories, with STN Blue Mode LCD
Order No.
Order No. Accessories Memory cards B) CF card 16 MB Accessories for reordering TP 170/OP 170B service pack consisting of: Mounting seals Tensioning clamps 2-pin plug-in terminal strips (power supply) RS 232 cable (5 m) MPI cable (3 m) cable terminal fittings both ends PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Connecting cables System interfaces For further information, visit our website at
} 6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0
} 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0 } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Configuration set for TP 170/OP 170B A) consisting of TP 170/OP 170B product manual Configuring Windows-Based Systems manual SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software with user guide Communications user guide RS 232 cable (5 m) MPI cable (5 m) German } English } French } Italian } Spanish } Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool/ Lite+ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro TP 170/OP 170B product manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish
} 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0 } 6XV1 830-1CH30 } 6GK1 500-0EA02

6AV6 573-1FA06-0AA0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AB0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AC0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AD0 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AE0 see Section 4 see Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately) http://www.siemens.com/panels
} } } } }
} } } } }
} } } } }
} ex warehouse.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/35

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP 270
s Overview
The TP 270 touch panels meet all requirements made of HMI devices. Excellent performance Rugged and compact
Comprehensive functionality for demanding machine visualization applications Standard interfaces in hardware and software
Future-proof through the innovative Windows CE operating system The SIMATIC TP 270 touch panels are the innovative successors of the SIMATIC TP27 touch panels.
The SIMATIC TP 270 panels are innovative human machine interface devices for demanding machine visualization applications. They can be used directly at the machine or in an office en-
vironment. Without hard disk and fan, with real-time capability and short boot-up times, Windows CE provides the ideal conditions for use at or near the machine in harsh industrial environments. Z Interfaces: RS 232/RS 485/RS 422 interface for process links (MPI, PROFIBUS DP, etc.) Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload) USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/ uploading configurations Z Slot for compact Flash card
The device memories are designed for medium-sized to large-scale configurations. With their compact construction, the TP 270 touch panels can be used even where space is at a premium. TP 270-6 Z 5.7 STN color display, 256 colors, MTBF 40,000 hours Z Resolution 320 x 240 pixels Z Rugged plastic housing TP 270-10 Z 10.4 STN color display, 256 color, MTBF 60,000 hours Z Resolution 640 x 480 pixels Z Rugged die-cast aluminum housing.
s Design
The main features are: Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 59 mm Z Degree of protection IP 65 at front (or NEMA 4/NEMA 12) Z High electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and extreme vibration strength. Z 64-bit RISC processor Z 2 MB user memory (.fwd)
2/36
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP 270
s Functions
The TP 270 panels feature comprehensive HMI functionality: Z Process value indication Z Reliable process control through limit value monitoring by the panel for inputs/ outputs Z pixels-graphic diagrams, trend curves and bar charts Z Management of operating and fault messages with message history Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Z Password protection Z Multiplex function for variables Z Language selection (5 online languages) Z Additional Help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables Z Function keys for direct input/output and data bit control. Z Process visualization: SVGA/VGA resolution with 256 colors for diagram elements and 16 colors for text Vector graphics (various line and shape objects) Dynamic object positioning User-friendly trend graphics with scroll and zoom functions Message field for individual message display Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library) Diagram objects slider, gauge, clock Cyclic function processing through timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily) SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and The TP 270 panels support the following interfacing options: Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMOTION Z SINUMERIK Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505
Z Message log and shift log Z Archiving messages and process values (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet) Range of archive types: polling and sequential archive Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) Online evaluation of process value archives using trend curves External evaluation with standard Excel and Access tools Z Recipe management Additional storage (on CF card and optionally through Ethernet) Online/offline editing on the panel External processing with standard Excel and Access tools Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.) Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card or (optionally) through Ethernet (backup/ restore function) Z Language selection, including Asian languages Z Use of standard Windows printers (see "Recommended printers") Z Simulation of the configuration on the PC saves engineering time Z Configuration download through USB/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP/RS 232, and (optionally) Ethernet and modem; manual and automatic transfer detection machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).
Z Remote configuration download through Teleservice MPI/PROFIBUS DP with Teleservice adapter Extended functionality With additional trend curve functions, up to 8 trend curves can be viewed in one trend curve field. Scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and displayed in a table. In addition to the message diagram, message window and message line objects previously used in the graphical OPs, the new panels also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, message window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily included in projects. Windows CE provides standard hardware and software interfaces, for example USB, CF card slot and archive and recipe files in CSV format. Firmware and configurations can be easily downloaded and uploaded through the integrated RS 232, USB, and MPI/PROFIBUS DP interfaces, or optionally through Ethernet and by modem. The data transfer is further simplified by the automatic transfer detection function.
s Options s Communication
Z Controllers from other manufacturers: Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Lucky Goldstar GLOFA Modicon Modbus GE-Fanuc OMRON
Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC and network printers: optionally through NE2000-compatible network card For further information, see System interfaces (from page 2/80).
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/37

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP 270

Type Display

The TP 270 panels are configured with SIMATIC ProTool or ProTool/Pro Configuration
from version 6.0 (see Section 4).
TP 270-6 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7 256 colors Approx. 40,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 2048 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.6 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK 212 x 156 198 x 142 x 59 1 kg
TP 270-10 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 640 x 480 10.4 256 colors Approx. 60,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 2048 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.9 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK 335 x 275 310 x 248 x 59 4.5 kg
Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Numeric/alphanumeric input External mouse, keyboard, bar code reader
Control elements


Type Memory available for user data Serial interfaces CF card slot USB
Interfaces

Supply voltage


Front Rear

Mounting position - Max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity
35
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -20 to +60 C
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C
4-byte or encoded
5-byte or encoded
Expansion for process operation DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
2/38
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP 270


TP 270-6
TP 270-10
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 300 500 1000 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 200 1000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 20 20 10,000 Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive CF card, Ethernet CSV Using trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 20 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 300 500 1000 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 200 1000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 20 20 10,000 Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive CF card, Ethernet CSV Using trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 20 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 6, exectable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Recipes

Process diagrams

Variables Archiving

Number of archives per project Number of measuring points per project Entries per archive Archive types Storage location Data storage format Online evaluation External evaluation
Password protection (levels) Message log (Shift log)

Number of logs Number of pages Number No. of lines per script
Visual Basic Scripts

Printer functions: Online languages
Standard languages
Character set Help text PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Timer Configuration
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/39

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP 270
s Ordering data
SIMATIC TP 270 A) with 4 integrated interfaces, mounting accessories, with capacitor energy storage (optional battery) and electronic fuse

Order No.
s Ordering data
Accessories Memory card B) CF card 16 MB
Order No.
} 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
W79084-E1001-B2
with 5.7 STN color display with 10.4 STN color display
} 6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0 } 6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0

Configuration software with SIMATIC ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Documentation TP/OP 270 and MP 270B product manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish
Backup battery as for TD17, OP17/27/25/37/35, TP27/37, OP/TP 270, MP 270/270B/370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah Accessories for reordering TP 270 protective membrane (6) for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10) TP 270 protective membrane (10), MP 270B Touch and MP 370 Touch for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10)
} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
} } } } }
} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
} } } } }
} } } } }
Service pack } for TP 070/TP 170/OP 170B/ OP 270 (6)/TP 270 (6) consisting of: 1 OP 170B mounting seal 1 TP 170A/B or TP 270 mounting seal (6) 1 OP 270 mounting seal (6) 2 sets of OP 170B labeling strips 2 sets of OP 270 labeling strips (6) 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) 7 tensioning clamps Service pack } for TP 270 (10), MP 270B Touch and MP 370 consisting of: Protective membrane 1 mounting seal 10 tensioning clamps 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) Allen key PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Transmission speed 12 Mbit/s TTYRS 232 converter for connecting TP/OP with S5 CPUs, length 3.2 m Canon 15-pin to 25-pin RS 232 cable (5 m) Connecting cables System interfaces For further information, visit our website at
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
} ex warehouse.
} 6GK1 500-0EA02
6ES5 734-1BD20
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0 see page 2/88 see page 2/80
2/40
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP 270
s Overview
The OP 270 operator panels meet all demands made on HMI devices. Excellent performance Rugged and compact
Comprehensive functionality for demanding machine visualization applications Standard interfaces in hardware and software
Future-proof through the innovative Windows CE standard operating system The SIMATIC OP 270 panels are innovative successors to the SIMATIC OP27 operator panels.
The SIMATIC OP 270 panels are innovative humanmachine interface devices for demanding machine visualization applications. They can be used directly at the machine or in an office en-
vironment. Without hard disk and fan, with real-time capability and short boot-up times, Windows CE provides the ideal conditions for use at or near the machine in harsh industrial environments. Z Interfaces: RS 232/RS 485/RS 422 interface for process links (MPI, PROFIBUS DP, etc.) Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload) USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/ uploading configurations Z Slot for compact flash card OP 270-6 Z 5.7 STN color display, 256 colors, MTBF 40,000 hours Z Resolution 320 x 240 pixels
The device memories are designed for medium-sized to large-scale configurations. With their compact construction, the OP 270 operator panels can be used even where space is at a premium. Z Rugged plastic housing Z 24 keys with facility for inscription, some with LEDs, of which 14 as softkeys OP 270-10 Z 10.4 STN color display, 256 color, MTBF 60,000 hours Z Resolution 640 x 480 pixels Z Rugged die-cast aluminum housing Z 36 keys with facility for inscription, some with LEDs, of which 20 as softkeys
s Design
The main features are: Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 55 or 59 mm Z Degree of protection IP 65 at front (or NEMA 4/NEMA 12) Z High electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and extreme vibration strength. Z 64-bit RISC processor Z 2 MB user memory (.fwd)
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/41

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP 270
s Functions
The OP 270 panels feature comprehensive HMI functionality: Z Process value indication Z Reliable process control through limit value monitoring by the panel for inputs/ outputs Z Pixels-graphics diagrams, trend curves and bar charts Z Management of operating and fault messages with message history Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Z Password protection Z Multiplex function for variables Z Language selection (5 online languages) Z Additional help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables Z Function for direct input/ output and data bit control. Z Process visualization: SVGA/VGA resolution with 256 colors for diagram elements and 16 colors for text Vector graphics (various line and shape objects) Dynamic object positioning User-friendly trend graphics with scroll and zoom functions Message field for individual message display Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library) Diagram objects slider, gauge, clock Cyclic function processing through timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily) SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and The OP 270 panels support the following interfacing options: Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMOTION Z SINUMERIK Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505
Z Message log and shift log Z Archiving messages and process values (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet) Range of archive types: polling and sequential archive Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) Online evaluation of process value archives using trend curves External evaluation with standard Excel and Access tools Z Recipe management Additional storage (on CF card and optionally through Ethernet) Online/offline editing on the panel External processing with standard Excel and Access tools Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.) Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card or (optionally) through Ethernet (backup/ restore function) Z Language selection, including Asian languages Z Use of standard Windows printers (see "Recommended printers") Z Simulation of the configuration on the PC saves engineering time Z Configuration download through USB/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP/RS 232, and (optionally) Ethernet and modem; manual and automatic transfer detection machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).
Z Remote configuration download through Teleservice MPI/PROFIBUS DP with Teleservice adapter Extended functionality Expanded trend curve functions permit representation of up to 8 trend curves in one trend curve field. Scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and displayed in a table. In addition to the message diagram, message window and message line objects previously used in the graphical OPs, the new panels also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, message window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily included in projects. Windows CE provides standard hardware and software interfaces, for example USB, CF card slot and archive and recipe files in CSV format. Firmware and configurations can be easily downloaded and uploaded through the integrated RS 232, USB, and MPI/PROFIBUS DP interfaces, or optionally through Ethernet and by modem. The data transfer is further simplified by the automatic transfer detection function.
Z Third-party PLCs Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Lucky Goldstar GLOFA Modicon GE-Fanuc OMRON
Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC and network printers: optionally through NE2000-compatible network card For further information, see System interfaces (from page 2/80).
2/42
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP 270

Type Display Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Control elements Function keys, programmable Facility for user inscription by user System keys Numeric/alphanumeric input External mouse, keyboard, bar code reader Processor Operating system Memory Type Memory available for user data Interfaces Serial interface CF card slot USB Printer Interface with PLC
The OP 270 panels are configured with SIMATIC ProTool or
ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 6.0 (see Section 4).
OP 270-6 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7 256 colors Approx. 40,000 hours Membrane keyboard 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs, of which 14 softkeys Yes 36 Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 2048 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.6 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK 308 x 204 282 x 178 x 59 1 kg
OP 270-10 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 640 x 480 10.4 256 colors Approx. 60,000 hours Membrane keyboard 36 function keys, 28 with LEDs, of which 20 softkeys Yes 38 Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 2048 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.9 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK 483 x 310 436 x 295 x 55 6 kg
Supply voltage Current input, normally Rated voltage Permitted range Backup battery Clock Degree of protection Front Rear Certification Dimensions Front (w x h in mm) Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm) Weight Ambient conditions Mounting position max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity Expansion for process operation DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals) DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
35
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -20 to +60 C 90%, no condensation F1 to F8, K1 to K10 F1 to F14, K1 to K10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/43

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP 270

Typ Functions Message system

OP 270-6
OP 270-10
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 300 500 1000 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 200 1000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 20 20 40 10,000 Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive CF card, Ethernet CSV Using trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 20 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 300 500 1000 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 200 1000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 20 20 40 10,000 Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive CF card, Ethernet CSV Using trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 20 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
Recipes

Process diagrams

Variables Archiving

Number of archives per project Number of measuring points per project Number of sequential archives Entries per archive Archive types Storage location Data storage format Online evaluation External evaluation


Printer functions: Online languages
Standard languages
Character set Help text PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Timer Configuration
2/44
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP 270
s Ordering data
SIMATIC OP 270 A) with 4 integrated interfaces, mounting accessories, with capacitor energy storage (optional battery) and electronic fuse

Order No.
s Ordering data
Accessories Memory card CF card B) 16 MB
Order No.
} 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
W79084-E1001-B2
with 5.7 STN color display with 10.4 STN color display
} 6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0 } 6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0

Configuration software with SIMATIC ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro TP/OP 270 and MP 270B product manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish
Backup battery as for TD17, OP17/27/25/37/35, TP27/37, OP/TP 270, MP 270/270B/370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah Accessories for reordering
} } } } }
} Service pack for TP 070/TP 170/OP 170B/ OP 270 (6)/TP 270 (6) consisting of: 1 OP 170B mounting seal 1 TP 170A/B or TP 270 mounting seal (6) 1 OP 270 mounting seal (6) 2 sets of OP 170B labeling strips 2 sets of OP 270 labeling strips (6) 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) 7 tensioning clamps
Service pack } for OP 270 (10), MP 270B Touch consisting of: 1 mounting seal 2 sets of labeling strips OP 270 (10) or MP 270B Keys 10 tensioning clamps 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) Allen key PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Transmission speed 12 Mbit/s TTY-RS 232 converter for connecting TP/OP with S5 CPUs, length 3.2 m Canon 15-pin to 25-pin RS 232 cable (5 m) Connecting cables System interfaces For further information, visit our website at
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
} } } } }
6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
} } } } }
} 6GK1 500-0EA02
} ex warehouse.
6ES5 734-1BD20
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0 see page 2/88 see page 2/80
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/45

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP27
s Overview
The TP27 touch panel is designed for user-friendly, machine control and monitoring.
It allows a realistic graphical representation of the monitored machine or plant.
The TP27 touch panels will be replaced by the innovative Windows CE-based SIMATIC TP 270 panels.
The rugged TP27 touch panels are designed for userfriendly, intuitive machine control and monitoring. They support realistic graphical representation of the monitored machine or plant. The TP27 is suitable for use either locally at the machine or in an office environment. The main features are: Z Degree of protection IP 65 (at the front) Z Metal housing with plasticcoated aluminum front Various versions of the touch panels are available, all based on the OP27.
The application area is not restricted to machine, plant or apparatus construction.
The functionality of the OP27 graphics units has been carried over to the new range of touch panels, which, with their special touch functions, represent an intuitive human machine interfaces. TP27-10 Z 10.43" STN color display (8 colors) Z Resolution 640 x 480 pixels Z Analog resistive touch screen; approx. 35 million operations Z 33 MHz 486 processor Z User memory, 1 MB, integrated for configurations Z CCFL backlighting Z All interfaces already integrated
s Design
TP27-6 Z 5.7" STN display, color or monochrome (8 colors or 8 gray levels, flashing) Z Resolution 320 x 240 pixels Z Matrix touch resistive; approx. 1.5 million operations Z 33 MHz 486 processor Z User memory, 1 MB, integrated for configurations Z CCFL backlighting Z All interfaces already integrated
2/46
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP27
s Functions
Operating functions Special touch features Z Prefabricated buttons for Texts Text lists Graphics Graphics lists Z Hidden buttons for your own bitmaps, graphics, etc. Message functions Z Process value indication Z Dynamic fields (character graphics, pixel graphics): Z Process diagrams with static diagram elements, trend curves, graphics and bar charts Z Management of operating and fault messages with message history
Z Definition of message priorities and differentiation between first and last messages Z Additional help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables Other functions Z Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for translation with standard word processors Z Limit value monitoring for process variable fields Z Conversion functions to relieve the PLC Z Multiplexer function for fields Z Password protection Z Recipe management Z Storage of recipe data and configurations on a memory card or Prosave
Z Language selection (3 online languages), including Chinese and Korean Z Integrated printer port Z Loadable firmware In addition, the TP provides the following possibilities for time-critical operator actions (see also "Possibilities for time-critical operator actions", page 2/70): Z 24 V DC direct control keys (optional) Z DP direct control keys, TP buttons as I/O peripherals through PROFIBUS DP (hotkeys) Z Control Panel Interface (CPI) (optional) for connecting external keys or LEDs as I/O peripherals through the TP on PROFIBUS DP (for SIMATIC S7)
SIMATIC ProAgent for OP. Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and Integral interfaces enable quick and simple connection to the following PLCs
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).
Z SIMATIC S7 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SIMATIC S5/S7, through PROFIBUS DP at up to 12 Mbit/s
Z Third-party PLCs Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Modicon OMRON GE-Fanuc
Interface IF 1A IF 2 IF 1B Module slot (at rear) Digital outputs (optional) 24 V DC
Signal TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C RS 422, RS 485 (MPI/PPI/DP-12)
Application PLC (either on IF 1A or on IF 1B) Printer (serial) or PG/PC for configuration PLC (either on IF 1A or on IF 1B) PC card, type 2 e.g. for direct control of 24 V DC switching elements through TP buttons TP27-6: 8DA; TP27-10: 16DA For connecting 16 or 32 external keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals to PROFIBUS DP through the TP (with SIMATIC S7)
Control Panel Interface module (optional)
For further information, see System interfaces from page 2/72. For recommended printers, see page 2/90.
s Configuration
The OP 270 panels are configured with SIMATIC ProTool or ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 6.0 (see Section 4).
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/47

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP27
Type Display

TP27-6 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7" 8 gray levels or 8 colors Monochrome: approx. 50,000 hours Color: approx. 40,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes RMOS
TP27-10 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 640 x 480 10.3" 8 colors Approx. 60,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes RMOS
Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of backlighting at 25 C
Control elements
Numeric/alphanumeric input
Operating system Memory

Type Memory available for user data
Flash 1024 KB
Flash 1024 KB
Interfaces

Serial interface PC card slot
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 1 x PC card slot Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.4 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 1 x PC card slot Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.8 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up
Supply voltage


Front Rear
IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM
IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM

Front (w x h in mm) Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm) Mounting depth with optional direct key module and cable (in mm) Mounting depth with optional control panel interface and cable (in mm)
212 x 156 203 x 147 x 65 115
335 x 275 310 x 248 x 73 120
100
105
1.5 kg
5 kg
35
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -20 to +60 C
0 to +45 C 0 to +45 C -20 to +60 C
85%
85%

CPI module for connection of DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
16 keys/indicator lights 3-byte or encoded
32 keys/indicator lights 3-byte or encoded
2/48
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP27


TP27-6
TP27-10
2000 2000 150 2 x 35 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 255 500 500 448 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 Bitmaps, icons, background images Graphs, bars, hidden buttons 2048 9 Hardcopy, messages 3 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish 4 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 From ProTool, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
2000 2000 150 1 x 70 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 255 500 500 448 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 Bitmaps, icons, background images Graphs, bars, hidden buttons 2048 9 Hardcopy, messages 3 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish 4 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 From ProTool, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
Recipes

Records per recipe Entries per record Recipe memory
Process diagrams

Standard languages
Character set Help text PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Configuration
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/49

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC TP27
s Ordering data
SIMATIC TP27-6 A) with 3 integrated interfaces,1), mounting accessories, backup battery with STN monochrome LCD touch screen with STN color LCD touch screen SIMATIC TP27-10 with 3 integrated interfaces,1), mounting accessories, backup battery with STN color LCD touch screen A) Configuration set for TP27-6 and TP27-10 B) consisting of TP27-6, TP27-10 and TP37 manual Communications user guide SIMATIC ProTool configuration software with user guide Standard function blocks for SIMATIC S5 PG/PC-OP connecting cable (9-pin, RS 232C) TP27/37, 3.2 m long (6XV1 440-2KH32)

Order No.
s Ordering data
Options/expansion components Control Panel Interface (CPI) Interface module for connection of external keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals for the OP/TP to PROFIBUS DP (with SIMATIC S7), incl. mounting accessories with 16 DO and 16 DI } for OP27 and TP27-6 with 16 DO and 16 DI } for TP27-10 with 32 DO and 32 DI } for OP27 and TP27-10 24 V DC direct control key module Module with 24 V DC outputs that can be triggered using the OP softkeys or TP buttons, incl. mounting accessories for OP27, TP27-6 } with 8 digital outputs for TP27-10 } with 16 digital outputs Accessories for reordering Protective membrane for TP27 for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10) for TP27-6 for TP27-10, 10.3 for TP27-10, 10.4 PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Memory cards (PC card) Flash EPROM 2 MB 4 MB 8 MB 16 MB Service packages for TP27-6 and TP27-10 consisting of: 1 mounting seal TP27-6 1 mounting seal TP27-10 6 tensioning clamps 1 M 2.5 Allen key 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of four) 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) 4 plug-in terminal strips (block of nine) 2 plug-in terminal strips (block of five) 1 set of tensioners for TP27 Backup battery (Li battery) for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah For further information, visit our website at
Order No.
} 6AV3 627-1NK00-2AX0 } 6AV3 627-1QK00-2AX0
6AV3 672-1CA11 6AV3 673-1CA11 6AV3 673-1CA31
} 6AV3 627-1QL01-0AX0
6AV3 672-1CA01 6AV3 673-1CA01
} } } } }
6AV6 573-1CA06-0AA0 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AB0 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AC0 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AD0 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AE0 see Section 4 see Section 4 see Section 4 see Section 4 see page 2/88 see page 2/72
} } } }
6AV3 672-2CS00 6AV3 672-2CS11 6AV3 673-2CS10 6GK1 500-0EA02
Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Standard function blocks SIMATIC ProAgent Connecting cables System interfaces TP27/TP37 manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications user guide Description for connection of the TD/OP/TP to the PLC German English French Italian Spanish
} } } } }
6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0 6AV3 673-1CC20
} } } } }
6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AA0 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AB0 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AC0 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AD0 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AE0
} } } } }
W79084-E1001-B2
} ex warehouse.
1) Cannot be used together. A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99. B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.
2/50
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP27
s Overview
The OP27 operator panel is designed for user-friendly, machine control and monitoring. It allows a realistic graphical representation of the monitored machine or plant. The OP27 operator panels will be replaced by the innovative Windows CE-based SIMATIC OP 270 panels.
The OP27 operator panels can be used both in machine and instrument production and in the electrical and packaging industry. The OP27 panels display operating and fault messages as well as process variables.
Variables can be displayed as numeric values, bars, trend curves or as a status display, for example a symbol. Inputs can be made in entry fields or using symbolic values. Process diagrams can contain static diagram elements in character graphics or pixel graphics. Static pixel graphThe main features are: Z Minimum mounting depth Z Degree of protection IP 65 (at the front) Z Rugged die-cast aluminum housing with membrane front Z Membrane keyboard resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents.
ics diagram elements are created with any MS Windows graphics editor and incorporated into the diagram. The operator controls are softkeys and function keys. Each function can be passwordprotected against unauthorized access.
s Design
The OP27 is suitable for use directly at the machine or in an office environment.
OP27 Z LCD, passive, 320 x 240, monochrome (8 gray levels) Z 1 MB flash EPROM for user data and firmware Z 24 system keys, 24 userlabel function keys of which 14 as softkeys or Z LCD, passive, 320 x 240, color (8 colors) Z 2 MB flash EPROM for user data and firmware Z 24 system keys, 24 userlabel function keys of which 14 as softkeys
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/51

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP27
s Functions
Operating functions Z Process operation using softkeys (diagram-dependent assignment of the F keys), function keys (fixed assignment of the K keys) and system keys (cannot be configured) Message functions Z Process value indication Z Dynamic fields (text- and pixel-graphics): for example input/output fields, moving figures, bars, trend curves Z Process diagrams with static diagram elements (character graphics, pixel graphics) Z Evaluation of machine status (hiding of dynamic fields, diagrams, etc. depending on a variable or on a change in display mode, such as color inversion or flashing) Z Management and editing of operating and fault messages with message history Z Definition of message priorities and differentiation between first and last messages Z Additional help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables
Other functions Z Safe process control using limit value monitoring from the OP for inputs/outputs Z Relieving the PLC using conversion functions in the OP Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Z Integrated printer port Z Printing functions: hardcopy, message printouts, shift log (through diagram list printout) Z Language selection (3 online languages), including Chinese and Korean Z Recipe management Z Storage of recipe data and configurations on a memory card (type 2 PC card) or Prosave
Z Password protection against unauthorized inputs (9 levels) Z Current control and screensaver to extend the lifespan of the CCFL backlighting Z Many linking possibilities for various PLCs using integrated interfaces: In addition, the OP provides the following possibilities for time-critical operator actions (see also Possibilities for time-critical operator actions, see page 2/70): Z 24 V DC direct control keys (optional) Z DP direct control keys OP keys as I/O peripherals through PROFIBUS DP (hotkeys) Z Control Panel Interface (CPI) (optional) for connecting external keys or LEDs as I/O peripherals through the OP on PROFIBUS DP (for SIMATIC S7)
s Options
SIMATIC ProAgent for OP Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).
2/52
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP27
s Communication
Integral interfaces enable quick and simple connection to the following PLCs:
Z SIMATIC S7 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505 Z Through PROFIBUS DP on SIMATIC S5/S7
Z Third-party PLCs Allen Bradley Telemecanique Modicon Mitsubishi Omron GE Fanuc

Application PLC (either on IF 1/A or on IF 1/B) PLC or PG/PC for configuration, printer PLC (either on IF 1/A or on IF 1/B) PC card, type 2 e.g. for the direct control of 24 V DC switching elements max. 16DA; only as an alternative to CPI module For connection of 16 or 32 external display and operator elements using the OP on PROFIBUS DP (for S7), only as an alternative to the 24 V DC direct control key module
Interface IF 1/A IF 2 IF 1/B Module slot (at rear) Direct control key module (optional) 24 V DC digital outputs
Signal TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C RS 422, RS 485 (MPI/PPI/DP-12)
Control panel interface module (optional)
For further information, see System interfaces from page 2/72. For recommended printers, see page 2/90.
s Configuration
The operator panels are configured with the Windowsbased SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration tools (see Section 4).
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/53

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP27
Type Display Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Control elements Function keys, programmable

OP27 STN liquid crystal display (LCD) 320 x 240 5.7" 8 gray levels/8 colors Monochrome: approx. 50,000 hours Color: approx. 40,000 hours

OP27
2000 2000 150 2 x 35 8 Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each 255 500 500 448 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 1000 text elements 200 Bitmaps, icons, background images, character graphics Graphs, bars 2048 9 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 3 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish 4 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 From ProTool, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Membrane keyboard 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs, of which 14 softkeys Facility for user inscription by user Yes System keys 24 Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes RMOS Flash 1024 KB 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 1 x PC card slot Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.3 A 24 V +18 to +30 V DC Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65 IP 20 CE, UL, CSA, FM 296 x 192 282 x 178 x 59 107
Operating system Memory Type Memory available for user data Interfaces

Recipes

Records per recipe Entries per record Recipe memory
Serial interface PC card slot
Process diagrams

Supply voltage Current input, normally Rated voltage Permitted range Backup battery Clock Degree of protection Front Rear Certification Dimensions Front (w x h in mm) Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm) Mounting depth with optional direct key module and cable (in mm) Mounting depth with optional control panel interface and cable (in mm) Weight Ambient conditions Mounting position - max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity Expansion for process operation CPI module for connection of
Standard languages
Character set Help text PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Configuration
92
2 kg
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C 95% 16 or 32 keys and 16 or 32 indicator lights F1 to F8, K1 to K10 F1 to F14, K1 to K10
DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals) DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
2/54
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC OP27
s Ordering data
SIMATIC OP27 with 3 integrated interfaces,1), mounting accessories, backup battery with STN monochrome LCD touch screen A) with STN color LCD A) Configuration set for OP27 B) consisting of OP27/OP37 manual Communications user guide "Configuring ProTool graphics units" SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software with user guide Standard function blocks for SIMATIC S5 PG/PC-OP connecting cable (9-pin, RS 232C), 3.2 m long (6XV1 440-2KH32)

Order No.
s Ordering data
Options/expansion components Control Panel Interface (CPI) Interface module for connecting external keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals for the OP/TP to PROFIBUS DP (with SIMATIC S7), incl. mounting accessories, can be plugged in at rear
Order No.
} 6AV3 627-1JK00-0AX0 } 6AV3 627-1LK00-1AX0
with 16 DO and 16 DI for OP27 and TP27-6 with 32 DO and 32 DI for OP27 and TP27-10
} 6AV3 672-1CA11 } 6AV3 673-1CA31
24 V DC direct control key module Module with 24 V DC outputs that can be triggered using OP softkeys or TP buttons, incl. mounting accessories, can be plugged in at rear
for OP27, TP27-6 with 8 digital outputs
} 6AV3 672-1CA01
} } } } }
6AV6 573-1BA06-0AA0 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AB0 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AC0 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AD0 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AE0 see Section 4 see Section 4 see Section 4 see Section 4
Accessories for re-orders Key labeling strips Unlabeled, 2 sets each (plastic), for softkeys and function keys for OP27 Service package for OP27 } consisting of: 1 mounting seal for OP27 6 tensioning clamps 1 M 2.5 Allen key 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of four) 2 plug-in terminal strips (block of five) 4 plug-in terminal strips (block of nine) 1 set of OP27 key labels 2 braces with screws for additional tensioning clamps Memory cards (PCMCIA/Jeida) Flash EPROM 2 MB 4 MB 8 MB 16 MB PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Connecting cables System interfaces Backup battery (Li battery) for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah For further information, visit our website at 6AV3 672-1CB00
Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro CS Standard function blocks SIMATIC ProAgent OP27/OP37 manual German English French Italian Spanish
6AV3 672-1CC00
} } } } }
6AV3 991-1AK01-0AA0 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AB0 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AC0 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AD0 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AE0
Communications user guide Description for connection of the TD/OP/TP to the PLC German English French Italian Spanish
} } } } }
} } } } }
6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0 6GK1 500-0EA02
} ex warehouse.
1) Cannot be used together. A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99. B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.
see page 2/88 see page 2/72 W79084-E1001-B2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/55

Multi Panels 270 Series
SIMATIC MP 270B
s Overview
Using Windows CE, these multi-functional platforms combine the ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs. SIMATIC Multi Panels (MPs) can be used just like operator panels for operating and monitoring machines locally.
In addition to their visualization capabilities, the MPs can be expanded to include other software functionalities. Any software executable under Windows CE, such as the MS Pocket Internet Explorer, can be installed on them.
The multi panels can be fully integrated with the remaining range of graphicscapable operator panels.
Windows CE the basic preconditions for use in harsh industrial environments. Because they have no hard disk and no fan, the SIMATIC The MP 270B multi panels are powerful multifunction platforms for solving visualization tasks locally, at the machine, on an industrial Windows CE platform. Two slots (PC card and CF card) provide scope for expansion, for example for archiving and recipes. An external printer, keyboard, mouse or bar code reader can be connected through the integrated USB interface.
multi panels can also be used for visualization in places where the need for high vibration strength or resistance to dust restricts the use of a PC. In addition, all multi panels have an Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with the higher-level PC and for connecting a network printer. The main features are: Z Low mounting depth: only 55 mm or 59 mm Z Degree of protection IP 65/ Nema 4/Nema 12 (front) Z 10" TFT displays with a resolution of 640 x 480 at 256 colors
With their short boot times, the multi panels are ready for use shortly after being switched on.
s Design
Z Touch and key versions available Z CCFL1) backlighting with a service life of up to 50,000 h
1) Cold Cathode Flourescence Lamps
2/56
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

SIMATIC MP 270B
s Functions
The multi panels add extra functions to today's range of graphical OPs. The basic functionality of the graphical operator panels is already built-in, including: Z Process value indication Z Safe process control through input/output limit value monitoring by the panel Z Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts Z Operating and fault message management with message history Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Z Password protection Z Multiplex function for variables Z Language selection (5 online languages) Z Help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables Z Process visualization: VGA resolution with 256 colors for graphic elements, 16 colors for text Vector graphics (various line and shape objects) Dynamic object positioning User-friendly trend graphics with scroll and zoom functions Message field for individual message display Use of subsequently installable Windows fonts
Comprehensive libraries Graphic objects slider, gauge, clock Cyclic function processing through timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily) Z Message log (shift log) Z Archiving messages and process values (on PC/CF card, network drive through Ethernet) Range of archive types: polling and sequential archive Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) Online evaluation of process value archives through trend curves External evaluation with standard Excel and Access tools Z Recipe management Additional storage (on PC/CF card or network drive through Ethernet) Online/offline editing with the multi panel External processing with standard Excel and Access tools Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfacing to ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.) Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card, through USB or Ethernet Z Language selection, including Asian languages
Z Representation of HTML documents through MS Pocket Internet Explorer Z Use of standard Windows printers (see "Recommended printers") Z Simulation of the configuration on the PC saves engineering time Z Configuration download through Ethernet/USB/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP/serial, manual/automatic transfer detection Z Remote configuration download through Teleservice MPI/PROFIBUS DP with Teleservice adapter Z Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for translation with standard word processors Expanded trend curve functions permit representation of up to eight trend curves in one trend curve field. Scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and viewed in a table. In addition to the message diagram, message window and message line objects previously used in the graphical OPs, the MPs also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, message window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily configured.
s Options
SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/57

SIMATIC MP 270B
s Communication
The multi panels support the following interfacing options: Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 (except S7-210 and 212) Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMOTION Z SINUMERIK Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505
Z Controllers from other manufacturers: Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Lucky Goldstar GLOFA Modicon GE-Fanuc OMRON Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC, network printer
For further information see "System interfaces" (from page 2/80). For recommended printers, see page 2/92.
s Configuration
The multi panels are configured with SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see Section 4).
2/58
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

SIMATIC MP 270B
Type Display Resolution (pixels) Size (w x h in mm) Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Control elements Function keys, programmable - Facility for user inscription by user System keys Numeric/alphanumeric input External mouse, keyboard, bar code reader Processor Operating system Memory Type Memory available for user data Interfaces Serial interface Ethernet PC card slot CF card slot USB Printer Interface with PLC MP 270B Touch TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) 640 x 480 10.4" 256 colors Approx. 50,000 hours MP 270B keys TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) 640 x 480 10.4" 256 colors Approx. 50,000 hours
Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 5 MB (of which 4 MB for ProTool configuration) 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 1 x PC card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.9 A 24 V 18 to 30 V Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK 335 x 275 310 x 248 x 59 4.5 kg
36 function keys, 28 with LEDs, of which 20 softkeys Yes 38 Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 5 MB (of which 4 MB for ProTool configuration) 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 1 x PC card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators 24 V DC 0.9 A 24 V 18 to 30 V Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK 483 x 310 436 x 295 x 55 6 kg
Supply voltage Current input, normally Rated voltage Permitted range Backup battery Clock Degree of protection Front Rear Certification Dimensions Front (w x h in mm) Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm) Weight Ambient conditions Mounting position - Max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation Temperature - Operation (vertical installation) - Operation (max. inclination) - Transport, storage Relative humidity Expansion for process operation
35
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +40 C -20 to +60 C 90%, no condensation 4-byte or encoded
DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals) DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/59

SIMATIC MP 270B


MP 270B Touch
MP 270B keys
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 512 inputs 300 500 1000 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 200 1000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 20 20 40 10,000 Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive CF card, PC card, Ethernet CSV Using trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 20 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable 2 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 512 inputs 300 500 1000 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 10,000 text elements 200 200 1000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 20 20 40 10,000 Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive CF card, PC card, Ethernet CSV Using trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 20 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable 2 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Recipes

Process diagrams

Variables Archiving



Printer functions Online languages
Standard languages
Character set
Number of additionally loadable character sets
2/60
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

SIMATIC MP 270B
s Ordering data
SIMATIC MP 270B A) with 5 integrated interfaces, with mounting accessories, with capacitor backup (optional battery and electronic fuse)
Order No.
s Ordering data
Accessories for reordering Backup battery (Li battery) for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah Memory cards CF card B) 16 MB PC card (ATA flash) B) 64 MB TP 270 10" protective membrane, MP 270B Touch and MP 370 Touch for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10 ) Service pack for TP 270 10, MP 270B Touch and MP 370 consisting of: 1 mounting seal 10 tensioning clamps 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) Allen key Service pack for OP 270 10 and MP 270B Keys consisting of: 1 x mounting seal 2 sets of OP 270 10 or MP 270B Keys labeling strips 10 x tensioning clamps 1 x plug-in terminal strip (block of two) Allen key TTY-RS 232 converter for connecting OP/TP 270 and MP 270B to S5 CPUs Length 3.2 m Canon 15-pin to 25-pin Connecting cables System interfaces
Order No.
W79084-E1001-B2
with 10 TFT, touch screen color } display with 10 TFT color display and } keyboard
6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0 6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0
Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro SIMATIC ProAgent see Section 4 see Section 4
} 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0 } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0 } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately) OP/TP 270 and MP 270B product manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish
} } } } }
6AV6591-1DC20-0AA0 6AV6591-1DC20-0AB0 6AV6591-1DC20-0AC0 6AV6591-1DC20-0AD0 6AV6591-1DC20-0AE0
} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
} } } } }
} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
} } } } }
} 6ES5734-1BD20
} ex warehouse.
A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.
http://www.siemens.com/mp
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/61

SIMATIC MP 370
s Overview
Using Windows CE, these multi-functional platforms combine the ruggedness of the operator panels with the flexibility of the PC. SIMATIC multi panels (MPs) can be used just like the operator panels for operating and monitoring machines locally.
In addition to visualization, the MPs can be expanded with further software functions, for example to add control functionality. Any software executable under Windows CE such as the MS Pocket Internet Explorer, the soft PLC WinAC MP for MP 370, etc. can be installed on them.
The multi panels can be fully integrated with the range of graphics-capable operator panels. The innovative key and touch versions of MP 370 replace the OP37 and TP37 panels.
Windows CE provides the basic preconditions for use in harsh industrial environments. Because they have no hard disk and no fan, the SIMATIC
multi panels can also be used for visualization in places where the need for high vibration strength or resistance to dust limits the use of a PC.
With their short boot times, the multi panels are ready for use in just a short space of time.
2/62
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

SIMATIC MP 370
s Design
The MP 370 multi panels are powerful multifunction platforms for solving visualization tasks locally, at the machine, on an industrial Windows CE platform. Two slots (PC card and CF card) provide scope for expansion if required, for example for archiving and for recipes.
Through the integrated USB interface, an external printer, keyboard, mouse or bar code reader can be connected. In addition, all multi panels have an Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with the higher-level PC and for connecting a network printer.
The main features are: Z Low mounting depth: only 55 mm or 65 mm Z Degree of protection IP 65/ Nema 4/Nema 12 (front) Z 12 TFT displays with a resolution of 800 x 600 at 256 colors Z Touch and key versions available Z CCFL1) backlighting with a service life of up to 50,000 h
1) Cold Cathode Flourescence Lamps
s Functions
The multi panels add extra functionality to today's range of graphical OPs. The basic functions of the graphical operator panels are already built in. They include: Z Process value indication Z Safe process control using limit value monitoring from the MP for inputs/outputs Z Pixels-graphics diagrams, trend curves and bar charts Z Management of operating and fault messages with message history Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Z Password protection Z Multiplex function for variables Z Language selection (five online languages) Z Additional Help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables
Z Process visualization: SVGA resolution with 256 colors for diagram elements, 16 colors for text Vector graphics (various line and shape objects) Dynamic object positioning User-friendly trend graphics with scroll and zoom functions Message field for individual message display Use of subsequently installable Windows fonts Comprehensive libraries Image objects slider, gauge, clock Cyclic function processing by means of timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily) Z Message log (Shift log) Z Archiving messages and process values (on PC/CF card, network drive through Ethernet) Range of archive types: polling and sequential archive Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) Online evaluation of process value archives through trend curves External evaluation with standard Excel and Access tools
Z Recipe management Additional storage (on PC/CF card, network drive through Ethernet) Online/off-line editing on the multi panel External processing with standard Excel and Access tools Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfacing to ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.) Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card, through USB or Ethernet Z Language selection, including Asian languages Z Representation of HTML documents through MS Pocket Internet Explorer Z Use of standard Windows printers (see Recommended printers) Z Simulation of the configuration on the PC saves engineering time Z Configuration download through Ethernet/USB/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP/serial, manual/automatic transfer detection Z Remote configuration download through Teleservice MPI/PROFIBUS DP with Teleservice adapter Z Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for translation with standard word processors
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/63

SIMATIC MP 370
s Functions (continued)
Expanded trend curve functions permit representation of up to eight trend curves in one trend curve field.
Scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and viewed in a table.
In addition to the message diagram, message window and message line objects previously used in the graphical OPs, the MPs also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, message window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily included in projects.
s Options
SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4). The multi panels support the following interfacing options: Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 Z SIMATIC WinAC Z SIMOTION Z SINUMERIK Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC WinAC MP; Soft PLC under Windows CE, executable on the multifunction SIMATIC MP 370 platform (see page 2/68). Z Third-party PLCs Allen Bradley Mitsubishi Telemecanique Lucky Goldstar GLOFA Modicon GE-Fanuc OMRON Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC, network printer For further information see "System interfaces" (from page 2/80). For recommended printers, see page 2/92.
s Communication
s Configuration
The multi panels are configured with SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see Section 4).
2/64
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

SIMATIC MP 370
Type Display Resolution (pixels) Size Colors MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 C Control elements Function keys, programmable - Facility for user inscription by user System keys Numeric/alphanumeric input External mouse, keyboard, bar code reader Processor Operating system Memory Type Memory available for user data Interfaces Serial interfaces Ethernet PC card slot CF card slot USB Printer Interface with PLC MP 370 Touch TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) 600 x 800 12.1" 256 colors Approx. 50,000 hours Touch screen Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 12 MB (of which up to 7 MB for ProTool configuration 1 x TTY/RS232, 1 x RS232, 1 x RS422/RS485 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 1 x PC card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, PC (Ethernet), Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (Modbus), other third-party operators 24 V DC 1.15 A 24 V 18 to 30 V Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div 2, UL, CSA, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE 335 x 275 310 x 248 x 59 7 kg MP 370 keys TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) 600 x 800 12.1" 256 colors Approx. 50,000 hours Membrane keyboard 36 function keys, 36 with LEDs, of which 36 softkeys Yes 38 Yes/yes USB RISC Windows CE Flash 12 MB (of which up to 7 MB for ProTool configuration 1 x TTY/RS232, 1 x RS232, 1 x RS422/RS485 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 1 x PC card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x USB Yes S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, PC (Ethernet), Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (Modbus), other third-party operators 24 V DC 1.15 A 24 V 18 to 30 V Optional, 3.6 V Hardware clock, with back-up IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 20 FM Class I Div 2, UL, CSA, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE 483 x 310 450 x 290 x 65 9 kg
Supply voltage Current input, normally Rated voltage Permitted range Backup battery Clock Degree of protection Front Rear Certification Dimensions Front (w x h in mm)
Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm)
35
35
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -20 to +60 C 95%, no condensation 5-byte or encoded
0 to +50 C 0 to +35 C -20 to +60 C 95%, no condensation F1 to F20 S1 to S16 F1 to F20 S1 to S16 Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Expansion for process operation DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals) DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)
2/65

SIMATIC MP 370


MP 370 Touch
MP 370 keys
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 1024 entries 500 1000 1000 128 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 30,000 text elements 400 400 2000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 50 50 40 50,000 Polling archive, sequential archives, message archive, process value archive CF card, PC card, Ethernet CSV Through trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 100 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable 4 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 5.2 SP3, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
2000 2000 1 x 70 8 1024 entries 500 1000 1000 128 KB integrated flash, expandable 300 30,000 text elements 400 400 2000 Trend curves, bars, buttons Yes Yes 2048 50 50 40 50,000 Polling archive, sequential archives, message archive, process value archive CF card, PC card, Ethernet CSV Through trend curves Excel, Access, etc. 10 10 10 50 100 Hardcopy, messages, shift log 5 Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable 4 Yes For SIMATIC S5/S7 Yes ProTool from version 5.2 SP3, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately) USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Recipes

Process diagrams

Variables Archiving

Password protection (levels) Message log (Shift log) Number of logs Number of pages Visual Basic Scripts Number No. of lines per script Printer functions Online languages Standard languages
Character set
Number of additionally loadable character sets
2/66
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

SIMATIC MP 370
s Ordering data
SIMATIC MP 370 B) with 5 integrated interfaces, mounting accessories, with capacitor energy storage (optional battery) and electronic fuse
Order No.
s Ordering data
Accessories for reordering Configuration cables between PG/PC and MP standard length: 5 m
Order No.
} 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
W79084-E1001-B2
with 12 TFT, touch screen color } display with 12 TFT color display and } keyboard
6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0 6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0
Backup battery (Li battery) for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah Memory cards CF card C) 16 MB PC card (ATA flash) C) 64 MB Key labeling strips MP 370 Keys Unlabeled, 2 sets each (plastic), for function keys
Configuration set A) for MP 370 Keys or Touch consisting of - ProTool configuration software, version 5 with user guide, - Manual - Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems - Configuration cable between PG/PC and MP 370, 5.0 m long

} 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0 } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0 } 6AV6 574-1AB00-2BA0
} } } } }
6AV6 573-1EB06-0AA0 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AB0 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AC0 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AD0 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AE0
MP 370 Touch protective membrane for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10) Service pack for MP 370 Keys consisting of: 6 tensioning clamps 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) 2 sets of key labels for MP 370 Allen key Service pack for MP 370 Touch consisting of: Protective membrane 1 mounting seal 10 tensioning clamps 1 plug-in terminal strip (block of two) Allen key PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet Transmission speed 12 Mbit/s Connecting cables System interfaces For further information, visit our website at
} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
Configuration with SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro SIMATIC ProAgent MP 370 manual German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish see Section 4 see Section 4
} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2BX0
} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
} } } } }
6AV6 591-1DB10-0AA0 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AB0 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AC0 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AD0 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AE0
} 6GK1 500-0EA02
} } } } }
} } } } }
} ex warehouse.
A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3. C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.
http://www.siemens.com/mp
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/67

Options for Multi Panels
SIMATIC WinAC MP
s Overview
SIMATIC WinAC MP is the soft PLC for Windows CE and is executable on the multi-function SIMATIC MP 370 platform.
WinAC MP is the efficient solution for automation tasks with high data volumes and deterministic requirements
and can optionally be installed on the rugged, diskless and fanless SIMATIC MP 370.
Cost reduction through compact design The combination of control and visualization in a single platform reduces the number of required automation components and therefore the costs. The space requirement in the control cabinet and the time needed for installation and cabling are also significantly reduced. This in turn leads to a simplified the plant structure, i.e. clearer construction drawings, circuit diagrams and faster commissioning. Since troubleshooting and spare parts are limited to just one device, servicing is also made easier.
Standardized S7 range Because SIMATIC WinAC MP is code-compatible with SIMATIC S7, it offers a high degree of protection of your investment in engineering. It is programmed throughout with the SIMATIC programming tools in STEP 7. The created WinAC MP programs can also be used for SIMATIC S7 and other WinAC products. The use of a single programming environment for all control platforms result in clear savings in engineering time and costs.
Visualization with ProTool Visualizations on the MP 370 are created with the powerful SIMATIC ProTool configuration tool. WinAC MP can be simply added to existing applications. For direct operation and status indication of the PLC on the MP 370, additional WinAC MP functions, such as RUN, STOP and MRES, are available in ProTool. On-board PROFIBUS interface Communications with the I/O level takes place through the integrated PROFIBUS DP master, making the complicated installation of additional interface cards superfluous.
2/68
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Options for Multi Panels
SIMATIC WinAC MP
s Overview (continued)
Optimum support for servicing and commissioning Through the integrated Ethernet interface, ProTool and STEP 7 projects can be downloaded with the TCP/IP protocol. For servicing, a proven backup and restore concept ensures a fast repair.
Flexible expansion Tailored expansions of the visualization functionality can be implemented in ProTool, for example with ActiveX components, which are created with the Software Development Kit (SDK).
Version Platform

s Ordering data
WinAC MP V3.0 MP 370 touch or MP 370 keys Windows CE 3.0 Yes Yes Yes 3 MB 1 MB 1 MB Inputs/outputs 16 KB each Inputs/outputs 16 KB each PROFIBUS DP, up to 12 Mbit/s (MP 370 on-board) 32 512 512 Yes, with UPS 0.4 s 0.3 s http://www.siemens.de/mp SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.0 Single license for 1 installation R-SW, SW and documentation on CD, license key on FD, Class A 3 languages (Ger., Eng., Fr.) executable under Win CE Reference HW: SIMATIC MP 370
Order No.
} 6ES7671-0EC01-0YX0
Operating system Real-time No hard disk No fan Flash memory RAM (built in) Loading memory (built in) Peripherals address area Number of inputs/outputs Peripherals connection Number of PROFIBUS DP slaves
User memory

} ex warehouse.
Peripherals

Bit memories Counters Timers Non-volatile data Execution times

Bit operations (typically) Mathematical operations (typically) Hardware PLC programming software
System requirements

MP 370 touch or MP 370 keys STEP 7 from version 5.1 SP2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/69

Options for handling time-critical operator actions
s Overview
DP direct control keys: 1) OP keys and TP buttons as I/O peripherals through PROFIBUS DP With the DP direct control keys, time-critical operator actions can be performed with response times of 100 ms or less without additional hardware in combination with the OP7, OP17, OP27, OP37, TP27 or TP37 and the Windows CE-based panels and multi panels (from TP 170/OP 170B). All OP softkeys and function keys can be used as DP direct control keys. The touch panels allow configuration of up to 24 buttons (TP27-6, TP27-10) or 40 buttons (TP37) as DP direct control keys (further buttons possible using coding). The DP direct control keys are connected to a SIMATIC S7 PLC as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals. This means a configurable input in the PLC can be set/reset with every keystroke (jog mode). The LEDs on the keys can be actuated by the PLC (not with touch units.) Only one shared bus address for the operator panel and the I/O peripheral modules is required for connecting the operator panel to the SIMATIC S7 through PROFIBUS DP .
TP37
SIMATIC S7-300/-400
as I/O peripherals
as I/O peripherals as I/O peripherals
In parallel with the DP direct control keys, the CPI module can also be used with the operator panels (but not Windows CEbased operator panels).
Direct control key module
24 V DC direct control key module The 24 V DC direct control keys option provides the OP/TP with digital outputs that can be controlled either using OP keys, TP buttons or by the software. The module is connected to the rear of the OP/TP and provides eight outputs for the OP27, TP27-6 and TP37, and 16 outputs for the OP37, TP27-10 and TP37. Because 24 V DC outputs can be directly actuated with the softkeys next to the display or with configurable TP buttons, these outputs allow time-critical operator actions to be carried out.
SIMATIC S7-300/-400
Control Panel Interface (CPI) 1) for connecting external display and control elements through PROFIBUS DP The optional control panel interface module provides the OP/TP with digital inputs and outputs for connecting external actuators and sensors. The CPI module is plugged into the rear of the OP/ TP and, depending on the module, provides 16 or 32 inputs (24 V DC) and 16 or 32 outputs (24 V DC) that can be wired directly to the operator panels. The external elements are connected as I/O peripherals (DP slaves) through the OP/TP to PROFIBUS DP. Information exchange between the PLC and the CPI module is organized automatically. Connection to the SIMATIC S7 through PROFIBUS DP is required, but only one shared bus address for the operator panel and as the external inputs and outputs are necessary. On the operator panels, the DP direct control keys can also be used in parallel to the CPI module.
Control Panel Interface
external control elements
1) Function only possible on S7 PLCs through PROFIBUS. Fig. 2/1 Options for handling time-critical operator actions Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/70

Options for handling time-critical operator actions
s Overview

Can be used with Operator panels OP7/DP, OP7/DP-12 OP17/DP, OP17/DP-12 OP 170B/OP 270 OP27/OP37 TP 170B/TP 270 TP27/TP37 MP 270/MP 270B/MP 370 SIMATIC S5/S7/505, third-party PLC SIMATIC S7 with PROFIBUS DP
24 V DC direct control key No (optional extra) 8 outputs 16 outputs 8 outputs 16 outputs 8/16 outputs
DP direct control key Yes
CPI module
No (optional extra)
Touch panels

Multi panels
Can be used with PLCs
Standard No. of digital inputs/outputs

Digital inputs/outputs OP27 Digital inputs/outputs OP37 Digital inputs/outputs TP27-6 Digital inputs/outputs TP27-10 Digital inputs/outputs TP37
16 or 32 inputs, 16 or 32 outputs 16 inputs, 16 outputs 16 or 32 inputs, 16 or 32 outputs 16 or 32 inputs, 16 or 32 outputs
Process control and querying the OP softkeys/function and special keys

OP7 OP17 OP 170B/OP 270 (6") OP 270 (10")/MP 270/ MP 270B (keys) OP27 OP37 MP 370 (keys) TP 170B/TP 270 (6")/ MP 270B (touch) TP 270 (10")/ MP 370 (touch) TP27-6 TP27-10 TP37
F1 to F8 F1 to F12 8 16 8/16
F1 to F4, K1 to K4 F1 to F8, K1 to K16 F1 to F14, K1 to K10 F1 to F20, K1 to K16 F1 to F14, K1 to K10 F1 to F20, K1 to K16 F1 to F20, S1 to S16 4-byte or encoded 5-byte or encoded 3-byte or encoded 3-byte or encoded 5-byte or encoded
TP buttons
Actuating the key LEDs OP softkeys/function and special keys

OP7 OP17 OP 170B/OP 270 (6") OP 270 (10")/MP 270/ MP 270B (keys) OP27 OP37 MP 370 (keys)
K1 to K4 K1 to K16 F1 to F8, K1 to K10 F1 to F12, K1 to K16 F1 to F8, K1 to K10 F1 to F12, K1 to K16 F1 to F20, S1 to S16
You can either install the direct key module or the CPI module.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/71

System interfaces
for text-based Panels and OP27/TP27
s Overview
The SIMATIC text displays (TD), operator panels (OP) and touch panels (TP) 1) TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP27 and TP27, provide HMI functionality in conjunction with Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC S7 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SINUMERIK 2) Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05 and MicroLogix (DH485 protocol) Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04, 05 (DF1 protocol) Z Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 (DF1 protocol)
Z GE Fanuc 90-30 + 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol) Z Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol) Z Modicon 984-120,130, 131,141,145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780, 785 (MODBUS protocol) Z Modicon TSX Quantum CPU113,213,424,434,534 (MODBUS protocol) Z Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC , SYSMAC CV (LINK protocol) Z Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols) Z Telemecanique TSX 37 + TSX 57 (ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols) FAP interface (not OP3) S5-115,-135U through 2.CPU-SS (CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B, CPU 945, CPU 928B) S5-95U, -100U through CP 521 (except CPU 100, except CPU 102) S5-115U, -135U, -155U through CP 523 (except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]) The FAP interface uses either the free ASCII interface of a SIMATIC CPU or interface modules CP 521 and CP 523 (OP27 and TP27 not through CP 521). In ET200, OPs must not be connected through CP 521. Communication between the OPs and SIMATIC S5 is based on a special "FAP protocol", which is handled by the corresponding standard FB in the PLC. Several OPs can be connected to one PLC. Their performance depends on the cycle time of the SIMATIC PLC.
The main features of the various interfaces are briefly described below. You can find more detailed information in the ProTool user guide, in the Communications guide and in the online Help.
1) In the following text, the abbreviation OP is used to include TDs, OPs and TPs. This does not represent a restriction of features to one particular product group: where certain devices do not perform certain functions, this is explicitly stated in the text. 2) For further information see Catalog NC 60
s SIMATIC S5
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC OP (not OP3) to SIMATIC S5 (not S5-150U). They all have in common that, for the connected OP, the link is always a logical point-topoint connection, i.e. one OP is always permanently assigned to one programmable controller. The PLC must be provided with a standard function block, which must be invoked for each OP connected (the standard FB must be ordered separately). AS511 interface (not OP3) S5-90 to -135U (except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]) The AS511 interface operates through the PG interface of the SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the OP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU.
PROFIBUS DP interface (not OP3) S5-115U, -135U, -155U through IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP (except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release 5) The following can be connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface: Z up to 2 OPs as slaves through a PROFIBUS network to one SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP/master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01]; Z up to 30 OPs can be connected as slaves through a PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate PROFIBUS DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP. The OP (DP slave) and SIMATIC S5 (DP master) communicate through PROFIBUS DP messages according to EN 50170 with superimposed FAP protocol, which is processed in the programmable controller by the corresponding standard function block.
2/72
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
s SIMATIC S7
Three different types of interface are used for communication between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7: Z PPI interface to S7-200 Z MPI interface to S7 (using PG/OP communications) Z PROFIBUS interface to S7 (using PG/OP communications) PPI interface describes the connection of a SIMATIC OP to a SIMATIC S7-200 through its PPI interface; MPI interface describes the connection of a SIMATIC OP to a SIMATIC S7 through MPI or PROFIBUS. The SIMATIC OPs use the SIMATIC S7 "PG/OP communication" services. A standard FB, as required by the SIMATIC S5, is not necessary. PROFIBUS interfaces are connections between a SIMATIC OP and a SIMATIC S7 through the integrated PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or through the PROFIBUS interface of a separate interface module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. In terms of their function, the PROFIBUS interface and the MPI interface are identical (SIMATIC OPs are "active nodes" and not, for example, "DP slaves" as is the case with the PROFIBUS interface to SIMATIC S5). The maximum permitted number of S7 connections of a CPU depends on the power of the CPU (see Catalog ST 70); for the SIMATIC OPs, the following restrictions apply: Z OP3 max. 2 connections Z TD17, OP7/17 max. 4 connections Z OP27/TP27 max. 4 connections
PPI Interface The PPI interface is basically a point-to-point connection between one OP (PPI master), or alternatively one PG (PPI master), and one S7-200 (PPI slave). However, it is also possible to connect Z one OP to several S7-200 PLCs (logical point-to-point-connection from the viewpoint of each S7-200). Z several OPs and/or PGs to one S7-200 (sequential logic point-topoint relationship; i.e. for each S7-200, only one connection is active at any one time). MPI Interface/PROFIBUS Interface (restrictions on OP3) The MPI or PROFIBUS interface operates over the multipoint communications interfaces of SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7 through "PG/OP communication"; you can connect Z one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master). Z one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master). Z one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).1) Z several OPs (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).1)
In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are static connections set up during startup and then monitored. In addition to the original mastermaster relationship, this produces a masterslave relationship that allows S7200s (except S7-212) to be integrated in MPI or PROFIBUS networks.1) The method of exchanging information between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7 is irrespective of whether an MPI or PROFIBUS network is used: The SIMATIC OPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are S7 servers. The OP3 is only released for connection to SIMATIC S7300/400 through MPI (MasterMaster), i.e. it cannot communicate with FM 353, FM 354, FM 453, etc..
1) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.
s SIMATIC 505 (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC 505 is based on the NITP protocol. The direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a SIMATIC 505 (logic point-topoint relationship) has been tested and approved.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/73

System interfaces
s Allen Bradley
Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC OPs (not OP3) to Allen Bradley.
F1 interface (not OP3) This communication method between SIMATIC OPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol (logical point-topoint relationship); the following have been tested and approved: Z Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Allen Bradley PLC5. Z Direct connection of an OP to the DF1 interface of an Allen Bradley SLC 500. SIMATIC OPs are not approved for integration into the Allen Bradley DH+ or DH485 network using Allen Bradley "communication adaptors" (which are actually gateways).
DH485 interface (not OP3) This communication method between SIMATIC OPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DH485 protocol; the following have been tested and approved: Z Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Allen Bradley SLC 500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship) Z Integration of OPs in an Allen Bradley DH485 network and communication between OPs and one or more SLC 500 or MicroLogix in the network (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the OP). Regarding the maximum number of OP connections, the same values as for the SIMATIC S7/M7 apply. Z Integration of OPs in a GE-Fanuc network and communication between OPs (SNP/master) and one or more GE-Fanuc 90-30 or 90-70(s) (SNP slave) in the network (multipoint relationship as seen from the OP). Regarding the maximum number of OP connections, the same values as for the SIMATIC S7/M7 apply.
s GE-Fanuc (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OPs and GE-Fanuc is based on the SNP/SNPX protocol; the following have been tested and approved:
Z Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a GE-Fanuc 90-30 or 90-70 (logical point-to-point relationship)
s Mitsubishi (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Mitsubishi is based on the FX protocol. The direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.
2/74
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
s Modicon (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OPs and Modicon is based on the MODBUS protocol; the following have been tested and approved:
Z Direct connection of an OP to the MODBUS interface of a Modicon 984 or a TSX Quantum. (logical point-topoint relationship) Z Connection of an OP (MODBUS master) to a Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) through MODBUS with both parties using the Modicon MODBUS J878 modem with a maximum distance of 4,000 m (logical point-topoint relationship)
Z Integration of an OP through Modicon MODBUS PLUS bridge BM85-000 in a MODBUS PLUS network and communication between the OP (MODBUS master) and a Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) in the network (logical point-to-point relationship) Z Integration of an OP through the bridge function of a Modicon 984-145 or TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and communication between the OP (MODBUS master) and a Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) in the network (logical point-topoint relationship)
s Omron (not OP3)
The SIMATIC OP communicates with Omron using the LINK protocol. The direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Omron SYSMAC Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC OPs (not OP3) to Telemecanique. ADJUST interface (not OP3) This communication method between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique is based on the ADJUST protocol; the direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.
C (except CQM1-CPU11), Omron SYSMAC or Omron SYSMAC CV (logic point-topoint relationship) has been tested and approved. UNI-TELWAY interface (not OP3) This communication type between SIMATIC OPs and Telemecanique is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol; the following have been tested and approved Z Connection of an OP (UNI-T slave) through a Telemecanique TSX SCA62 connection socket to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master) (logic point-to-point relationship) Z Connection of an OP (UNI-T slave) through Telemecanique TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection sockets to a Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX57 (UNI-T master) (logical point-to-point relationship) Z Integration of an OP through a Telemecanique TSX SCA62 connection socket in a UNI-TELWAY network and communication between OP (UNI-T slave) to a TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master or slave) in the network (logical point-to-point relationship).
s Telemecanique
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/75

System interfaces
PLC Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (connector/interface) SIMATIC HMI TD17 OP3 OP7 OP17 all versions /PP SIMATIC S5 (AS511) S5-90U to -135U (1st/2nd PG interface) except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] (15-pin female/TTY) SIMATIC S5 (FAP) S5-115U/CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B 6XV1 440-2A... (up to 1,000 m) /DP /DP-12 OP27 TP27 Order No. (max. length) of connecting cable
(2nd interface)
(15-pin female/TTY) S5-115U/CPU 945, -135U/CPU 928B
6XV1 440-2A... (up to 1,000 m) 6XV1 440-2J... (up to 1,000 m) 6XV1 440-2J... (up to 16 m) 6XV1 440-2G... (up to 1,000 m) 6XV1 418-0C... (up to 16 m)
+
(2nd interface)
(25-pin female/TTY) S5-115U/CPU 945, -135U/CPU 928B
(2nd interface)
(25-pin female/RS 232) S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with CP 521SI (25-pin female/TTY) S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with CP 521SI (25-pin female/RS 232)
6XV1 440-2DE32 (0.32 m) S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 523 except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] (25-pin female/TTY) SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP and FAP) through PROFIBUS DP to S5-95U/L2-DP/Master (6ES5 095-8ME02) through PROFIBUS DP with IM 308B/IM 308C to S5-115U, -135U, -155U except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5) through PROFIBUS DP with CP 5430/ CP 5431 to S5-115U, -135U, -155U except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5) System interface available 1) Up to 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s. 2) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02. For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6. PROFIBUS 1) 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI) PROFIBUS 1) 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI) 6XV1 440-2F... (up to 1,000 m)
PROFIBUS 1) 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI)
2/76
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
PLC Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (connector/interface) SIMATIC HMI TD17 OP3 OP7 OP17 all versions /PP SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI) S7-200 through PPI, S7-300/400 NEW ! through MPI (PG/OP communication) (9-pin female/RS 485)
6ES7 7050AA00-7BA0 1)
OP27 TP27 /DP-12
/DP
Order No. (max. length) of connecting cable
(2.5 m)
PPI network
through 6ES7 connecting cable, 705-0AA00-7BA0 (bus connector with PG-SS) to up to 2 S7-200
PPI network (see Catalog ST 70)
MPI network
through 6ES7705-0AA00-7BA0 connecting cable (bus connector with PG-SS) to up to 2 S7-300/400 NEW ! S7-200 through PPI, S7-200 through MPI (PG/OP communication) S7-300, -400 through MPI (PG/OP communication), S7-300, -400 through PROFIBUS (PG/OP communication) (9-pin female/RS 485) through PPI network to up to 2 S7-200 through MPI network (PG/OP communication) to up to 4 S7-200, -300, -400, WinAC through PROFIBUS network (PG/OP communication) to up to 4 S7-300, -400, WinAC SIMATIC 505 (NITP) PLC 525, 535, 565T (25-pin female/RS 232) PLC 545, 555 (9-pin male/RS 232) PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T (9-pin female/RS 422) PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555 (9-pin female/RS 422) System interface available
MPI network (see Catalog ST 70) 6ES7 901(5 m)
0BF00-0AA0 2)
PPI network 3) (see Catalog ST 70) MPI network 3) (see Catalog ST 70) PROFIBUS 3) 4) (see Catalog ST 70 + Catalog IK PI)
6XV1 440-2L... (up to 15 m) 6XV1 440-2K... (up to 15 m) 6XV1 440-2M... (max. 300 m) 6XV1 440-1M... (max. 300 m)
1) Supplied with the OP3

2) Supplied with the PG 3) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02. 4) Up to 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP max.1.5 Mbit/s. For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/77

System interfaces
PLC Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (connector/interface) SIMATIC HMI TD17 OP3 OP7 OP17 all versions /PP Allen Bradley (DF1) SLC 500/03,04,05 (9-pin male/RS 232) PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (25-pin female/RS 232) PLC 5/ 11,20,30,40,60,80 (25-pin female/RS 422) Allen Bradley (DH485) SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix (9-pin male/RS 232) through DH485 network to up to 4 SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04, or MicroLogix Mitsubishi (FX) through Mitsubishi PG cable SC-07 to FX0 (9-pin female/RS 232) through Mitsubishi PG cable SC-08 to FX (9-pin female/RS 232) FX0 (mini DIN 8-pin female/RS 422) FX (mini DIN 25-pin female/RS 422) GE-Fanuc (SNP/SNPX) through SNP network to up to 4 GEF 90-30,70 System interface available For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6. SNP network (see online help) 6XV1 440-2UE32 (0.32 m) 6XV1 440-2UE32 (0.32 m) 6XV1 440-2P... (max. 500 m) 6XV1 440-2R... (max. 500 m) 6XV1 440-2K... (up to 15 m) DH485 network (see online help) 6XV1 440-2K... (up to 15 m) 6XV1 440-2L... (up to 15 m) 6XV1 440-2V... (max. 60 m) /DP /DP-12 OP27 TP27 Order No. (max. length) of connecting cable
2/78
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
PLC Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (connector/interface) SIMATIC HMI TD17 OP3 OP7 OP17 all versions /PP Modicon (MODBUS) 984-120,130,131,141,145,380,381,185,480,485, 680,685,780,785 or TSX Quantum - CPU 113,213,424,434,534 (9-pin female/RS 232) through J878/MODBUS modem to 984-120, etc. or TSX Quantum - CPU 113, etc. (25-pin female/RS 232) through BM85-000 bridge or PLC with bridge functions/ to 1 984-120, etc. or TSX Quantum - CPU 113, etc. (9-pin female/RS 232) Omron (LINK)

OP27 TP27 /DP-12
/DP
Order No. (max. length) of connecting cable
6XV1 440-1K... (up to 15 m)
6XV1 440-1L... (up to 15 m)
6XV1 440-1K... (up to 15 m)
MODBUS PLUS network
SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1 -CPU 11/21)

SYSMAC
6XV1 440-2X... (up to 15 m)
SYSMAC CV (9-pin female/RS 232)
Telemecanique (ADJUST) TSX 17 (15-pin female/RS 485) TSX 47/67/87/107 (9-pin female/TTY) Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY) through TSX SCA62 connection socket to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (15-pin female/RS 485) through TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection sockets to TSX 37/57 (15-pin female/RS 485) through TSX SCA62 connection socket and 6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m) 6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m) 6XV1 440-1F... (up to 1,000 m)
6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m)
UNI-TELWAY network
to 1 TSX 17 or TSX 37/57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (15-pin female/RS 485) System interface available For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6.
6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m)
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/79

System interfaces
for Micro Panels 170/270/370 series and ProTool/Pro Runtime
s Overview
The SIMATIC TP 070, TP 170A, TP 170B and TP 270 touch panels, OP 170B and OP 270 operator panels, MP 270B and MP 370 multifunction platforms1) and the SIMATIC HMI software for PC ProTool/Pro Runtime provide HMI functionality in combination with: Z SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC S7 Z SIMATIC 505 Z SINUMERIK 3) Z SIMOTION 3) Z Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60 and 80 (DF1 protocol) or through KF2 module/DH+ network with PLC5 and SLC 500/03, 04 or 05 Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04 and 05 (DF1 protocol) or through KF-3 module/DH485 network with SLC 500 and MicroLogix
Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03 or 04 and MicroLogix (DH485 protocol)2) Z GE Fanuc 90-Micro, 90-30 and 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol) Z Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GM with Cnet card (protocoldedicated) Z Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol) Z Mitsubishi FX, series A and series Q (MP4 protocol) Z Modicon 984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780 and 785 (MODBUS protocol) Z Modicon TSX Quantum CPU 113, 213, 424, 434, 534 and TSX Compact (MODBUS protocol) Z Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC , SYSMAC CV (Link/MultiLink protocol)
Z Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols) Z Telemecanique TSX 37, TSX 57 (UNI-TELWAY protocol) The main features of the various interfaces are described in brief below. You will find more detailed information in the ProTool user guide, the Windows-Based Systems Communications Guide and the online Help.
1) For simplicity, the abbreviation "MP" is used in the text below. This is not meant to represent a restriction, but applies generally to all of the Windowsbased systems mentioned above. If there are any restrictions, this is stated explicitly in the text. 2) Available soon 3) For further information see Catalog NC 60 or PM 10.
s SIMATIC S5
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC MP (not TP 070) to SIMATIC S5 (not S5-150U). The one common feature is that, as far as the connected MP is concerned, the link is always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. an MP is always permanently assigned to one programmable controller.
AS511 interface S5-90U to -135U, -155U (except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release 5) The AS511 interface operates through die PG interface of the SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the MP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU. PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A) S5-115U, -135U, -155U through IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP (except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release 5)
The following can be connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface: Z Up to two MPs as slaves through a PROFIBUS network to SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01]; Z Up to 30 MPs can be connected as slaves through one PROFIBUS network to one SIMATIC S5 with separate PROFIBUS DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP. Communication between MP (DPslave) and SIMATIC (DPmaster) takes place through PROFIBUS DP frames according to EN 50170 with a superposed HMI profile. The programmable controller must be equipped with a function block which is called up once for each connected MP (this FB is included with ProTool).
2/80
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
s SIMATIC S7
Three different types of interface are used for communication between SIMATIC MP and SIMATIC S7: Z PPI interface to S7-200 Z MPI interface to S7 (using PG/OP communications) Z PROFIBUS interface to S7 (using PG/OP communications) The maximum permitted number of S7 connections of a CPU depends on the power of the CPU (see Catalog ST70); for the SIMATIC MPs, the following restrictions apply: Z TP 070 and TP 170A: one connection1) Z TP 170B and OP 170B: up to four connections Z TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B and MP 370: up to four connections2) Z PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime: up to eight connections PPI interface (not TP 070) PPI interfaces are connections of SIMATIC MPs to SIMATIC S7-200s through their PPI interface. PPI interfaces are basically point-to-point connections between one MP (PPI master) or one PG (PPI master), and one S7-200 (PPI slave). The following connections can, however, also be made: Z one MP and/or PG to one S7200 (sequential logic point-topoint relationship, i.e. for each S7-200, only one connection is active at any one time).
MPI Interface/ PROFIBUS Interface MPI interfaces are connections between a SIMATIC MP and a SIMATIC S7 through an MPI or PROFIBUS. The SIMATIC OPs use the SIMATIC S7 PG/OP communication services; in contrast to the SIMATIC S5, a standard FB is not required. PROFIBUS interfaces are connections between a SIMATIC MP and a SIMATIC S7 through the integrated PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or through the PROFIBUS interface of a separate interface module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. In terms of their function, the PROFIBUS interface and the MPI interface are identical (SIMATIC MPs are active nodes and not, for example, DP slaves as is the case with the PROFIBUS interface to SIMATIC S5). The MPI or PROFIBUS interface operates over the multipoint communications interfaces of SIMATIC MP and SIMATIC S7 through PG/OP communication; you can connect Z one MP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master). Z one MP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master). Z one MP (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).3) Z several MPs (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).3)
In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are static and are set up during startup and then monitored. In addition to the original mastermaster relationship, this produces a masterslave relationship that allows S7-200s (except S7-212) to be integrated in MPI or PROFIBUS networks.3) The method of information exchange between SIMATIC MP and SIMATIC S7 is not dependent on whether MPI or PROFIBUS is used as the network: the SIMATIC MPs are the S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are the S7 servers.
1) TP 070 connection to S7-200 only point-to-point ; network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible. 2) For the TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 and depending on the scope of configuration, up to eight S7 connections are possible with MPI or PROFIBUS interface (reduced communication volume). 3) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/81

System interfaces
s SIMATIC 505
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) to SIMATIC 505. The one common feature is that, as far as the connected MP is concerned, the link is always a logic point-to-point connection, i.e. an MP is always permanently assigned to one programmable controller.
NITP interface The NITP interface operates through die PG interface of the SIMATIC 505 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the MP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU. PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A) SIMATIC 505 PLC or SIMATIC 545, SIMATIC 555 with CP 5434
When PROFIBUS DP is used as interface, up to 30 MPs can be connected through a PROFIBUS network as slaves to one SIMATIC 545 or 555 with a CP 5434 plug-in PROFIBUS DP master interface. The MP (DP slave) and SIMATIC 505 (DP master) communicate with PROFIBUS DP messages according to EN 50170 with superimposed HMI profile. The programmable controller must contain an Application Ladder, which is called up for each connected MP (An Application Ladder example is included with ProTool). Z The integration of an MP through Allen Bradley AIC adapter into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or MicroLogix programmable controllers (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). Z The integration of an MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or MicroLogix programmable controllers (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).
1) Available soon
s Allen Bradley
Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC MPs (not MP 070) to Allen Bradley. DF1 interface Communication between SIMATIC MPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol. The following have been tested and approved: Z Direct connection of an MP to the PG interface of an Allen Bradley PLC5 or to the DF1 interface of an Allen Bradley SLC 500 (point-topoint connection) Z The integration of an MP through Allen Bradley Gateway KF2 into an Allen Bradley DH+ network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or PLC5 programmable controllers (one-to-many relationship
from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). Z The integration of an MP through Allen Bradley Gateway KF3 into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or MicroLogix PLCs (one-tomany relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). DH485 interface1) Communication between SIMATIC MPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DH486 protocol. The following have been tested and approved: Z Direct connection of an MP to an Allen Bradley SLC 500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship) Z Connection of an MP to a GLOFA GM with Cnet card (point-to-point relationship)
s Lucky Goldstar
SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GM use the Dedicated protocol to communicate with each other. The following have been tested and approved:
Z The Integration of an MP through a Lucky Goldstar Cnet card in an RS 422 network. An MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) can communicate with up to four GLOFA GM PLCs in the network (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).
2/82
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
s Mitsubishi
Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC MPs (not MP 070) to Mitsubishi. FX protocol Communication between SIMATIC MP and Mitsubishi is based on the FX protocol. Direct connection of an MP to the PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point connection) has been tested and approved.
MP4 protocol Communication between SIMATIC MPs and Mitsubishi is based on the MP4 protocol. The following have been tested and approved: Z Direct connection of an MP to a Mitsubishi FX, A or Q series (point-to-point relationship) Z The Integration of an MP through a Mitsubishi FX-48SC-IF converter in an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four Z Direct connection of an MP to the MODBUS interface of a Modicon 984, a TSX Quantum or a TSX Compact (logical point-to-point relationship). Z The integration of an MP through Modicon MODBUS PLUS BM85-000 bridge or the bridge function of a MODICON 984-145 or TSX
FX, A or Q series PLCs (oneto-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). Z The integration of an MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) into an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four FX, A or Q series PLCs (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).
s Modicon
Communication between SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Modicon is based on the MODBUS protocol. The following have been tested and approved:
Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and communication between MP (MODBUS master) and up to four Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum PLCs (MODBUS slaves) within the network (one-to-many relationship from the MP's perspective. With the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). Z The integration of an MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) into an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four Sysmac C, Sysmac or Sysmac CV PLCs (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). Z Integration of an MP through the Telemecanique TSX SCA62 port in a UNITELWAY network and communication between MP (UNI-T slave) and up to four TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master or slave) in the network (one-to-many relationship from the MP 170's perspective).
s Omron
Communication between SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Omron is based on the Link/MultiLink protocol. The following have been tested and approved: Z Direct connection of an MP to an Omron Sysmac C, Sysmac or Sysmac CV (point-to-point relationship)
Z The Integration of an MP through an Omron NT-AL001 converter in an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four Sysmac C, Sysmac or Sysmac CV PLCs (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible). Z Connection of an MP (UNI-T slave) through Telemecanique connection socket TSX SCA62 to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master) (logical point-topoint connection) Z Connection of an MP (UNIT slave) through Telemecanique connection sockets TSX SCA62 + ACC01 to a Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX57 (UNI-T master) (logical point-to-point connection)
s Telemecanique
Data exchange between SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Telemecanique is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol. The following have been tested and approved:
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/83

System interfaces
PLC Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (interface) SIMATIC HMI TD 200 TP 070 TP 170A TP 170B OP 170B TP 270 OP 270 MP 270B MP 370 ProTool/ ProRuntime Order No. (max. length) of connecting cable
SIMATIC S5 (AS511) S5-90U to -155U except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5) (TTY) 6ES5 734-1BD20 1) (3.2 m)
6XV1 440-2A... (up to 1,000 m)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP and HMI) through PROFIBUS DP to 1 S5-95U/L2-DP/master [6ES5 095-8ME02] through PROFIBUS DP with IM 308C to S5-115U, -135U, -155U except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5) through PROFIBUS DP with CP 5431 FMS/ DP to S5-115U, -135U, -155U except CPU 922 < Release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11] except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5)
4)
PROFIBUS 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI) PROFIBUS 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI)
4)
4)
PROFIBUS 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI)
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI) S7-200 through PPI S7-200 through MPI (PG/OP communication) S7-300, -400 through MPI (PG/OP communication) through PPI network to up to 1 S7-200 through MPI network (PG/OP communication) to up to 4 S7-200, -300, -400, WinAC through PROFIBUS network (PG/OP communication) to up to 4 S7-300, -400, WinAC System interface available 1) PC cable with integrated RS 232/TTY level shifter. 2) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02.
6) 7) 8) 4)
6XV1 830-1CH30 3) (3.2 m) 6XV1 830-1CH30 3) (3.2 m) 6XV1 830-1CH30 3) (3.2 m) PPI network 2) (see Catalog ST 70) MPI network 2) (see Catalog ST 70) PROFIBUS 2) (see Catalog ST 70 + Catalog IK PI)
5)
6)
4)
6)
4)
4)
4) 7)
6)
7)
4) 7)
3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
MPI cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0 (up to 187.5 kbit/s) supplied with the PG. Connection through integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 should be implemented if using a standard PC. Up to 19.2 kbit/s, only point-to-point connection to S7-200 available; no network operation (parallel PG etc.) possible. Up to 1.5 Mbit/s, can be connected only to 1 S7-200, S7-300/-400 or WinAC. Up to 8 connections, depending on the scope of the configuration (communication). Up to 187.5 kbit/s; cable supplied.
For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6.
2/84
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
SIMATIC 505 (NITP) PLC 525, 535, 565T (RS 232) PPX: 2601 094-8001 1) 6XV1 440-2L... (up to 15 m) PLC 545, 555 (RS 232) PPX: 2601 094-8001 1) 6XV1 440-2K... (up to 15 m) PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T (RS 422) PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555 (RS 422) SIMATIC 505 (PROFIBUS DP and HMI) through PROFIBUS DP to 1 PLC 545, 555 with CP 5434
6) 5)
6XV1 440-2M... (max. 300 m) 6XV1 440-1M... (max. 300 m)
5)
PROFIBUS 2) (see Catalog ST 50 + Catalog IK PI)
Allen Bradley (DF1) SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix (RS 232) 1747 CP3 3) 6XV1 440-2K... (up to 15 m) PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232) 1784 CP10 3) 6XV1 440-2L... (up to 15 m) PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 422) through KF2 gateway and DH+ network to up to 4 SLC 500/03,04,05 or PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232) through KF3 gateway and DH485 network to up to 4 SLC 500 or Micro Logix (RS 232)
7)
6XV1 440-2V... (max. 60 m) 1784 CP10 3) 4) 6XV1 440-2L... 4) (up to 15 m)

7)
1784 CP10 3) 4) 6XV1 440-2L... 4) (up to 15 m)
System interface available 1) 2) 3) 4) The PLC requires a 9/25-pin standard adapter. Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02. Allen Bradley PC cable. Cable for connection to KF2/KF3 gateway; the gateway requires a 25-pin female/25-pin female gender changer. 5) The PC requires a conventional RS 232/RS 422 level shifter. 6) Connection through built-in MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 should be implemented if using a standard PC 7) TP 170A can be interfaced with only one PLC. For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/85

System interfaces
Allen Bradley (DH485) 4) SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 or MicroLogix (RS 232) through AIC adapter and DH485 network to up to 4 SLC 500 or MicroLogix (RS 232) through DH485 network to up to 4 SLC 500 or Micro Logix (RS 485) GE-Fanuc (SNP/SNPX) GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232) through adapter to up to four GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232) to up to four GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 422) Lucky Goldstar GLOFA (dedicated) GLOFA-GM with Cnet card (RS 232) to up to four GLOFA-GM with Cnet card (RS 422) Mitsubishi (FX) FX0 (RS 422) SC-07 2) 6XV1 440-2P... (max. 500 m) FX (RS 422) SC-08 2) 6XV1 440-2R... (max. 500 m) Mitsubishi (MP4) FX series with communications card A series (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS) with interface submodule Q series (QnA, QnAS) with interface submodule (RS 232) through FX-48SC-IF converter to up to four PLCs FX series with communications card A series (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS) with interface submodule Q series (QnA, QnAS) with interface submodule (RS 232) to up to four PLCs FX series with communications card A series (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS) with interface submodule Q series (QnA, QnAS) with interface submodule (RS 422) For connecting cable standard lengths see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6. System interface available
3) 3) 3) 3)
see online help 1) see online help 1) see online help 1)
3)
see online help 1) see online help 1) see online help 1)
3)
see online help 1) see online help 1)
see online help 1)
see online help 1)
3)
see online help 1)
1) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool online help or the Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems 6AV6 596-1MA06-0A*0. 2) Mitsubishi PC cable with integrated level shifter RS 232/RS 422; A 15-pin male/9-pin male adapter 6XV1 440-2UE32 is required for connection to an MP 270. 3) TP 170A can be interfaced with only one PLC. 4) Available soon.
2/86
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

System interfaces
Modicon (MODBUS) 984-120,130,131,141,145,380,381,385,480,485, 580,585,780,785 or TSX Quantum - CPU 113,213,424,434,534 (RS 232) through BM85-000 bridge or PLC with bridge functionality to up to 4 984-120, etc. or TSX Quantum-CPU 113, etc. (RS 232) TSX Compact (RS 232) OMRON (Link/Multi Link) SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1-CPU 11/21) SYSMAC SYSMAC CV (RS 232) through NT-AL001 converter to up to four PLCs SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1-CPU 11/21) SYSMAC SYSMAC CV (RS 232) to up to four PLCs SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1-CPU 11/21) SYSMAC SYSMAC CV (RS 422) Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY) through TSX SCA62 connection socket to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (RS 485) through TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection sockets to TSX 37/57 (RS 485) through TSX SCA62 connection socket and UNI-TELWAY network to 4 TSX 17 or TSX 37/57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (RS 485) For connecting cable standard lengths see page 2/88. For length key, see page 9/6. System interface available
4) 3) 4) 4)
see online help 1)
see online help 1)
MODBUS PLUS network
see online help 1)
see online help 1)
see online help 1)
4)
see online help 1)
6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m)
3)
6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m)
3)
6XV1 440-1E... (max. 20 m)
1) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool online help or the Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems 6AV6 596-1MA06-0A*0. 2) Mitsubishi PC cable with integrated level shifter RS 232/RS 422; A 15-pin male/9-pin male adapter 6XV1 440-2UE32 is required for connection to an MP 270. 3) The PC must be fitted with an RS 485 interface card and a customized cable. For detailed information (tested board, cable assignment) see the ProTool online help or the user guide. 4) TP 170A can be interfaced with only one PLC.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/87

Connecting cables
s Ordering data
6ES... connecting cables
Order No.
s Ordering data
Configuration cables To PC/PG 7xx (serial) 9-pin male/RS 232) for OP3 1) To PC/PG 7xx with CP 5611 1) for OP3 2) for OP27, TP27 To PG 7xx (serial) (25-pin female/TTY)3) Standard lengths:
Order No.
Standard lengths:
5m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m The 6ES5 731-6AG00 adapter is also required to attach the 6ES5 731-1 0 connecting cable to the 6PUxx programming device. Standard length: Standard length: 3.2 m Standard lengths: 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard length: Standard length: Standard lengths: Special lengths:
1) 2)
} 6ES5 731-1BF00 } 6ES5 731-1CB00 } 6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 0
} 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 } 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 } 6ES5 734-2BF00 } 6ES5 734-2CB00 } 6ES5 731-1BF00 } 6ES5 731-1CB00
2.5 m 5.0 m
} } } } } }
6ES5 731-6AG00 6ES5 734-1BD20 6ES5 734-2CB00 6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 0 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
5.0 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m or
6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 0
Standard lengths: Special lengths:
5.0 m 10 m up to 200 m
6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 0
Interface adapter
} 6ES5 731-6AG00 } 6XV1 440-2KH32
6XV... connecting cables
3.2 m 10 m up to 16 m 5m up to 20 m
} 6XV1 418-0CH32
6XV1 418-0CN10 6XV1 418-0C 7 7 7
To PC (serial) 4) (9-pin male/RS 232) Standard lengths: 3.2 m Special lengths: up to 16 m To PC (serial) 4) (25-pin female/RS 232) Standard lengths: 3.2 m Special lengths: up to 16 m Connecting cable 5m between PG/PC and panel (9-pin female/RS 232) for MP 270/TP 170A/TP 170B/ OP 170B Configuration cable, 3m for MPI 2) MP 270/TP 170A/TP 170B/ OP 170B Length code see page 9/6 1) 2) 3) 4) Supplied with the OP3 Supplied with the PG Not OP3 and OP7/DP Not OP3
6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7
Standard length: Special lengths:
} 6XV1 440-1EH50
6XV1 440-1E 7 7 7 6XV1 440-1FH50 6XV1 440-1F 7 7 7 6XV1 440-1KH32 6XV1 440-1K 7 7 7 6XV1 440-1L 7 7 7
} 6XV1 440-2LH32
Standard length: 5m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard length: Special lengths: Special lengths: 3.2 m up to 15 m up to 16 m
6XV1 440-2L 7 7 7
} 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Standard length: 5m Special lengths: up to 300 m Standard lengths: 3.2 m 5m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard lengths: 3.2 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard lengths: Special lengths: 3.2 m 10 m up to 16 m
} 6XV1 440-1MH50 } 6XV1 440-2AH32 } 6XV1 440-2AH50 } 6XV1 440-2AN10 } 6XV1 440-2BH32 } 6XV1 440-2BN10 } 6XV1 440-2CH32 } 6XV1 440-2CN10 } 6XV1 440-2FH32 } 6XV1 440-2FN10
6XV1 440-1M 7 7 7
} 6XV1 830-1CH30
6XV1 440-2A 7 7 7
6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7
For possible configurations and maximum cable lengths, see System interfaces from page 2/72.
6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7
Standard lengths:
3.2 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard lengths: 3.2 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard lengths: 3.2 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m Standard length: Special lengths: Standard length: Special lengths: 3.2 m up to 16 m 3.2 m up to 16 m
6XV1 440-2F 7 7 7
} 6XV1 440-2GH32 } 6XV1 440-2GN10 } 6XV1 440-2JH32 } 6XV1 440-2JN10
6XV1 440-2G 7 7 7
6XV1 440-2J 7 7 7 6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7 6XV1 440-2L 7 7 7 6XV1 440-2M 7 7 7 6XV1 440-2P 7 7 7 6XV1 440-2R 7 7 7 6XV1 440-2VH50 6XV1 440-2V 7 7 7
} 6XV1 440-2KH32 } 6XV1 440-2LH32
Standard length: 5m Special lengths: up to 300 m Special lengths: Special lengths: up to 500 m up to 500 m 5m up to 60 m
} 6XV1 440-2MH50
Standard length: Special lengths: Length code see page 9/6
} ex warehouse.
2/88
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Connecting cables
s Ordering data
Printer cable To printer (25-pin female/TTY) for OP17/27/37, TP27/37 Standard lengths: 3.2 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 1,000 m To printer (25-pin female/RS 232) for OP7/17/27/37, TP27/37 Standard lengths: 3.2 m 10 m Special lengths: up to 16 m Length code see page 9/6 Accessories for reordering RS 485 bus connector for PROFIBUS with axial cable outlet (to OP/TP) max. transmission speed 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S7 bus connector RS 485 with 90 cable outlet max. transmission speed 12 Mbit/s with PG interface For further bus connector/bus terminals see Catalog IK PI Y-cable (adapter) 0.20 m long Adapter cable 0.32 m long between TD/OP and the 6ES5735-... connecting cable Adapter cable 0.32 m long between TD/OP and PC cable (third-party) Order No. Preis
} 6XV1 440-2BH32 } 6XV1 440-2BN10
6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7
} 6XV1 440-2CH32 } 6XV1 440-2CN10
6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7
} 6GK1 500-0EA02
} 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
} 6XV1 440-2HE20 } 6XV1 440-2DE32

6XV1 440-2UE32
} ex warehouse.
For possible configurations and maximum cable lengths, see System interfaces from page 2/72.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/89

Recommended printers
for Micro Panels and Panels
Printer functions
Hardcopy List print- Protocol ing 2) Print Listing Print Fault Operat- Print mes- Print All Diagram Print Data Print All Recipe Headers/ On/Off Message ing Mes- sages Diagrams Directory Record Data directory Footers Buffer sage with filter Records Buffer
TD17 1) OP3 1) OP7 OP17 OP 170B OP27 OP37 TP 070 1) TP 170A 1) TP 170B TP27 TP37
Functionality possible with printers from the Approved printers table 1) Device has no printer port. 2) Printout of diagram list.
Approved printers
OP7 OP17 OP 170B OP27 OP37 TP 170B TP27 TP37
HL1250 Serial1) Serial1) Serial1) Serial1) Serial1) or parallel Serial1) Serial1) Serial1) or parallel
LQ580 LQ300+ Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial or parallel Serial Serial Serial or parallel
STC980 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial or parallel Serial Serial Serial or parallel
IPP 144-40 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial
DR2030 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial or parallel Serial Serial Serial or parallel
DR7070 T7070 Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial or parallel Serial Serial Serial or parallel
Network printers
1) Optional: serial; plug-in card and CA-50-24/9p data cable required.
2/90
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

for Micro Panels and Panels
Sources
Manufacturer Brother Printer name HL1250 Printer type Laser (monochrome) Interface Serial 2) / parallel / USB Application Workstation printer Source address for printers Specialist dealer or: Brother International GmbH Im Rosengarten 14 D-61118 Bad Vilbel Germany Tel.: +49 61 01 80 50 Fax: +49 61 01 80 53 33 e-mail: brother@brother.de or on the Internet at: http://www.brother.de Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Siemens Siemens
EPSON EPSON EPSON ITT (Tally) Siemens Siemens
LQ580 LQ300+ STC 980 IPP 144-40 T 7070 DR 7070 DR2030/9 DR2030/24
Wire matrix 24 (monochrome) Wire matrix 24 (monochrome) Ink. Color Thermal (monochrome) Ink. (monochrome) (color optional) Ink. (monochrome) (color optional) Wire matrix 9 or 24
Serial1)/parallel Serial/parallel Serial1)/parallel Serial Serial1)/parallel Serial1)/parallel Serial1)/parallel
Workstation printer Workstation printer Workstation printer Built-in printer Workstation printer Workstation printer Workstation printer
1) An optionally available model is available for serial printing. 2) A serial plug-in card CA-50-24/9p from Brother and a 15-pin/9-pin converter (6XV1 440-2UE32) are required for connection to an OP.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
2/91

for Multi Panels
Printing functions
Hardcopy List Print Protocol Print Listing Print Fault Operat- Print mes- Print All Diagram Print Data Print All Recipe Headers/ On/Off Message ing Mes- sages Diagrams Directory Record Data directory Footers Buffer sage with filter Records Buffer
MP 270/ MP 270B MP 370
Functionality possible with printers from the "Approved Printers table
Approved printers
MP 270/ MP 270B MP 370
HL1250 Serial1)/USB Serial1)/USB
LQ580 LQ300+ Serial Serial
STC 980
DR 2030
T 7070 DR 7070 Serial Serial
640C 980CXI USB USB
Network printers Ethernet 2)
Serial Serial
Serial Serial
1) Optional: serial; plug-in card and data cable CA-50-24/9p required. 2) Network printers can be accessed only through one server. Whether you can use a network printer depends on your Windows installation.
Sources
Manufacturer Brother Printer name HL1250 Printer type Laser (monochrome) Interface Serial 2)/ parallel / USB Application Workstation printer Source address for printers Specialist dealer or: Brother International GmbH Im Rosengarten 14 D-61118 Bad Vilbel Germany Tel.: +49 61 01 80 50 Fax: +49 61 01 80 53 33 e-mail: brother@brother.de or on the Internet at: http://www.brother.de Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Specialist dealer Siemens Siemens
EPSON EPSON EPSON Hewlett Packard ITT Tally Siemens Siemens
LQ580 LQ300+ STC 980 640 C/ 980 CXI IP 144-40 T 7070 DR 7070 DR 2030/9 DR 2030/24
Wire matrix 24 (monochrome) Wire matrix 24 (monochrome) Ink. Color Ink. Color/b&w Thermal (monochrome) Ink. (monochrome) (color optional) Ink. (monochrome) (color optional) Wire matrix 9 or 24
Serial1)/parallel Serial/parallel Serial1)/parallel USB/parallel Serial Serial1)/parallel Serial1)/parallel Serial1)/parallel
Workstation printer Workstation printer Workstation printer Workstation printer Built-in printer Workstation printer Workstation printer Workstation printer
1) An optionally available model is available for serial printing. 2) A serial plug-in card CA-50-24/9p from Brother and a 15-pin/9-pin converter (6XV1440-2UE32) are required for connection to an OP.
2/92
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
3
3/2 3/8 3/11 3/17 3/22
SIMATIC Panel PC
Overview ................................. SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 ......... SIMATIC Panel PC 670 .......... SIMATIC Panel PC 870 ........... SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 ..............
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/1
SIMATIC Panel PC
Overview
SIMATIC Panel PC
Common industrial functionality Degree of protection at the front: IP 65 High EMC: CE marking for industrial operation Designed for 24-hour continuous operation
MTBF of backlighting: 50,000 h or 60,000 h Ethernet on-board Ambient temperature during operation: 45 C (when fully equipped)
SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 Basic suitability for industrial conditions Z Oscillation load (vibration) in operation: 0.25 g Z Shock load (impact) in operation: 1 g Basic guarantee of return on investment Z Warranty period 12 months Z Guaranteed spare parts availability at least 3 years Latest PC technology Z High component innovation rate Z Top-level processor performance Z PCI Slots Low budget Z Cost effective
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870 High suitability for industrial conditions Z Oscillation load (vibration) in operation: 1 g Z Shock load (impact) in operation: 5 g High guarantee of return on investment Z Warranty period 24 months Z Guaranteed spare parts availability at least 5 years Z High continuity in components Z Equipment designed for maximum ease of servicing High industrial functionality Z PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface integrated Z ISA and PCI slots Z Shallow installation depth (Panel PC 670) Z Maximum upgradability (Panel PC 870) Z Remote configuration Z Direct control key module (optional)
3/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
All the SIMATIC Panel PCs at a glance
Panel PC Industrial Lite 70

Basic suitability for industrial conditions High performance Low budget
Form factor: - Standard configuration - Remote configuration Display Size Resolution (pixels) MTBF for back-lighting Operating elements Membrane keyboard Function keys Touchscreen Mouse on the front Alphanumeric keypad Direct control key module General features Processor Main memory Free slots for upgrades Operating system Power supply Warranty Drives Hard disk CD-ROM DVD/CD-R/W Diskette drive Interfaces PROFIBUS/MPI Ethernet USB (Universal Serial Bus) Serial interface Parallel interface Keyboard/Mouse Multimedia Graphics interface Monitoring functions Temperature and watchdog Status LEDs Ambient conditions Degree of protection Vibration load during operation Impact load during operation EMC Ambient temperature during operation Relative humidity Approvals Packages
12.1" TFT TOUCH 15.1" TFT TOUCH 800 x 600 1024 x 768 Typically 50,000 h (at 24h continuous operation, dependent on temperature) analog resistive analog resistive
Celeron 800 MHz, Pentium III 933 MHz 128 MByte to 256 MByte 3 x PCI, 1 x AGP (slots with card retainer) MS Windows 2000 Professional MUI, Windows ME, Windows NT 4.0, without operating system 110 V / 230 V AC (wide range) 50/60 Hz 12 month hardware warranty 2.5" hard-disk drive 20 GByte at the back, can be operated from the side at the back, can be operated from the side using plug-in card onboard, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45, no plug-in card required 2 x on the back COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS 232C) LPT1 (EPP/ECP) PS/2 (external keyboard)/PS/2 (external mouse) Audio In/Out, microphone In, joystick port No (only as alternative to integral TFT display) onboard IP 65 (at the front) in accordance with EN 60529 Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25g) Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 9.8 m/s2 (1g), 30 ms, 100 impacts CE, EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 50081-1, EN 550081-2, EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2 +5 C to +45 C when fully equipped Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25 C (no condensation) CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED Choice of SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC
1) Touch versions also available without USB interface on the front
3/3
Panel PC 870
Flexible Robust Powerful
q q
q q
q q
15.1" TFT TOUCH 15.1" TFT 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 Typically 60,000 h (at 24h continuous operation, dependent on temp.) Analog resistive
q
12" TFT TOUCH 800 x 600
12.1" TFT 800 x 600 Typically 60,000 h (at

q
36 with LEDs
q q
optional
Analog resistive
36 with LEDs
q q
optional
Celeron 500 MHz; Intel Pent. III 500 MHz (until approx. 3rd qtr/2002); add. from 05/2002: Celeron 1.2 GHz; Intel Pent. III 1.26 GHz
Celeron 566 MHz, Intel Pentium III 866
64 MByte to 256 MByte; additionally from 05/2002: to 512 MByte 1x PCI, 1x ISA/PCI shared (slots with card retainer), 1 x Cardbus Slot type III (PCMCIA) MS Win Prof. 2000 MUI, Win 98 SE, Win NT 4.0, Win XP Prof. MUI (avail. soon), w/o oper. system 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz, optional 24 V DC 24 month hardware warranty 3.5" hard-disk drive 20 GByte, vibration-absorbing mounting optional, at the back (standard configuration) /in computing unit (remote conf.) optional (available soon) 1.44 MByte; at the back (standard conf.) /in computing unit (remote conf.) onboard, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required onboard, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45, no plug-in card required 1 x at the front 1), 2 x on the back (stand. conf.) / Front: 1 x at the front 1), 1 x on the back; comput. unit: 2 x (remote conf.) COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS 232), COM2: 1 x V24 (RS 232C)/TTY for S5-communication LPT1 (EPP/ECP) PS/2 (external keyboard)/PS/2 (external mouse) Analog VGA, resolution as for integral display, color depth 16 bit onboard Power, temperature (at the front) IP 65 (at the front) to EN 60529 2), IP 20 (computing unit) to EN 60529 Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1g) Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5g), 30 ms, 100 impacts CE, EN 55011, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2 +5 C to +45 C when fully equipped Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25 C (no condensation) CE, UL 508/CSA Choice of SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC
2x PCI, 2x ISA Microsoft Windows Professional 2000 MUI, Windows 98 110 V / 230 V
3.5" hard-disk d optional, at the back (stand
1.44 MByte; at the back (stan
onboard, isol onboard, 1 1 x at the front 1), 2 x on the back (standard configuratio COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS 232
PS/2 (ex
Analog VGA, re
IP 65 (at the front) in accordance wi Tested in accordance with DIN Tested in accordance w CE, +5 Tested in accordance with DIN IEC 68-2-3,
Choice of
3/5
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
Overview
SIMATIC Panel PC IL70 high performance, low budget and basic suitability got industrial conditions A SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 is your first choice for applications that require a high-performance IPC platform and at the same time the industrial PC has low requirements involving impacts or vibration. The IL 70 range of panel PCs includes 12 and 15 display sizes, and the touchscreens make for extremely intuitive operation. Performance The performance of the IL 70 panel PC is equal to that of the standard PCs. With its innovative design, this range of PCs offers outstanding performance with fast processors for your industrial applications. Integrated interfaces Z Ethernet interface for communicating with the office world and the management level Z USB interfaces on device rear for connecting PC peripherals. Z PCI slots for installation of PC expansion cards (e.g. communication cards for interfacing with the process).
SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 compact, rugged and powerful The SIMATIC Panel PCs 670 and 870 offer high suitability for industrial conditions. With a choice of 10, 12 or 15 display sizes, and operation by means of membrane keyboard or touchscreen, they meet the varied demands placed on the operating concept. Rugged design Z The rugged design ensures a high degree of resistance to vibration and impact loads. Z A special vibration-absorbing mounting for the hard disk makes for absolutely reliable operation, even when exposed to high mechanical loads. Continuity Z As a result of ongoing availability of identical components, the SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 offer a very high return on investment. Integrated interfaces Z PROFIBUS DP/MPI Z Ethernet interface for connection to the management level or to the Internet Z Standard USB (Universal Serial Bus) port at front and rear for connecting PC peripherals.
Easy-to-service equipment Z For rapid replacement of components, the computer case and the front unit can be simply swung apart. Options Z In the remote configuration, the computer case and the front unit can be operated separately from one another. Z With the optional direct control key module, the process can be operated directly through PROFIBUS DP, without time delay and independently of the operating system. Z The touch versions of the Panel PC 670 and 870 are optionally available without USB port on the device front. This device versions fulfill the requirements according to NEMA 4. The compact one Panel PC 670 Z With its maximum mounting depth of 100 or 130 mm, the SIMATIC Panel PC 670 is also ideal where installation space is at a premium. The flexible one Panel PC 870 Z With its five free PC slots, the SIMATIC Panel PC 870 provides plenty of scope for expansion.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/7
Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
Panel PC
s Overview
The SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 (IL 70) fulfill the basic requirements for industrial applications.
With their fast processors, they offer maximum performance, while being exceptionally cost-effective.
Z The SIMATIC Panel PCs are used both in production and in process automation. Z They are suitable for use in standard control cabinets and in control panels.
Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are the ideal platform for PCbased automation: PC-based, local machine visualization with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC process visualization, PC-based control with SIMATIC WinAC, either as software PLC or as hardware slot PLC.
Z Siemens provides a complete range of automation components, which are perfectly matched to each other.
3/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
s Design
Front panel equipment: The front panels are available in the following designs: 12 TOUCH Z 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) Z Touch screen, analog resistive 15 TOUCH Z 15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) Z Touch screen, analog resistive
Type General features

12'' TOUCH
15'' TOUCH
Processor RAM Free slots for expansion Operating system Power supply Guarantee MTBF of backlighting
800 MHz Celeron, 933 MHz Intel Pentium III 128 MB to 256 MB 3x PCI, 1x AGP (slots with card retainer) Windows 2000 Prof. (Multi Language1)), Windows ME (Ger., Eng.), Windows NT4.0 (Ger., Eng.), opt. without operating system 110/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 12 months warranty on hardware Typically 50,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature) 2.5" hard disk drive 20 GB On rear, operation from side 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side 12" TFT touch display 15" TFT touch display
Drives

Hard disk CD-ROM Diskette drive
Front panel Display

Size Resolution (pixels)
12.1" TFT touch 800 x 600 pixels
15.1" TFT touch 1024 x 768 pixels
Control elements
Touch screen
Yes
Yes
Interfaces

PROFIBUS/MPI Ethernet USB (Universal Serial Bus) Serial interface Parallel interface Keyboard, mouse Multimedia Graphics interface
Can be implemented through plug-in card On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required 2 x on rear COM1: 1x V.24 (RS 232C) LPT1 (EPP/ECP) PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse) Audio in/out, microphone in, joystick port No (only as alternative to integrated TFT display)
Monitoring functions
Temperature and watchdog
Onboard
1) Multi-language includes: Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp./Chin traditional/Chin simplified/Korean/Japanese
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/9
Panel PC

Type Ambient conditions

12'' TOUCH
15'' TOUCH
Degree of protection Shock resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC Ambient temperature in operation Relative humidity
IP 65 (on the front) according to EN 60529 Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25 g) Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 10 m/s2 (1 g), 30 ms, 100 impacts CE, EN 55011, EN55022, EN50081-1, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2 +5 C to +45 C when fully developed Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25C (no condensation) CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or with SIMATIC WinCC
Approvals Packages Dimensions

Operator unit (w x h) in mm Mounting section of central model (w x h x d, without CD-ROM) in mm
391 x 330 367 x 305 x 213
449 x 373 425 x 349 x 213
Weights
Central design panel PCs
Approx. 13 kg SIMATIC NET communication modules
Approx. 15 kg
Expansion components
s Ordering data
Panel PC configuration SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 Front panel 12 TFT Touch 15 TFT Touch RAM 128 MB SDRAM 256 MB SDRAM Processor 800 MHz Celeron 933 MHz Intel Pentium III Operating system C) Without operating system B) Windows ME, German B) Windows ME, English Windows NT4.0, German Windows NT4.0, English B) Windows 2000, multi-language
Order No.
6AV7 50 7 - 77 A00-0A 7 0 0 1 0 1 A B A B C D E F
} ex warehouse.
3/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
s Overview
With their solid construction, the SIMATIC Panel PCs 670 can withstand even extreme mechanical abuse
They are reliable in any environment
They protect your investment and can be easily integrated into systems
Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are used both in production and in process automation. Z The devices are suitable for installation in standard control cabinets, consoles and control panels.
Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are the ideal platform for PCbased automation: PC-based, local machine visualization with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC process visualization, PC-based control with SIMATIC WinAC, either as software PLC or as hardware slot PLC.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/11
Panel PC
s Design
Front panel equipment: The front panels are available in the following designs: 10" Z 10.4" TFT color display, 640 x 480 pixels (VGA) Z Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 36 additional function keys with LEDs and an integrated mouse 12" Z 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) Z Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 36 additional function keys with LEDs and an integrated mouse 12" TOUCH Z 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) Z Touch screen, analog resistive
15" Z 15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) Z Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 36 additional function keys with LEDs and an integrated mouse
15" TOUCH Z 15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) Z Touch screen, analog resistive
Remote configuration: The remote configuration (operator station and processor unit spatially separated) expand the existing SIMATIC Panel PC 670 range of central units (combined operator station and processor unit). Because remote configuration allows the base station and the input and viewing devices to be placed in different locations, it opens up the use of the panel PCs in an even wider range of applications: Z Because the remote operator unit can be fitted at angles of inclination of up to 70 from vertical, it can easily installed in operator consoles. Z Space-saving installation of the remote operator unit into the control cabinet door or on a movable boom.
3/12
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
Panel PC 670 centralized configuration
Panel PC 670 remote configuration
Processor RAM
500 MHz Celeron, 500 MHz Intel Pentium III (until about July-Sept. 2002) In addition from about 05/2002: 1.2 GHz Intel Celeron, 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III 64 MB to 256 MB (until about July-Sept. 2002) In addition from about 05/2002 up to 512 MB (at least 128 MB; including 8 to 32 MB shared graphics memory)
Free slots for expansion Operating system Power supply
1 x PCI, 1 x PCI/ISA shared, (slots with card holder) 1 x type III Cardbus slot (PCMCIA) Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language1)), Windows 98 SE (Ger., Eng.), Windows NT4.0 (Ger., Eng.), Windows XP Prof. (multi-language1)) available soon, optional without operating system 110/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optionally 24 V DC 24 months warranty on hardware Typically 60,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature) 3.5" hard disk drive 20 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration Optional, on rear Optional, on rear (available soon) 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side Optional, in processor unit Optional, in processor unit (available soon) 1.44 MB in processor unit 110 V/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC (any combination for front and processor unit)
Guarantee MTBF of backlighting Hard disk CD-ROM DVD/CD-R/RW Diskette drive PROFIBUS/MPI Ethernet USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Drives

Interfaces

On-board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required 1 x on front, 2 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front COM1: 1x V.24 (RS 232), COM2: 1x V.24 (RS 232C)/TTY for S5 communication LPT1 (EPP/ECP) PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse) Analog VGA, resolution similar to integrated display, 16-bit colour depth On-board Power, temperature (on front) IP 65 (on front) according to EN 60529, and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front) IP 65 (operator unit, on front) according to EN 60529, IP 20 (processor unit) according to EN 60529 and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front) Front: 1 x front, 1 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front, processor unit: 2 x
Serial interface Parallel interface Keyboard, mouse Multimedia Graphics interface Temperature and watchdog Status LEDs Degree of protection

Ambient conditions
Vibration resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC Ambient temperature in operation Relative humidity
Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s 2 (1 g) Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 impacts CE, EN 55011, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2 +5 C to +45 C when fully equipped Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25C (no condensation) CE, UL 508/CSA Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or with SIMATIC WinCC Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communication modules
Approvals Packages Expansion components
1) Multilanguage includes: Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp./Chin traditional/Chin simplified/Korean/Japanese
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/13
Panel PC

0
Front panels Design

10" Yes No 10.4" TFT 640 x 480 Yes 36 with LEDs No Yes Yes 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 450 x 296 x 100 -
12" Touch Yes Yes 12.1" TFT touch 800 x 600 No No Yes No Yes 400 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 368 x 296 x 125 368 x 296 x 85 298 x 305 x 104
12" Yes Yes 12.1" TFT 800 x 600 Yes 36 with LEDs No Yes Yes 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 450 x 296 x 100 450 x 296 x 69 298 x 305 x 104
15" Touch Yes Yes 15.1" TFT touch 1024 x 768 No No Yes No Yes 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 450 x 296 x 130
15" Yes Yes 15.1" TFT 1024 x 768 Yes 36 with LEDs No Yes Yes 483 x 355 (19", 8 HU) 450 x 327 x 130
Central design Distributed Design Size Resolution (pixels) Membrane keyboard Function keys Touch screen Mouse at the front Numeric/Alphanumeric input Operator unit (w x h) in mm Mounting section of central model (w x h x d, without CD-ROM) in mm Mounting section of remote model operator unit (w x h x d) in mm Mounting section of distributed model processor unit (w x h x d) in mm Additional mounting depth (versions with CD-ROM) Central design panel PCs Remote model operator unit Remote model processor unit
Display

Control elements

Dimensions
450 x 296 x 91 298 x 305 x 104
450 x 327 x 91 298 x 305 x 104
+25 mm
+25 mm
+25 mm
+25 mm
+25 mm
Weights

Approx. 12 kg Keyboard insertion strip, direct key module
Approx. 12 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Touch-screen protective membrane
Approx. 12 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Keyboard insertion strip, direct key module
Approx. 13 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Touch-screen protective membrane
Accessories
3/14
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
s Ordering data
Panel PC configuration
Order No.
s Ordering data
Available versions (ex warehouse) 1) Panel PC 670, 10" TFT display 500 MHz Celeron, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 98, German } Windows 98, English }
Order No.
Available until 3rd quarter of 2002

6AV7 6 77 -0A 777 - 777 0 1 2 11 2 3 4 5 6 7
Available until 3rd quarter of 2002
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 10" TFT 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front Drives: 20 GB hard disk 20 GB hard disk plus CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM RAM: 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB Processor: 500 MHz Celeron 500 MHz Intel Pentium III Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Operating system: Windows 98, German Windows 98, English Windows 2000 multi-language Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English
6AV7 611-0AB13-0CE0 6AV7 611-0AB13-0CF0
500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 2000 multi-lang.
} 6AV7 611-0AB22-0CG0
A B E F 1 2 3 3 2
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT display 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 98, German } Windows 98, English } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English }
6AV7 613-0AB12-0CE0 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CF0 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CH0 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CJ0
500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe, Windows 2000, multi-lang. }
6AV7 613-0AB22-0CG0
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT touch display 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 98, German Windows 98, English 0 1 2 3 4
} 6AV7 612-0AA12-0CE0 } 6AV7 612-0AA12-0CF0
1 2 2 2 2
500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe, Windows NT 4.0 German } Windows NT 4.0 English } 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe, Windows 2000, multi-lang. }
6AV7 612-0AB12-0CH0 6AV7 612-0AB12-0CJ0
A B C 2 2 2 2 D E F G
6AV7 612-0AB22-0CG0
Panel PC 670, 15" TFT display 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 2000 multi-lang. Windows NT4.0, German Windows NT4.0, English
} 6AV7 615-0AB22-0CG0 } 6AV7 615-0AB22-0CH0 } 6AV7 615-0AB22-0CJ0
E F G H J
Panel PC 670, 15" TFT touch display 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 98, German } Windows 98, English } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English }
6AV7 614-0AB12-0CE0 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CF0 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CH0 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CJ0
500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 2000 multi-lang. }
6AV7 614-0AB22-0CG0
} ex warehouse.
1) Centralized configuration versions
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/15
Panel PC
s Ordering data
Order No.
s Ordering data
Available versions1)
Order No.
In addition, from about 5/2002

6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 2 3 21 2 3 4 5 6 7
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 10" TFT 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 1.2 GHz Celeron 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC (available soon) Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US (available soon) Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe (available soon) Drives: 20 GB hard disk 20 GB hard disk plus CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-R/W/DVD (available soon) Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: without operating system Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language Windows 98 German (available soon) Windows 98 English (available soon) Windows XP Professional multi-language (available soon)
Panel PC 670, 10" TFT display 1.2 GHz Celeron, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe without operating system } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English } Panel PC 670, 12" TFT display 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe without operating system } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English } Windows 2000, multi-lang. }
6AV7 721-1AC10-0AA0 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AB0 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AC0
6AV7 723-1BC10-0AA0 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AB0 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AC0 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AD0
1 2 3 A B
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT touch display 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe without operating system } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English } Windows 2000, multi-lang. } A B C Panel PC 670, 15" TFT display 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe without operating system } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English } Windows 2000, multi-lang. } Panel PC 670, 15" TFT touch display 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe without operating system } Windows NT4.0, German } Windows NT4.0, English } Windows 2000, multi-lang. } Additional components Direct key module for Panel PC 670/870 Protective membrane for Panel PC 670/870 for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10) For 12" Touch For 15" Touch Key labeling strips for Panel PC 670/870 Unlabeled, 3 sets each (plastic), for labeling softkeys and function keys 10" Panel 12" Panel 15" Panel
3 3 3 3
D E F G
0 1 2 3 4
} 6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0
2 3 3 3 3
0 1 2 3 4 A B C D E F G
} 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0 } 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0
} 6AV7 671-0CA00-0AA0 } 6AV7 671-3CA00-0AA0 } 6AV7 671-5CA00-0AA0
1) Centralized configuration versions
} ex warehouse.
3/16
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
s Overview
With their solid construction, the SIMATIC 870 panel PCs can withstand even extreme mechanical abuse
They are reliable in any environment
They protect your investment and can be easily integrated into systems
Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are used both in production and in process automation. Z The devices are suitable for installation in standard control cabinets, consoles and control panels.
Z The SIMATIC Panel PCs are the ideal platform for PCbased automation: PC-based, local machine visualization with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC process visualization, PC-based control with SIMATIC WinAC, either as software PLC or as hardware slot PLC.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/17
Panel PC
s Design
Front panel equipment: The front panels are available in the following designs: 12" Z 12.1 TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) Z Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 36 additional function keys with LEDs and an integrated mouse 12" TOUCH (only remote design) Z 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) Z Touch screen, analog resistive 15" Z 15 TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) Z Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 36 additional function keys with LEDs and an integrated mouse 15" TOUCH Z 15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) Z Touch screen, analog resistive
Remote configuration: The Remote configuration (operator station and processor unit spatially separated) expand the existing SIMATIC Panel PC 870 range of centralized configuration (combined operator station and processor unit). Since remote configurataion allows the base station and the input and viewing devices to be placed in different locations, it opens up the use of the panel PCs in an even wider range of applications: Z Because the remote operator unit can be fitted at angles of inclination of up to 70 from vertical, it can easily be installed in operator consoles. Z Space-saving installation of the remote operator unit into the control cabinet door or on a movable boom.
3/18
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
Panel PC 870 centralized configuration 566 MHz Celeron, 866 MHz Intel Pentium III From about 07/2002: 1.2 GHz Intel Celeron, 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III
Panel PC 870 remote configuration
Processor
RAM Free slots for expansion Operating system Power supply
128 MB to 512 MB 2 x PCI, 2x PCI/ISA shared, 1 x ISA (slots with card holder) Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language1)), Windows NT4.0 (Ger., Eng.), Windows XP Prof. (multi-language1)), available soon, optional without operating system 110 V/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC 24 months warranty on hardware Typically 60,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature) 3.5" hard disk drive 20 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration Optional, on rear (available soon) Optional, on rear 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side Optional, in processor unit (available soon) Optional, in processor unit 1.44 MB in processor unit 110 V/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC (any combination for front and processor unit)
Guarantee MTBF of backlighting Hard disk DVD/CD-R/RW CD-ROM Diskette drive PROFIBUS/MPI Ethernet USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Drives

Interfaces

On-board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required 1 x on front, 2 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232), COM2: 1x V.24 (RS232C)/TTY for S5 communication LPT1 (EPP/ECP) PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse) Analog VGA, resolution as for integrated display, 16-bit color depth Onboard Power, temperature (on front) IP 65 (on front) according to EN 60529, and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front) IP 65 (operator unit, on front) according to EN 60529, IP 20 (processor unit) according to EN 60529 and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front) Front: 1 x front, 1 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front, processor unit: 2 x
Serial interface Parallel interface Keyboard, mouse Multimedia Graphics interface Temperature and watchdog Status LEDs Degree of protection

Ambient conditions
Shock resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC Ambient temperature in operation Relative humidity
Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s 2 (1 g) Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 impacts CE, EN 55011, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2 +5 C to +45 C when fully developed Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5 % to 80 % at 25 C (no condensation) CE, UL 508/CSA Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or with SIMATIC WinCC Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communication modules
Approvals Packages Expansion components
1) Multi-language includes: Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp./Chin traditional/Chin simplified/Korean/Japanese
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/19
Panel PC

Front panels Design

12'' TOUCH No Yes 12.1" TFT touch 800 x 600 pixels No No Yes No Yes 400 x 310 (7 HU) -
12'' Yes Yes 12.1" TFT 800 x 600 pixels Yes 36 with LEDs No Yes Yes 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 450 x 296 x 187
15'' TOUCH Yes Yes 15.1" TFT touch 1024 x 768 pixels No No Yes No Yes 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 450 x 296 x 212
15'' Yes Yes 15.1" TFT 1024 x 768 pixels Yes 36 with LEDs No Yes Yes 483 x 355 (19", 8 HU) 450 x 327 x 212
Centralized configuration Remote configuration Size Resolution (pixels) Membrane keyboard Function keys Touch screen Mouse at the front Numeric/Alphanumeric input Operator unit (w x h) in mm Mounting section of central model (w x h x d, without CD-ROM) in mm Mounting section of remote model operator unit (w x h x d) in mm Mounting section of remote model processor unit (w x h x d) in mm Additional mounting depth (versions with CD-ROM) Centralized configuration panel PCs Remote model operator unit Remote model processor unit
Display

Control elements

Dimensions

368 x 296 x 85 376 x 335 x 189 +25 mm
450 x 296 x 69 376 x 335 x 189 +25 mm
450 x 296 x 91 376 x 335 x 189 +25 mm
450 x 327 x 91 376 x 335 x 189 +25 mm
Weights
Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg Protective touch membranes
Approx. 17 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg Protective touch membranes
Accessories
3/20
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
s Ordering data
Panel PC configuration SIMATIC Panel PC 870 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12 TFT Touch 12 TFT 15 TFT Touch 15 TFT 12 TFT Touch without USB port on front 15 TFT Touch without USB port on front RAM: 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 566 MHz Celeron 866 MHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Drives: 20 GB hard disk 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: without operating system Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language Available versions (ex warehouse) Panel PC 870, 15" TFT Touch 866 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, centralized configuration, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 2000, multi-language } Panel PC 870, 15" TFT 866 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, centralized configuration, 110 V/230 V Europe Windows 2000, multi-language }
Order No.
s Ordering data
Order No.
6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 0 1 12 3 4 5 16 7 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12 TFT Touch 12 TFT 15 TFT Touch 15 TFT 12 TFT Touch without USB port on front 15 TFT Touch without USB port on front 0 1 2 3 A B RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 1.2 GHz Celeron 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Drives: 20 GB hard disk 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-R/W/DVD (available soon) A B C D Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: without operating system Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language Windows XP multi-language (available soon)
Available from: 7/2002

6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 0 1 12 3 4 5 16 7
1 2 3 C D
B C 1 1 D E
A B C 1 1 1 1 D E F G
0 1 2 3
0 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 A B C D E
6AV7 704-1BC10-0AD0
For add-on components, see page 3/16
6AV7 705-1BC10-0AD0
} ex warehouse.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/21
Panel PC
SIMATIC PC FI45 V2
s Overview
The SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 is a powerful, compact industrial PC with a flat-screen display and membrane keyboard. It has an extremely rugged mechanical construction and is designed for continuous operation. Its front panel has degree of protection IP 65.
Because of the high degree of protection of its front, the SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 can be used in extremely dirty and dusty environments.
Its shallow depth makes it particularly suitable for installation in confined spaces. It has the CE mark for use in industry as well as in domestic and business environments Z Integrated, isolated PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface Z Integrated Fast Ethernet interface Z Motherboard with 5 free slots Z Diskette drive (3.5") 1.44 MB on front Z EIDE hard disk drive (3.5") 10.2 GB Z CD-ROM drive on front Z All keys programmable Z Integrated touch pad (with touch screen option) Z Degree of protection IP 65 (at the front)
and is suitable for conventional industrial applications and in building management automation and in the public sector.
s Design
Z Intel Pentium III 700 MHz processor, 256 KByte 2nd level cache Z 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 512 MB (SDRAM, ECC optional) Z XGA LCD controller C&T 69000, 2 MB video RAM Z 13.3"-TFT color display with XGA resolution, 1024 x 768 pixels at 64 k colors Z Optional touch screen Z 19" rack housing (7 HU) Z Standard power supply (220 V) for 115/230 V mains, autorange
Z External monitor can be operated in parallel with the built-in display Z Retainer for additional expansion cards Z Windows NT/2000 operating system pre-installed on the internal hard disk Z User guide in German/ English/French/Italian Z Electronic manual (with viewing software) on the internal hard disk Z Monitoring functions onboard Z Options: direct key module, touch screen
3/22
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Panel PC
SIMATIC PC FI45 V2

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 Compact design for 19 rack mounting (7 HU) 700 MHz Intel Pentium III processor, 2nd level cache, 256 KB 64 MB SDRAM expandable to 768 MB (SDRAM) 2 x PCI (short), 1 x PCI/ISA (long); 2 x ISA (1 long, 1 short) Single chip 69000 (Chips & Technology), 2 MB video RAM; max. resolution at 65,535 colors: 1200 x 1024 pixels at 75 Hz refresh rate of external monitor Windows NT 4.0 WS/Windows 2000 115/230 V, 220 W, autorange, European plug 24 months warranty on hardware 1 x 3.5" EIDE hard disk drive 10.2 GB 1 x CD-ROM drive at front (24 x) 1 x 3.5" diskette drive on front PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface (CP 5611) integrated, 12 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s on-board At the rear on PC box (2 x) COM1 (V.24/TTY), COM2 (V.24/RS 232C) 1 x LPT1 External PS/2 13.3 TFT LCD (liquid crystal display), CCFL-backlit 1024 x 768 pixels 64 k colors CCFL tube; MTBF 25,000 h With alphanumeric keys and offset cursor keys 36 Optional Yes (not with touch option) Optional (cannot be retrofitted) On-board Power, temperature, run, HD, DP12 Not suitable for outdoor use IP 65 (on front) according to EN 60529/IP 20 (on rear) according to EN 60529 According to VDE 0106 Part 1 (IEC 536) 10 to 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm; 58 to 500 Hz: 10 m/s2 50 m/s2, 30 ms EN 55022 class B, IEC 1000-4-2, IEC 1000-4-4, IEC 1000-4-5, IEC 1000-4-8, ENV 50140 5 to 45 C (at full expansion) 5 to 95%, no condensation (RH severity level 2 according to IEC 1131-2) UL, FCC Class A 432 x 297 x 155 483 x 310 Approx. 15 kg
Design Processor RAM Free slots for expansion Graphics controller Operating system Power supply Guarantee Hard disk CD-ROM Diskette drive PROFIBUS DP/MPI Ethernet USB Serial 1) Parallel VGA Keyboard, mouse Size Resolution Colors MTBF of backlighting Membrane keyboard Function keys Touch screen Mouse at the front Touch pad at the front Direct control key module Temperature/watchdog Status LEDs
Drives

Interfaces

Display

Control elements


Ambient conditions Degree of protection Protection class Vibration resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC

Temperature (in operation) Humidity (in operation)
Approvals Dimensions and weights Mounting section (w x h x d) in mm Front dimensions (mm) Weight
1) Only one serial interface on touch models. Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
3/23
Panel PC
SIMATIC PC FI45 V2
s Ordering data
Custom configuration SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 Custom configuration, 10.2 GB EIDE HDD, 3.5, 1.44 MB disk drive, 24-speed CD-ROM, ATAPI interface, 12 Mbit/s MPI/PROFIBUS DP, 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45, watchdog, Temperature monitor Processor Pentium III 700 MHz Memory 64 MB RAM (1 x 64 MB SDRAM) 128 MB RAM (1 x 128 MB SDRAM) 256 MB RAM (2 x 128 MB SDRAM) 384 MB RAM (3 x 128 MB SDRAM) 512 MB RAM (2 x 256 MB SDRAM) Expansions without expansions Direct control key module Country-specific version Europe (preset to 230 V, Euro mains cable) U.S.A. (preset to 110 V, US mains cable) Operating system Windows NT Workstation German, SP 5 Windows NT Workstation English, SP 5 Windows 2000 multi-language (Ger., En., Fr., It., Sp.) Flat-screen color Display 13.3 TFT color display, 1024 768 pixels 13,3 TFT color display, 1024 768 pixels and touch
Order No. 6ES7 645-3 77 2 7 - 777 1
s Ordering data
Standard configuration SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 Pentium IIII, 700 MHz, 256 KB 2nd level cache, 128 MB RAM, 10.2 GB hard disk, 13.3 TFT color display, 1024 x 768, Ethernet RJ45, PROFIBUS DP/MPI 12 Mbit/s, Europe, 24-speed CD-ROM Windows NT 4.0, SP5 German } English } Additional components B C D E Option package for the direct control key module Protective membrane for PC FI45 V2 protects the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10) 0 2 0 1
Order No.
F A
6ES7 645-3FB20-0AA0 6ES7 645-3FB20-0BA0
} 6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0 } 6AV7 670-4BA00-0AA0
A B G
A B
} ex warehouse.
3/24
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
4
4/2 4/4 4/9 4/18 4/20 4/24 4/31 4/53
HMI Software Configuring Software SIMATIC ProTool
Overview ............................... SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool....................
Visualization SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ............. Software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Options: SIMATIC IT WinBDE .............. SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC SIMATIC WinCC .................... SIMATIC WinCC Communication ..................... SIMATIC WinCC Options....... Process Diagnostics SIMATIC ProAgent ................ Software
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/1
HMI Software
Overview
HMI Software
s SIMATIC ProTool Configuration software

Standard configuration software for all SIMATIC panels and for the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT 4.0/2000 Integration in STEP 7; Management of HMI projects with SIMATIC manager within STEP 7 projects and shared use of the symbol lists and communication parameters Efficient configuration; For example through standard Windows operator input mechanisms, validity controls, integrated online Help with direct help and cross-project copying of configuration data Easily modified configuration through symbolic data management and cross-reference lists Additional features available with graphics-oriented display operator and touch panels: Use of standard graphics editors e.g. MS Paint for graphics imports or linking through OLE Library management for structured storage of reusable graphics objects Asian pictographic languages Pixels-graphics printout of process diagrams
s SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime provides a cost effective entry into PC-based visualization. Ideally suited for single-user systems, particularly in the machine and system production industries, the visualization software runs on standard PCs under Windows 98/ME/NT/2000. The consistent support of Windows standards, such as OLE Automation, ODBC (Open Data Base Connectivity) or OPC (OLE for Process Control) ensures an open, flexible architecture. The comprehensive HMI functionality is already built in with ProTool/Pro Runtime: everything is included at the standard price, from archiving through printing functions, graphics libraries, trend curve representation, signaling system and recipe management through to drivers. Individual functional expansions can be realized using Visual Basic scripts.
s SCADA-System SIMATIC WinCC

SIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based system that offers the complete functionality of a SCADA system - industry and technologyindependent, from single user to multiple user system. Running under Windows, configuration is not only uniform and transparent, but also fast and cost-effective. Thanks to various standard interfaces, such as OLE, ODBC, OPC or SQL, WinCC is so open that it can be universally implemented in conjunction with any software. In addition, WinCC can be easily and cost-effectively integrated in the intra-company information environment. This not only saves time and money, but also offers total flexibility when choosing a management information system. Several functions can be realized using the integrated ANSI-C compiler in the form of global scripts and with full access to the WinCC system functions. And from among the numerous WinCC options and WinCC add-ons, you can choose the functions you need for your applications.
4/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
Overview
s Positioning
at a glance
Field of application
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
SIMATIC WinCC
HMI software focussing on the process area of (series) production Single-user system, commonly based on a panel PC
Process visualization software for controlling and monitoring complex automation solutions Single- and multi-user system and remote systems Data integrity through redundant solutions Internet-capability through WebNavigator Processing of high quantity frameworks Simple connection to ERP/MES
Configuration
Philosophy / strategic focus
Consistent approach to developing solutions - From operator panels through to PC-based operator stations on the basis of ProTool/Pro Runtime - A uniform configuration tool (ProTool) enables consistent solutions Fast configuration through preconfigured objects HMI functionality customized to suit individual machine application - Inching mode capable - Quick and simple expansion of standard functions using VB scripts Customized solutions available on the basis of ActiveX controls
Configuration Functionality
Flexible through individual animation Comprehensive, quality SCADA functionality - integral component of the PCS7 process control system
Open architecture / expansion potential
Expandable through open Windows interfaces for integration in an intra-factory/company information system - Standard SQL database - C-APIs - Comprehensive range of options and add-ons
s SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software

SIMATIC ProAgent is the software option package for fast, controlled process fault diagnostics. Its key benefits are Z Optimum support for plant/machine personnel in locating and rectifying faults Z Improved plant availability Z Reduced downtimes
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/3
HMI Software
Configuring Software SIMATIC ProTool
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool
s Overview
Consistent configuration software for all SIMATIC panels and for the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT 4.0/2000 Integration in STEP 7 Management of HMI projects with SIMATIC manager within STEP 7 projects and shared use of the symbol lists and communication parameters Efficient configuration; For example through standard Windows operator input mechanisms, validity controls, integrated online Help with direct help and cross-project copying of configuration data Easily modified configuration; through symbolic data management and crossreference lists
Additional features available with graphics-oriented display operator and touch panels: Use of standard graphics editors; e.g. MS Paint for graphics imports or linking through OLE References remain intact or ware resynchronized automatically, for example also on a control changeover in STEP 7. Integration/de-integration of ProTool in STEP 7 through ProTool file menu Loading and generating ProTool projects through STEP 7 Manager Generating and transferring multiple selections Z Interfacing ProTool with STEP 7 Lite Z Integrating ProTool in the SIMOTION SCOUT engineering tool Increased configuration efficiency Simple selection of superimposed objects Editing objects without ungrouping them Copying function keys and softkeys Viewing and hiding hidden buttons Revised quantity framework, e.g. expansion of text lists to up to 3500 entries Excluding fields in the tab sequence
Library management for structured storage of reusable graphics objects Asian pictographic languages Pixels-graphics printout of process diagrams Vertical text alignment of input/output fields and buttons and more Z Importing/exporting all project texts (static texts, text lists, messages, information texts, etc.) for a simple translation of HMI projects Z Converting projects with different resolutions Z Converting graphic OPs (RMOS) to Windows-based systems Conversions at the touch of a button ProTool message summaries Better matching of the ProTool fonts to Windows fonts Optimized alignment of the converted fields Optimized conversion of pictograms Configurable system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc. No conversion of character graphics Quick reference guide for migration support
s Whats new?
Current versions: Z SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP1 Z SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP1 SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP1 and SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP1 are 32-bit applications for Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT 4.0/2000. New features of V6.0 and higher: Additional functions of the ProTool V6.0 (ProTool/Lite, ProTool) configuration software Z Configuration of SIMATIC panels with graphic displays OP 270 (6 and 10), TP 270 (6 and 10) and MP 270B (10, touch and key) Z Extended integration of ProTool in STEP 7 Support for long variable names, including special characters Fast access to variables through large symbol window Automatic synchronization with the STEP 7 symbol list
4/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s Whats new? (continued)
Z Replacing project components; With the Replace function, existing projects can be updated quickly and easily to reflect the changes made in a revised project: objects such as pictures, picture components, variables and scripts of the existing project (for example one which is used on the machine) are simply overwritten with the corresponding objects in the revised project. Z Complete simulation of the ProTool configuration (Windows-based systems); Configurations can now be simulated entirely on the configuration PC. A complete model of the HMI target system is generated, and the device's softkeys and function keys can be simply operated by mouse. The SIMATIC S7-PLCSIM engineering tool simulates the PLC hardware and animates the variables. Z HTML online help; With the ProTool Information System, Version 6.0 of ProTool features a convenient online help function. In addition to its table of contents, the new help system can also be searched using an index and with a full-text function. All documents and help files on the ProTool CD can be searched at the same time. Z Project downloads now also by modem; (Analog/ISDN), Ethernet and USB (depending on target device) Z New ProSave V6.0; Comprehensive Windows service tool for Windowsbased panels (CE) Interfacing through serial, MPI, Ethernet or USB interface Backup/restore Installation of options License transfer Integrated in ProTool or as stand-alone tool
Optional functions in HMI Runtime V6.0 (Windows-based devices) Z Read line for trend curve display (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z Indicator light (from TP 170A) Z Graphic selection field (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z 5 runtime languages (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z Transparent mode (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z Incorporation of the SIMATIC HMI symbol library (from TP 270/OP 270) Z User name login and logout through system messages archivable (TP170B/OP170B) Z Configurable system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc. Z Multiplexing of variables Z Picture stack (automatic recall of viewed pictures) Z Export/import function for all recipes/records Z Screen keyboard also for keyboard devices with mouse support Z S7 control changeover at runtime possible (from TP170B) Z Graphic display with transparency, flashing and dynamic positioning Z Image selection by field number Z Number of usable fonts: Two additional fonts for MP 270B Four additional fonts for MP 370 Z Access to Windows CE Control Panel with optional password protection Z Modified screen keyboard with limit value indication and editing field for 6 panels Z Support for two-key operation (from OP 170B) Z DP direct control keys (OP 170B, OP 270, MP 270B, MP 370) Z Support for USB printers (from TP 270/OP 270/ MP 270B) Z Expansion of recipe functionality (from TP 170B/ OP 170B) Support for arrays
Return values for record functions Selection possible through record names Recipe indication configurable as pure output field Recipe field with password protection System messages to recipe functions can be disabled Synchronization of display and fields in pictures Z Expanded message system Optional archiving of message texts (from TP 270/ OP 270) Output of fault location and time stamp in ms (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z Enhanced logging system Printing of message archives and recipe data records (from TP 170B/ OP 170B) Z Additional functions for multi-function platforms (MP 270B/MP 370) Optional installation of MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included with ProTool) UPS for reliable transactions (option for SITOP UPS support included with ProTool) New communications drivers Z MPI up to 12 Mbit/s (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z CP342-5/Mux Z PPI driver also for Windows CE devices Z SIMOTION Z SIMATIC S7-NC (from TP 170B/OP 170B) Z Allen Bradley DH485 (for CE panels without additional hardware (KF modules)) 1) Z GE Fanuc (PLC 90-70/90-30 through SNP/SNPX protocol) Z Omron SYSMAC C Z Mitsubishi Protocol 4 (HostLink-Multi-Link protocol) Z Loadable third-party drivers for TP170A All drivers available for the CE devices are supported Except for SIMATIC S5-DP, SIMATIC 500/505-DP
1) Available soon
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/5
HMI Software
s Options
The option packages ProAgent for OP and ProAgent/MP are available for precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in machines and plants (see page 4/53) The configuring software for SIMATIC panels The following can be configured with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite: Z Text panels TD17 text display OP3, OP7, OP17 operator panels Z 170 series TP 170A/TP 170B touch panels OP 170 B operator panel Z SIMATIC C7-621 to -624 and -633 to -635 SIMATIC ProTool: Z Text panels TD17 text display OP3, OP7 and OP17 operator panels Z 170 series TP 170A/TP 170B touch panel OP 170 B operator panel Z 270 series OP27 operator panel TP27 touch panel OP 270 operator panel TP 270 touch panel Z MP 270B and MP 370 multi panels Z SIMATIC C7-621, -623, -624, -626, -633 and -635
Text-based Graphics-based TD/OPs, TP 170/OP 170B OP/TPs Fig. 4/1
Multifunctional Platform (MP)
SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite is a subset of SIMATIC ProTool. Whereas all SIMATIC panels can be configured with SIMATIC ProTool, the low-cost version SIMATIC ProTool/Lite only supports configuration of the text-based devices, the SIMATIC panels TP 170/ OP 170B (Windows CEbased) and the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7.
Additional ProTool/Lite V6.0 language versions For the Asian market, ProTool/ Lite V6.0 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese language versions. SIMATIC ProTool is not available in these languages. For configuring, for example, multi panels, use the Asian language versions of ProTool/ Pro Configuration (see visualization software) ProTool/Lite V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan These language versions are aimed at machine manufacturers from China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan, and exporters into these countries. ProTool/ Lite V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/ Japan provides a configuration interface in the respective language. With the TP 170A and TP 170B touch panels and the OP 170B operator panel, text can be entered with the Chinese (simplified and traditional), Japanese and Korean character sets. The online Help is also available in simplified and traditional Chinese, in Korean and in Japanese.
4/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
(continued)
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 and C7 devices) can only be configured with Latin characters in the English configuration interface. To use the these language versions, you need a corresponding Chinese (simplified or traditional), Korean or Japanese version of Windows 98 SE, Windows ME or Windows NT 4.0/2000. The Chinese, Japanese or Korean versions of the Windows 98 Second Edition, NT 4.0 and 2000 packages are available from your Siemens distribution partners. For indirect export to China, Taiwan, Korea or Japan, a special configuration of Windows 2000 can be implemented to simplify the configuration process.
For additional information, write to the following e-mail address: simatichmi.asiasupport@khe siemens.de The ProTool/Lite V6.0 China/ Taiwan/Korea/Japan software is available on a separate CDROM, which contains the English as well as simplified and traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese versions. The documentation in Chinese, Japanese and Korean can be obtained from the national Siemens distributor in China, Korea and Taiwan.
Contact Z Simplified Chinese Siemens Ltd. China A&D Group 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu Chaoyang District P.O.Box 8543 Beijing 100102, P.R.China Z Traditional Chinese Siemens Ltd. Taiwan A&D Group Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2 Taipei Taiwan, R.O.C. P.O. Box 26-755 Taipei Z Korean Siemens Ltd. Seoul A&D Group 726 Asia Building 10th floor Yeoksam-dong, Kangnam-Gu Seoul 138-080 Po-Box 3001 Korea Z Japanese Siemens K.K.AS Sect. A&D Dept.Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1-Chome, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0022, Japan
Version Application SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 Configuring software for TD17 text display OP3, OP7, OP17 and OP 170B operator panels OP27 and OP37 operator panels OP 270 operator panels TP 170A, TP 170B, TP27 and TP37 touch panels TP 270 touch panels MP 270B and MP 370 multi panels SIMATIC C7-621,-623, -624, -626, -633, -634,-635 CD-ROM German English French Italian Spanish Windows 98 SE/ME Windows NT/2000 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 Configuring software for TD17 text display OP3, OP7, OP17, OP 170B operator panels TP 170A, TP 170B touch panels SIMATIC C7-621, -623, -624, -633, -634
Delivery unit Languages
CD-ROM German English French Italian Spanish Windows 98 SE/ME Windows NT/2000 Chinese (simplified) Chinese (traditional) Korean Japanese
Operating system
For system requirements, see page 4/15 "SIMATIC ProTool/Pro/SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software", technical data
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/7
HMI Software
s Ordering data
SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 configuration software with ProAgent V6.0 1) A) (ProAgent for OP; ProAgent/MP) incl. native drivers on CD-ROM; electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in: German, English, French, Italian, Spanish on CD-ROM SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 configuration software A) incl. native drivers on CD-ROM; electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in: German, English, French, Italian, Spanish on CD-ROM
Order No.
s Ordering data
Documentation ProTool User Guide for Configuring Line Devices German English French Italian Spanish ProTool User Guide for Configuring Graphics Devices German English French Italian Spanish ProTool User Guide for Configuring Windows-Based Devices German English French Italian Spanish Communications user guide Describes how to connect a TD/OP/TP to the PLC German English French Italian Spanish Communications user guide Describes how to connect Windows-based systems to the PLC German English French Italian Spanish
Order No.
} 6AV6 581-3BX06-0AX0
} 6AV6 580-3BX06-0AX0
} } } } } } } } } }
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 3) A) } China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan incl. native drivers on CD-ROM; electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in: English, Chinese (traditional and simplified), Korean and Japanese on CD-ROM Standard function blocks V3.32 for SIMATIC S5 for interfacing TD17, OP7, OP17, OP27, OP37, TP27 and TP37; executable on SIMATIC S5-90U up to -155U on 3.5 disks (MS-DOS) Software Update Service SIMATIC ProTool 2) A) Software Update Service SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 2) A) Software Update Service Power pack ProTool/Lite to ProTool V6.0 A) incl. ProAgent V6.0 Upgrade ProTool/Lite to ProTool/Lite V6.0 A) ProTool to ProTool V6.0 A) incl. ProAgent V6.0
6AV6 580-3BX06-0AV0
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
} 6AV3 980-1AA21-0AX0
} } } } }
6AV6 581-3AX00-0AX2 6AV6 580-3AX00-0AX2
} } } } }
} 6AV6 571-3AB06-0AX0
} 6AV6 580-3BX06-0AX4 } 6AV6 581-3BX06-0AX4
} } } } }
} ex warehouse.
1) The runtime licenses for ProAgent to be ordered separately. 2) For a period of 12 months, customers automatically receive all upgrades and service packs for a fixed price per installed ProTool or ProTool/Lite package. The agreement is automatically extended by one year unless cancelation is received no later than 12 weeks prior to expiration. 3) Scheduled delivery date: 2nd quarter of 2002 A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
http://www.siemens.com/protool
4/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
Visualization Software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Overview
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is the PC-based HMI solution in the machine sector SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of: SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PCbased systems SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) software For Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT4.0/2000 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro CS supports configuration of SIMATIC Panels as well as the configuration of PCbased systems (see SIMATIC ProTool, from page 4/4)
s Whats new?
Current version: Z SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP1 Z SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP1 New features of V6.0 and higher: Additional functions in ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 Z Support for new target devices: Configuring the graphic display SIMATIC panels OP 270 (6 and 10), TP 270 (6 and 10) and MP 270B (10, touch and key) SIMATIC Panel PCs Panel PC 870 (12, 15 and 15 touch) Panel PC IL 70 (12 and 15 touch) SIMOTION Panel PCs P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T SINUMERIK panel PCs OP010, OP012, OP015 Standard PCs with new resolutions 1280 x 1024 pixels, 1600 x 1200 pixels
Z Extended integration of ProTool/Pro Configuration in STEP 7 Support for long variable names, including special characters Fast access to variables through large symbol window Automatic synchronization with the STEP 7 symbol list references remain intact or ware resynchronized automatically, also for example on a control changeover in STEP 7. Integration/de-integration of ProTool in STEP 7 through ProTool file menu Loading, generating and starting ProTool projects through STEP 7 Manager Generating and transferring multiple selections Supporting the PC station (softbus) ProTool/Pro Runtime configurable as HMI software for PC station Visualization of external SIMATIC PLCs possible
Z Interfacing ProTool/Pro Configuration with STEP 7 Lite Z Integrating ProTool/Pro Configuration in the SIMOTION SCOUT engineering tool Z Increased configuration efficiency Simple selection of superimposed objects Editing objects without ungrouping them Copying function keys and softkeys Viewing and hiding hidden buttons Revised quantity framework, e.g. expansion of text lists to up to 3,500 entries Excluding fields in the tab sequence Vertical text alignment of input/output fields and buttons and more Z Importing/exporting all project texts (static texts, text lists, messages, information texts, etc.) for a simple translation of HMI projects Z Converting projects with different resolutions
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/9
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Whats new? (continued)
Z Converting graphic OPs (RMOS) to Windows-based systems Conversions at the push of a button ProTool message summaries Better matching of the "ProTool fonts" to Windows fonts Optimized alignment of the converted fields Optimized conversion of pictograms Configurable system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc. No conversion of character graphics Quick reference guide for migration support Z Replacing project components With the Replace function, existing projects can be updated quickly and easily to reflect the changes made in a revised project: objects such as pictures, picture components, variables and scripts of the existing project (for example one which is used on the machine) are simply overwritten with the corresponding objects in the revised project. Z Complete simulation of the ProTool/Pro configuration (Windows-based systems); Configurations can now be simulated entirely on the configuration PC. A complete model of the HMI target system is generated, and the device's softkeys and function keys can be simply operated by mouse. The SIMATIC S7-PLCSIM engineering tool simulates the PLC hardware and animates the variables.
Z HTML online help With the new Help system, Version 6.0 of ProTool/Pro features a convenient online help function. In addition to its table of contents, the new help system can also be searched using an index and with a full-text function. All documents and help files on the ProTool/Pro CD can be searched at the same time. Z Project downloads now also by modem (Analog/ISDN), Ethernet and USB (depending on target device) Serial, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, Ethernet and USB download also for PC systems based on ProTool/Pro Runtime Z New ProSave V6.0 under Windows; as complete service tool for Windows-based panels (CE) Interfacing through serial, MPI, Ethernet or USB interface Backup/restore Installation of options Licence transfer Integrated in ProTool/Pro or as stand-alone tool Additional functions in ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 Z Read line for trend curve display Z Indicator light Z Graphic selection field Z 5 runtime languages Z User name login and logout through system messages archivable Z Configurable panel system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc. Z Multiplexing of variables Z Picture stack (automatic recall of viewed pictures) Z Screen keyboard also for keyboard devices with mouse support Z S7 control changeover at runtime possible Z Graphic display with transparency, flashing and dynamic positioning Z Image selection by field number
Z Expansion of recipe functionality Support for arrays Return values for record functions Selection possible through record names Recipe indication configurable as pure output field Recipe field with password protection System messages to recipe functions can be disabled Synchronization of display and fields in pictures Export/import function for all recipes/records and more Z Expanded message system Optional archiving of message texts Output of fault location and timestamp in ms Z Enhanced logging system Printing of message archives and recipe data records New communications drivers Z MPI up to 12 Mbit/s Z CP342-5/Mux Z SIMOTION Z SIMATIC S7-NC through SINUMERIK for ProTool/Pro option package Z Online connection through Teleservice (analog/ISDN, ProTool/Pro RT) Z Allen Bradley DH485 (for CE panels without additional hardware (KF modules))1) Z GE Fanuc (PLC 90-70/90-30 through SNP/SNPX protocol) Z Omron SYSMAC C Z Mitsubishi Protocol 4 (Host-Link-Multi-Link protocol)
1) Available soon
4/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Options
SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management With the SIMATIC WinBDE A&D machine data management system, the operator panel becomes the central human-machine interface, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out directly at the machine. The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event of faults, an increase in
machine runtimes and proof of the availability of production facilities and production units. For further information, see page 4/42. SIMATIC ProAgent Z precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
Z A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components Z No further configuration for diagnostics functionality Z Reduces PLC memory and processor usage For further information, see page 4/53
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is the modern visualization software under Windows 98 SE/ME or Windows NT 4.0/2000 for simple visualization tasks locally at the machine, such as the control and monitoring of Z tunnel furnaces and presses, Z packaging and injection molding machines, and Z transfer lines in the automobile manufacture or the electrical, wood and food industries. As industry- and technologyindependent HMI software, ProTool/Pro can be used universally. It represents a universal, human machine interface that can be implemented locally at the machine or process. ProTool/Pro includes the proven functions of ProTool for configuring all SIMATIC Panels, but also enables implementation of machine visualization tasks with PC-based systems. PowerTags for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro The SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a software package with 128, 256, 512 or 2048 PowerTags. The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have a process connection to the PLC. Variables without process integration, constant variable and message limits (up to 2000 fault and operating messages) are available as additional system features.
128 PowerTags
256 PowerTags
512 PowerTags
2048 PowerTags
However, once you reach 4,000 messages each, internal variables are free!
Fig. 4/2
ProTool/Pro Runtime for Standard PC with PowerTags
Please note that the usable number of process variables can be significantly lower for products from other manufacturers, for example through the use of local variables and messages. Additional ProTool/Pro V6.0 language versions ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/ Japan For the Asian market, ProTool/ Pro V6.0 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese language versions. These language versions are aimed at machine manufacturers from China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan, and exporters into these countries. ProTool/ Pro V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/ Japan provides a configuration interface in the respective language.
With the graphic display panels TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B, OP27, OP37, OP 270 (6 and 10), TP27 (6 and 10), TP37, TP 270 (6 and 10), the multi panels MP 270B, MP 370 and for ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0, texts can be entered with Chinese (simplified and traditional) and Korean characters. With ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0, Japanese characters can also be used. The online Help is also available in simplified and traditional Chinese, in Korean and in Japanese for these target systems.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/11
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
(continued)
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 and C7 devices) can only be configured with Latin characters in the English configuration interface. To use the these language versions, you need a corresponding Chinese (simplified or traditional), Korean or Japanese version of Windows 98 SE/ME or Windows NT 4.0/2000. The Chinese, Japanese or Korean versions of Windows 98 Second Edition ME, NT 4.0 and 2000 packages are available from your Siemens distribution partners. For indirect export to China, Taiwan, Korea or Japan, a special configuration of Windows 2000 can be implemented to simplify the configuration process. For additional information, write to the following e-mail address: simatichmi.asiasupport@ khe.siemens.de
The ProTool/Pro Configuring software V6.0 and the ProTool/ Pro Runtime V5.0 software for Chinese, Taiwanese and Korean are available on a separate CD-ROM, which contains the language versions English, Japanese and Korean and simplified and traditional Chinese. The runtime licenses are not language-dependent; the English data handling program (AuthorsW) also runs under the Chinese, Korean and Japanese Windows versions listed earlier. The documentation in Chinese, Japanese and Korean can be obtained from the national Siemens distributors in China, Korea, Taiwan and Japan.
Contact Z Simplified Chinese Siemens Ltd. China A&D Group 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu Chaoyang District P.O.Box 8543 Beijing 100102, P.R.China Z Traditional Chinese Siemens Ltd. Taiwan A&D Group Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2 Taipei Taiwan, R.O.C. P.O.Box 26-755 Taipei Z Korean Siemens Ltd. Seoul A&D Group 726 Asia Building 10th floor Yeoksam-dong, Kangnam-Gu Seoul 138-080 Po-Box 3001 Korea Z Japanese Siemens K.K. AS Sect. A&D Dept. Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F 25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1Chome, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0022, Japan
s Functions
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro allows universal use in all automation applications in the form of a single station solution. The full integration of ProTool/ Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environment provides conformity in communications, in data management and in configuration and programming. SIMATIC ProTool/Pro also offers the following special features: Z Process visualization through Windows-compliant, freely configurable user interface with predefined image objects such as Numeric display Text display, bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse and zoom function and read line Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library Signal-dependent text and graphics lists Switches, buttons, list fields as process operation examples
Editing fields for process values (signals) Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics objects Comprehensive HMI symbol library Z Alarms and messages System messages, event messages and fault messages Bit signaling method or Alarm S (SIMATIC S7) Z Message and process value archiving Various archive types: Online evaluation of process value archives through trend curve graphics External evaluation through standard Microsoft tools Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases
Z Logging with log editor for time and event-controlled project documentation with user-definable layout Z Recipes Compiling data records using a configurable graphics object or distributed within the project through process diagrams Transmission of data records from or to the PLC Import/export of CSV files Z Flexibility through Visual Basic Script and OLE automation Z Library for predefined or user-defined diagram elements Z Simulation of process data and messages Z OPC (client/server)
4/12
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Examples
Higher-level visualization system
On-site visualization
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400
Third-party PLCs
Fig. 4/3
Example of a SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/13
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Communication
With SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime, the following can be connected to
Protocol SIMATIC S5 through AS511 (TTY) S5-90U S5-95U S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103) S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945) S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) SIMATIC S5 through PROFIBUS DP1) S5-95U/L2-DP Master S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945) S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) SIMATIC S7 through PPI S7-200 CP 5511 2) CP 5611 2) CP 5613 2) CP 5614 2) PC/PPI adapter 3) CP 5511 2) CP 5611 2) COM1/COM2 PC interfaces Protocol Third-party PLCs Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 9) GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX) Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GM Mitsubishi (FX/MP4) Modicon (Modbus) OMRON (Link/Multilink) Telemecanique (Uni-Telway) COM1/COM2 COM1/COM2 COM1/COM2 COM1/COM2 COM1/COM2 COM1/COM2 RS 485 interface board 7) PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 through MPI S7-200 (except CPU 212)4) S7-300 S7-400 WinAC Basic (V3.0 or higher) WinAC RTX SIMATIC S7 through PROFIBUS DP 5) S7-215 4) S7-300 CPUs with built-in PROFIBUS interface S7-300 with CP 342-5 S7-400 CPUs with built-in PROFIBUS interface S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467 WinAC Basic (V3.0 or higher) WinAC RTX SIMATIC S7 through built-in interface WinAC Basic (V2.0 or higher) WinAC RTX SIMATIC 505 NITP SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422 SIMATIC 505 through PROFIBUS DP 6) SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434 CP 5511 2) CP 5611 2) COM1/COM2 Internal system interface CP 5511 2) CP 5611 2) CP 5613 2) CP 5614 2) CP 5511 2) CP 5611 2) CP 5613 2) PC/MPI adapter 8) Teleservice V5.0
For further information, see System Interfaces in Section 2.
1) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive user (DP slave). The function block needed for connection is supplied with ProTool/Pro. 2) For PC Fl45 V2 and Panel PC 670 through internal MPI interface. 3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download; operating systems: Windows 95/98; Order No.: 6ES7 901-3BF00-0AX0. 4) For details of restrictions regarding the transmission rate on the S7200 see Catalog ST 70. 5) ProTool/Pro RT is an active user; communication with S7 functions. 6) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive user (DP/slave). The application ladder required for connection is supplied with ProTool/Pro. 7) See ProTool online help. 8) Only point-to-point to S7-200/-300/-400 (except S7-212); no configuration download; operating systems: Windows 95/98/NT; Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA22-0AX0, 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0. 9) DH485 available soon.
4/14
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Type Operating system Messages Message text (number of characters) Message buffer size Pending message events Archives (number) Archivable data

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime MS Windows 98 SE/ME, MS Windows NT 4.0/2000 4000 70 1024 500 Type Variables Password protection Password levels Number of passwords Visual Basic scripts Number of lines Online languages Communication SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/ PROFIBUS DP interface Number of connectable partners SIMATIC S7 PPI interface Number of connectable partners SIMATIC S5 loop-through arrangement SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS DP interface Number of connectable partners Additional drivers max. SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime 2048 3) 10 (0 9) 50 50 100 5
100 Process values (max. 100) Messages Max. number of entries per archive 500,000 (incl. sequential archive) Archive types Polling archives Sequential archives (max. 40 per archive) Data storage format CSV (Comma-separated values) and connection to ODBC database (database not included in delivery) 1000 2000 3) 5000 2) 300 400 400 30,000 2000 40 800 500 500 3,500
max.
ProTool/Pro permits up to 8 connections, depending on the scope of configuration (communication) 1 for ProTool/Pro No
max.
Recipes Entries per recipe Data records Diagrams Fields per diagram Variables per diagram Static text Graphics objects Complex objects per picture (e.g. bars) Trend curves 1) Graphics lists 1) Text lists Number of entries in symbol lists
max.
1 for ProTool/Pro see page 4/14
The specifications are maximum values.

1) Only 500 text and graphics lists in total. 2) Depends on the storage medium used. 3) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags.
s System requirements for

ProTool/Pro Runtime software Operating system Minimum Recommended Processor Minimum Recommended Graphics Minimum Recommended Resolution Minimum Recommended RAM 1) Minimum Recommended Hard disk (free memory) 2) Diskette drive CD-ROM
3)
ProTool configuration software
Windows 98 SE, Windows ME Windows NT 4.0 SP6a, Windows 2000 SP2, for multi-language configurations Windows 2000 SP2 MUI Pentium II, 233 MHz Pentium III, 500 MHz VGA SVGA with hardware acceleration 640 480 800 600 64 MByte 128 MByte SVGA SVGA with hardware acceleration 800 600 800 600 4) 64 MByte 128 MByte
100 MByte
3,5, 1,44 MByte For software installation
300 MByte for ProTool + 40 MB for each additional language

For software installation
1) The RAM required depends on the size of your project and, in this instance in particular, on the size of the graphics used. 2) Without taking archives into account. In addition to ProTool/Pro, Windows also needs free hard disk space, for example for virtual memory (the swapfile). You can use the following formula as a guideline: Size of the swapfile = 3 x available RAM. For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation. 3) For authorization of the runtime software. 4) ProTool/Lite also 640 x 480
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/15
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Ordering data
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro } Configuration V6.0 A) with ProAgent V6.0 on CD-ROM contains: ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) V6.0 Simulation software for TP 170A/B, OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270, MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and ProTool/Pro Runtime Native Drivers Electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 for PC systems A) on CD-ROM with license (single license) for 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 512 PowerTags (RT 512) 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) Upgrade Upgrade 1) A) SIMATIC ProTool/Pro to SIMATIC ProTool/Pro V6.0 Power packs SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT PowerTags from A) 128 to 256 PowerTags 128 to 512 PowerTags 128 to 2048 PowerTags 256 to 512 PowerTags 256 to 2048 PowerTags 512 to 2048 PowerTags SIMATIC ProTool/Lite Power Pack to ProTool/Pro V6.0 A) incl. ProAgent V6.0 SIMATIC ProTool Power Pack to ProTool/Pro V6.0 A) incl. ProAgent V6.0
Order No. 6AV6 582-2BX06-0AX0
s Ordering data
Software Update Service SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Software Update Service A) For a period of 12 months, the customer is automatically supplied with all upgrades and service packs for a fixed price per installed ProTool/Pro package. The agreement is automatically extended by one year unless cancelation is received no later than 12 weeks prior to expiration.
Order No.
6AV6 582-3AX00-0AX2
Versions for China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan SIMATIC ProTool/Pro } Configuration V6.0 contains: ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) V6.0 Simulation software for TP 170A/B, OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270, MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and ProTool/Pro Runtime Electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in English, Chinese (traditional and simplified), Korean and Japanese SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 for PC systems 2) A) on CD-ROM with license (single license) for 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 512 PowerTags (RT 512) 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) 6AV6 582-2BX06-0AV0
} } } }
6AV6 584-1AB06-0AX0 6AV6 584-1AC06-0AX0 6AV6 584-1AD06-0AX0 6AV6 584-1AF06-0AX0 6AV6 582-2BX06-0AX4
} } } } } } }
6AV6 570-1BC00-0AX0 6AV6 570-1BD00-0AX0 6AV6 570-1BF00-0AX0 6AV6 570-1CD00-0AX0 6AV6 570-1CF00-0AX0 6AV6 570-1DF00-0AX0 6AV6 571-2AC06-0AX0
} } } }
6AV6 584-1AB06-0AV0 6AV6 584-1AC06-0AV0 6AV6 584-1AD06-0AV0 6AV6 584-1AF06-0AV0
} 6AV6 571-2BC06-0AX0
} ex warehouse.
1) Programming (CS) and runtime (RT) station upgrade 2) Scheduled delivery start, 2nd quarter of 2002 A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. PowerTags with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro The SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a software package with 128, 256, 512 and 2048 PowerTags. PowerTags refer only to process variables that have a process connection to the PLC. In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits of variables and messages (up to 2,000 fault and operating messages) are also available as additional system features. Please note that the usable number of process variables may be severely reduced when using third-party products, suchas local variables and messages.
4/16
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Ordering data
Communications processors for PC CP 5511 1) } PCMCIA card for interfacing a PG or PC with PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software for Windows 98, ME, NT 4.0 and 2000 Pro) CP 5611 1) PCI card for interfacing a PG or PC with PROFIBUS (communications software for Windows 98, ME, NT 4.0 and 2000 Pro) CP 5611 MPI consisting of a PCI card CP 5611 and MPI cable, 5 m CP 5613 1) 2) 3) A) PCI card for connection of a PG or PC to PROFIBUS
Order No.
s Ordering data
ProTool/Pro Runtime User Guide German English French Italian Spanish ProTool User Guide for Configuring Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish ProTool User Guide for Configuring Line Devices German English French Italian Spanish ProTool User Guide for Configuring Graphics Devices German English French Italian Spanish Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems German English French Italian Spanish
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately) 6GK1 551-1AA00
} 6GK1 561-1AA00
} } } } }
6AV6 594-1CA06-0AA0 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AB0 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AC0 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AD0 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AE0
} 6GK1 561-1AM00 } 6GK1 561-3AA00

6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0
} } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } }
S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, } 2000 Pro/Server A) Software for S7 communication on CP 5613/CP 5614 with electronic manual in German and English on CD-ROM,
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
} ex warehouse.
1) See Catalog IK PI for a detailed description. 2) CP 5613 released only for communication with SIMATIC S7 with ProTool/Pro . 3) Configuration download with CP 5613 for ProTool/Lite, ProTool and ProTool/Pro not possible on text panels and OP27/TP27. A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3.
http://www.siemens.com/protoolpro
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/17
HMI Software
Options SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Overview
With SIMATIC WinBDE the A&D machine data management system the operator panel becomes the central recording and operator panel for machine data, which permits comprehensive evaluations and analyses directly on site.
SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor
The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event of a fault, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the availability of production facilities and production units.
SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
Fig. 4/4
SIMATIC IT WinBDE production data management
s Whats new?
Current version: Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation V7.0 Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor V7.0 What's new in V7? With its many new functions, version 7 of the SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management system extends the product's range of machine data management applications: Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE can now also run under Windows 2000
Z Continuous monitoring of machine counters and component-type-specific counters directly from the PLC Z With these counters, together with part type master data, you can now generate completely new piece rate, quality and other statistics on the basis of good, waste and rework quantities. Figures can be analyzed for any desired time interval from a single shift, to a day or even a year. Z The existing availability and utilization analyses have been significantly expanded
to include OEE figures, making the following, additional analyses possible: OEE figure Machine performance Processing quality Mean time between failures (MTBF) Mean time to repair (MTTR) Z The expanded online customizing features permit user-friendly access to a multitude of parameters and filters which enable evaluations to be carried out with even more detail and customization.
4/18
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
Options SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Functions
Data input Z Option package for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or WinCC Z Automatic recording through OPC server Z Manual input of machine states through dialogs Z Creation of part type master data through dialogs Machine data evaluation Z Fault analysis and diagnostics with duration and frequency Z State analysis with time history Z Machine performance through objective determination of availability Z Piece quantity evaluations through machine counters Z Evaluations on the basis of work shifts, days, weeks, etc. Z Detailed logbook/log Z Export and printout of evaluation data Production data evaluation Z Part-type-specific production quantity evaluation Z Machine-specific quantity evaluation
Z Calculation of OEE figures (availability, performance, quality, OEE) Z Calculation of the mean time between failures (MTBF) Z Calculation of the mean time to repair (MTTR) SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation Z Direct entry and evaluation of machine data on operator panel or standard PC Z Several units can be implemented per machine Z Scaleability for connecting one to 32 machines/units SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor Z With operator panel or standard PC Z Central evaluations and comparison of individual machines Z Works calendar, day types, shifts, working time models Z License for connection of up to 64 machines/units through lower-level WinBDE Workstation
Requirements SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation: Z SIMATIC 670 panel PC with keyboard, SIMATIC PC FI45, standard PC (Pentium II or higher) Z 128 MB RAM Z PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface for standard PC (with SIMATIC PC on-board) Z Ethernet connection possible Z Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Z ProTool/Pro V5.2 SP 3 or V6.0, WinCC V5.1 SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor: Z SIMATIC 670 panel PC with keyboard, SIMATIC PC FI45, standard PC (Pentium II or higher) Z 128 MB RAM (ProTool/Pro), 256 MB RAM (WinCC) Z Ethernet connection Z Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000
s Communication
Workstation connection Z Up to 32 machines/units, depending on bus load Z SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400, as well as C7-6xx through MPI or PROFIBUS DP Z Connections through Industrial Ethernet, digital inputs, DDE interface and other PLCs on request
Supervisor connection Z Depending on the performance of the PC, up to 64 machines/units can be connected through lower-level SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation or WinBDE for SINUMERIK
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.de/ simatic-it-winbde
s Ordering data
SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management workstation License for connection of: 1 machine/unit 8 machines/units 32 machines/units SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management supervisor License for connection of: 64 machines/units
Order No. Contents of the individual licenses on CD-ROM Standard configuration Online customization User interface available in German, English, French, Spanish and Italian Electronic documentation in German/English
} 6BQ3 090-2AB10-0BA0 } 6BQ3 090-2AB20-0BA0 } 6BQ3 090-2AB30-0BA0
} 6BQ3 090-2AB80-0BA0
} ex warehouse.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/19
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
s Overview
SIMATIC WinCC is the PCbased human machine interface for Windows NT4.0 and Windows 2000. SIMATIC WinCC offers a wide range of features for implementing automation solutions: Client-server structures with simple installation
Safety in process operation and data integrity through redundancy Limitless function expansions through integration of ActiveX elements Open communication through OPC (OLE for Process Control)
Simple and quick configuration through integration with SIMATIC STEP 7 The basic system configuration includes functions meeting industrial requirements for signaling of events, archiving of measured values, logging of all process and configuration data, user administration and visualization.
WinCC is designed for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and plants. With its powerful process interfaces (to the SIMATIC range in particular) and secure data archiving, WinCC provides high-availability solutions for instrumentation and control. This base system, which is industry and technologyindependent, is suitable for universal use in any automation application. WinCC language versions For the Asian market, WinCC V5 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese.
These localized versions of WinCC are aimed at machine manufacturers, system developers and exporters covering China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan. WinCC China/Taiwan/Korea/ Japan provides a configuration interface in the relevant language and contains all WinCC functions. The online Help is available in simplified and traditional Chinese, in Korean, Japanese and in English. The Chinese, Korean or Japanese version of Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 is required to run these localized versions.
WinCC China/Taiwan/Korea/ Japan is supplied on a separate CD-ROM. The documentation in Chinese, Korean and Japanese can be obtained from the national company in China, Korea, Taiwan or Japan respectively. Runtime licenses are language-independent. The English data handling program (AuthorsW) can also run under the Chinese, Korean and Japanese versions of Windows.
4/20
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Whats new?
Current version: Z SIMATIC WinCC V4.02+SP3 for Windows 95/98 + NT 4.0 Z SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 for Windows NT 4.0/2000 New features of V5: SIMATIC WinCC V5 offers even more features for implementing automation solutions: Z The Web Navigator enables process management through the intranet/Internet with no additional configuration required. Z Multi-clients enable simultaneous access to up to 6 WinCC process data servers
and the representation of all information (diagrams, measured values, messages, logs, etc.) Z More efficient configuration through integration with SIMATIC STEP 7: direct browsing through symbols in STEP 7 and their interconnection through drag and drop. Z Quick diagnostics through precise network entry from WinCC Runtime in STEP 7. Z Cross-reference list and rewiring facilitate adaptation to new plants with minimum effort.
Z In addition to the existing language versions, WinCC V5 is now also available in Italian and Spanish. Z OPC V2.1 supports simple data exchange between Windows applications. Z Configuration tool for configuring bulk data with Excel. For Windows 95/98, we will continue to supply SIMATIC WinCC V4. WinCC V5 or higher will only support Windows NT/ 2000.
s Functions
WinCC's simplicity and transparency, as well as its powerful configuration functions enable a drastic reduction of engineering and training requirements, greater flexibility of personnel and greater operational reliability. If you are familiar with Microsoft Windows, you will have no problems with WinCC Explorer, the central control point of WinCC.
In conjunction with other SIMATIC components, the system also offers additional functions, such as process diagnostics and maintenance. All SIMATIC engineering tools interact when configuring the functions.
WinCC offers a complete base functionality for process visualization and operation. For this purpose, WinCC offers a range of editors and interfaces whose functionality allow individual configuration for the relevant application.
Message system
Script processing
Process communication
Programming interfaces
Standard interfaces
Report system
Process value archiving
Graphics system
Fig. 4/5
SIMATIC WinCC functions Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/21
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Functions (continued)
WinCC editors and interfaces
Task/configurable runtime functionality
WinCC Explorer
Central project management for fast access to all project data and central settings
Graphics Designer
Graphics system for user-definable visualization and operation through pixel-graphic objects
Alarm Logging
Message system for the detection and archiving of events with display and control options based on DIN 19235; freely selectable message classes, message display and logging Process archiving for measured value acquisition, compression and storage, e.g. for trend and tabular representation and further processing
Tag Logging
Report Designer
Report and logging system for time- and event-controlled documentation of messages, operations and current process data in the form of user reports or project documentation in user-definable layout Convenient tool for managing users and user rights
User Administrator
Global scripts
Processing functions with unlimited functionality through usage of the integral ANSI-C compiler
Communications channels
For the communication to lower-level controls (SIMATIC logs, PROFIBUS DP, DDE and OPC server included in delivery)
Standard interfaces
For the open integration of other Windows applications (ODBC/SQL, ActiveX, OLE, DDE, OPC etc.)
Programming interfaces
For individual access to data and functions of WinCC (C-API) and integration in user programs
4/22
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
Type Operating system Hardware requirements for PC SIMATIC WinCC V5 Windows NT 4.0 Windows 2000

Type User archives

SIMATIC WinCC V5
Archive (recipes) Fields per data record Data records
500 500 40,000 Determined by system 2) Determined by system 2) Determined by system 2) 64 K 1)
Processor

Minimum Recommended
400 MHz Pentium II 400 MHz Pentium II 128/256 MB (single-user/ server)4) 128 MB (client) 4) 256 MB (single-user/ server)4) 128 MB (client) 4)
SVGA (4 MB) XGA (8 MB)
Graphics system
No. of diagrams No. of objects per picture No. of operator-controllable fields per picture
RAM

Minimum
Recommended
Process variables Trend curves

Graphics

Curve frame per picture Trend curves per curve frame Trend curves per picture Measured values on the hard disk (cyclic)
8 15 120 9999999
Minimum Recommended
Hard disk

Minimum Recommended
> 3 GB > 3 GB

User administration User groups No. of users Authorization groups 28 128 999
Hard disk (free disk space for installation)

Minimum Recommended
650 MB
650 MB
For software installation For software installation
Language selection

CD-ROM

Runtime languages Configuration languages
> 9 per project 5 European (D/E/F/I/Sp), 4 Asian (Chs/Cht/Kor/Jpn)
Minimum Recommended
Resolution

Protocols 800 x 600 1024 x 768
Minimum Recommended
Signal sequence protocols (simultaneous) Message archive reports (concurrent) Application reports - Report lines per body - Variables per report
1 1 Determined by system 2) 72 64,000 Determined by system 2) 32 KB (incl. header and spaces)
Functionality/quantity framework Messages (number)
50,000 10 x 256 > 500,000 2) 10 Determined by system 2) Polling and sequential archives Sybase SQL 7 or DBase III
3)
Message text (number of characters) Message archive Process values per message
C-scripts (Ansi-C) No. of characters per script Multi-user system
Archives (number)

Archive types File format
Clients for server with operator terminal Clients for server without operator terminal
3 16 see from page 4/24
Communication 1) 2) 3) 4) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags. Depends on the storage medium used. DBase III only with tag-logging polling archives At least 32 MB more when using online configuration.
s Compatibility
WinCC version Win95 Win98 + SP3 V4.02 with SP3 V5.1 q q q + SP4 q Windows NT 4.0 + SP5 q + SP6 q + SP6a q Win2000 SP2 Professional; Server; Advanced Server q Internet Explorer
V4.01 SP1/V5.0 V5.5 and above
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/23
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC communication
s Communication
from WinCC V5.1 and higher
Approved communication software Only the specified (or higher) versions of communications software may be used. The applicable SIMATIC NET updates are available to upgrade older versions and releases and are supplied with the WinCC base package or upgrade. Number of PLCs that can be connected The following numbers of PLCs can be connected through Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum frame length of 512 bytes:
Type of interface SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Number of stations Up to 60
Mixed operation with different PLCs With their multiprotocol stack, the CP 1613 and CP 5613 modules support the simultaneous use of two protocols with a single bus cable, for example where several different PLC types are used. Two interface boards of the same type can be used with WinCC only in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) or PROFIBUS DP (2 x CP 5613/ up to 122 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to a CP 1613 for Industrial Ethernet or a CP 5613 for PROFIBUS, a CP 5511 or CP 5611 can each be used for communicating through MPI with SIMATIC S7.
Clientserver communication under Windows NT4.0/ 2000 The TCP/IP protocol is used to handle communications between clients and server. We recommend setting up a separate PC LAN. For small projects with a relatively low message volume, a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be implemented, for both the process communication (WinCC server PLC) and the PCPC communication (WinCC client WinCC server). Communication redundancy WinCC itself does not support redundant bus connections; in the case of SIMATIC S7-400H, operation through redundant bus connection is enabled by the SIMATIC NET product REDCONNECT. Communications redundancy can normally not be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog IK PI). Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
Up to 60
Up to 60
Up to 60
Up to 60
Up to 29 PLCs can be connected to a CP 5613/CP 5611 through PROFIBUS. For more than about 10 PLCs, we recommend the use of Industrial Ethernet.
In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, DP slaves are always permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second WinCC station (DP master) cannot access the same PLCs (DP slaves). This means that redundant operation of two WinCC stations is not possible when using the PROFIBUS DP interface.
4/24
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s Interface overview (from WinCC V5.1)

Protocol SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511 SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL SIMATIC 505 SIMATIC 505 Serial SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP Third-party PLCs Allen Bradley Serial DF1 Allen Bradley DH DH and DH485 Channel DLL and driver for communication with Allen Bradley PLC 5 and SLC 500 PLCs using DF1 protocol Channel DLL and driver for communication with Allen Bradley PLC 5 and SLC 500 PLCs through DH, DH+, DH 485 networks or Ethernet and PLC 5 PLCs through Controlnet Channel DLL and driver for communication with Applicom multiprotocol cards (e.g. Telemecanique) Channel DLL and driver for communication with Modicon PLCs A984 using RTU/ASCII protocol Channel DLL and driver for communication with Modicon PLCs using Modbus + and Modbus Ethernet Protocol Channel DLL for communication with Mitsubishi MELSEC PLCs using FX Protocol Channel DLL for communication with GE-FANUC PLCs using SNP/SNPX protocol; GE FANUC series 90 (90-30; 90-70) Channel DLL and driver for serial communications with 505 using NITP/TBP protocol on SIMATIC 535/545/555/565/575 Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4 communication Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 communication and TCP/IP Channel DLL for S5 TF communication Channel DLL and driver for serial communications with S5 using AS511 protocol on the programmer port Channel DLL and driver for serial communications with S5 using RK512 protocol Channel DLL for S5 PMC with Layer 4 communications Channel DLL for S5 PMC Channel DLL for S5 FDL Channel DLL for S7 functions through MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 and TCP/IP Description Windows NT 4.0/2000 Included in basic package
Applicom Multi Protocol Interface Modbus Serial Modbus Protocol Suite Mitsubishi MELSEC FX GE FANUC SNP SNPX
Other interfaces SIMADYN-PMC-Ethernet Channel DLL for communication with SIMADYN drive control systems. The following software packages are also required: PROBI V2.10 (on request) SIMADYN-D PMC blocks (on request) SIMADYN-D Struc package G/L 4.2 configuration software (on request) Channel DLL for communication with TELEPERM M AS through PROFIBUS Channel DLL and driver for communication with SIPART-DR compact controllers On request
TELEPERM M SIPART Cross-platform Windows DDE OPC OPC Server PROFIBUS FMS PROFIBUS DP
On request On request
Channel DLL for DDE communications, WinCC can acquire data from DDE server applications Channel DLL for OPC communications, WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications Server applications for OPC communications, WinCC provides process data to OPC clients Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/25
HMI Software
s Communications components for PG/PC to SIMATIC (WinCC V5.1 or higher)

Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC S5 Ethernet (TF) SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC S5 TCP/IP SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 2) Order No.
WinCC Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Channel DLL for S5 TF communication SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 communication and TCP/IP SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 4 1) Channel DLL for S5 PMC with Layer 4 communication SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4 communication SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication Communication software to supplement the OS/OP CP 1612 PCI card for connecting PG/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately) CP 1512 PCMCIA card for connecting PG/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately) SOFTNET-S7 Communications software for S7 functions CP 1613 PCI card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet (communications software to be ordered separately) S7-1613 Communications software for S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP for Windows NT 4.0/2000 TF-1613 Communications software for TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP for Windows NT 4.0/2000 System interface available 1) The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC: PMC/LS-B Message Functions 6ES5 848-7WL01
Included in basic package Included in basic package 6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0
Included in basic package Included in basic package Included in basic package
6GK1 161-2AA00
6GK1 151-2AA00
6GK1 704-1CW60-3AA0
6GK1 161-3AA00
6GK1 716-1CB60-3AA0
6GK1 716-1TB60-3AA0
PMC/LS-B status, 6ES5 848-7UL01 Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher PMC PRO parameterization software V2.2 or higher German 6ES5 886-4WF11 English 6ES5 886-4WF21
2) Under Windows NT 4.0/2000 only Through any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface No separate communications software required.
4/26
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s Communications components for PG/PC to SIMATIC (WinCC V5.1 or higher)

PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS FMS Order No.
WinCC Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL Channel DLL for S5 FDL SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS 1) Channel DLL for S5 PMC SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS Communication software to supplement the OS/OP CP 5611 PCI card for connecting PG/PCs to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package) CP 5511 PCMCIA card for connecting PG/PCs to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package) PC adapter RS 232, 9-pin male with RS 232/MPI converter up to 19.2 kbit/s CP 5613 PCI card for connecting PCs to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered separately) S7-5613 Communications software for S7 functions and FDL for Windows NT 4.0/2000 DP-5613 Communications software for DP master and FDL for Windows NT 4.0/2000 FMS-5613 Communications software for PROFIBUS FMS and FDL for Windows NT 4.0/2000 System interface available 1) The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC: PMC/LS-B Message Functions 6ES5 848-7WL01
Included in basic package 6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0 Included in basic package Included in basic package 6AV6 371-1CD05-0CX0
6GK1 561-1AA00
6GK1 551-1AA00
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
6GK1 561-3AA00
6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0
6GK1 713-5DB60-3AA0
6GK1 713-5FB60-3AA0
PMC/LS-B Status, 6ES5 848-7UL01 Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher PMC PRO parameterization software V2.2 or higher German 6ES5 886-4WF11 English 6ES5 886-4WF21
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/27
HMI Software
s Communication examples
Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions) CP 5613 6GK1 561-3AA00 S7-5613 (communications software) 6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
IM 467 (DP/M, S7) 6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0 CP 443-5 Extended (DP/M, S7, S/R) 6GK7 443-5DX03-0XE0 CP 443-5 Basic (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0 NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet download)
CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R) 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0 CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet download)
Fig. 4/6
WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions
Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions) CP 1613 6GK1 161-3AA00 S7-1613 (communications software) 6GK1 716-1CB60-3AA0
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP 6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0 CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP) 6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0 NCM S7 Industrial Ethernet manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet download)
CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO +TCP 6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0 CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP) 6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0 NCM S7 Industrial Ethernet manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet download)
Fig. 4/7
WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/28
HMI Software
s Communication examples (continued)

SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k + FMS channel DLL 6AV6 371-1CD05-0XC0
CP 5613 6GK1 561-3AA00 FMS-5613 (communications software) 6GK1 713-5FB60-3AA0
SIMATIC S5-115/135/ 155U
SIMATIC S7-300 CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 3435FA01-0XE0
SIMATIC S7-400 CP 443-5 Basic (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0 CP 5431 FMS/DP 6GK1 543-1AA01 COM 5431 FMS/DP 6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
Fig. 4/8
WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS
Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 128 or RT 128 WinCC server/standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k plus server option 6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0 plus TCP/IP interface module (e.g. CP 1612) Up to 16 for clients without operator controls + TCP/IP interface module (e.g. CP 1612) Up to 3 for clients with operator controls
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
This allows you to set up the following application examples WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS
Fig. 4/9
WinCC multi-user system with operator-controllable server Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/29
HMI Software
s Examples (continued)
OPC server functionality (included in WinCC basic package) TCP-IP interface board required
OPC server functionality (included in ProTool/Pro Runtime basic package)
OPC server functionality (included in WinCC basic package) TCP-IP interface board required OPC client functionality (included in WinCC basic package) OPC server required for interfacing with thirdparty PLCs
Integrated PROFIBUS interface
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400
Third-party PLCs
Fig. 4/10
OPC interface
4/30
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
s Options and Add-ons
SIMATIC WinCC expandable through industry- and technology-specific options and add-ons The universally usable WinCC basic software provides the basis for modular expansion. These function expansions can be obtained in the form of WinCC options and WinCC add-ons. WinCC options WinCC option packages are developed together with WinCC and are supplied by Siemens Automation & Drives. They are supported by the technical consulting services and the central hotline. The following option packages for WinCC are available: Z WinCC/Server for setting up a client/server system Z WinCC/Redundancy for increasing system availability Z WinCC/Web Navigator For plant visualization and operation through the Internet and for connecting thin clients Z WinCC/ProAgent for reliable process fault diagnostics Z WinCC/User Archives for managing user-defined structured data records Z WinCC/Advanced User Administrator Central administration of WinCC users, across the plant Fulfills the FDA requirements regarding access protection according to CFR 21 Part 11 Z SIMATIC IT PDA Archiving function file-based archive Z SIMATIC IT PPA Archiving function through Microsoft SQL Server database Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Machine data acquisition and evaluation Z WinCC/Messenger for the automatic or usercontrolled transmission of messages with text, speed and graphical information directly from WinCC
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Z WinCC/Guardian for monitoring the plant with live images Z WinCC/Basic Process Control with functional expansion for instrumentation and control applications Z WinCC/Storage for long-term acquisition of process data, messages and reports Z WinCC/IndustrialX for configuring using standardized ActiveX objects Z WinCC/ODK for using the open programming interfaces (Open Development Kit) A comprehensive support package the Software Update Service (SUS) is also available for WinCC. Z WinCC/Comprehensive Support various WinCC communications channels for connecting WinCC to third-party PLCs. WinCC add-ons WinCC add-ons are developed and sold by other Siemens service centers (for example the WinCC Competence Center) and external providers (such as WinCC professionals, system houses).
Support for WinCC add-ons is provided by the respective product suppliers who are also the contacts for integrating the product in an automation and IT solution. WinCC add-ons can be used for solving numerous tasks, such as maintenance management (MES software), energy management, import filters, communication with third-party PLCs or automatic transmission of radio signals in the event of particular alarms during in production. WinCC add-ons are available in various forms: Z DLL communication channel to WinCC Z ActiveX control Z Graphics object Z Stand-alone software package Your can find the WinCC add-on directory, a categorized list of currently available add-ons, at the following address:
http://www.siemens.com/ wincc/addons
4/31
HMI Software
s Options and Add-ons

(continued)
Add-on categories Z SCADA expansions Z Configuration tools Z Software for MES and ERP integration Z Industrial solutions Z Intelligent solutions Z Communications channels for connecting to Siemens PLCs for connecting to third-party PLCs for connecting to field bus systems Other solutions Competence Centers Within the SIMATIC WinCC environment, authorized WinCC Competence Centers offer Z Consulting Z Engineering Z Development Z System integration Z Configuration Z Customer-/project-specific training as well as WinCC add-on products. Our experience in the fields of automation and industry and knowledge of the WinCC system ensure efficient and professional solutions. WinCC Competence Centers Z Nuremberg, Germany key area Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES) Z Mannheim, Germany key area process control Z Stuttgart, Germany key areas production, networks and intranet/Internet connections Z Erlangen, Germany key area process automation Z Barcelona, Spain key areas production automation and logic systems
Contact Z Nuremberg Siemens AG Software and Systems Hugo-Junkers-Strasse 7 D-90411 Nuremberg, Germany Werner Wittmann Tel.: +49 (911) 895-6939 Fax: +49 (911) 895-6905 wittmann.werner@ siemens.com Z Mannheim Siemens AG I&S IS Mhm 2 P.O. Box 10 28 62 D-68028 Mannheim, Germany Gerd Huber Tel.: +49 (621) 456-3641 Fax: +49 (621) 456-3334 gerd.huber@siemens.com Z Stuttgart Siemens AG I&S IT PS3 Weissacher Strasse 11 D-70049 Stuttgart, Germany Rainer Schurr Tel.: +49 (711) 137-2060 Fax: +49 (711) 137-2781 rainer.schurr@siemens.com Z Erlangen Siemens AG I&S ITPS ERL33 Werner von Siemens Str. 60 D-91050 Erlangen, Germany Stefan Halwas Tel.: +49 (9131) 7-43490 Fax: +49 (9131) 7-44481 stefan.halwas@ siemens.com
Barcelona Siemens Controlmatic WinCC Competence Center Llus Muntadas, 5 E-08940 Conell de Llobregat Barcelona Spain Manel Bargall (Head of the WinCC Competence Center) Tel.: (+34) 93480 4639 Fax: (+34) 93475 4616 mbargallo@scm.siemens.es Silvia Jimnez (WinCC support) Tel.: (+34) 93480 6440 Fax: (+34) 93475 4616 sjimeneza@scm.siemens.es
http://www.siemens.com/wincc/ competencecenter
4/32
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s WinCC/Server
Fig. 4/11
Multi user system (client/server) with up to 16 clients on one server
The application of the server option makes WinCC a powerful client-server system. This allows multiple coordinated operator stations to be operated together with networked PLCs. The server supplies up to 16 connected clients with process and archive data, messages, pictures and reports. This requires a network connection (TCP/IP) between the server and the connected clients.
Depending on the plant size, up to six servers can be employed in a single client/server solution. Each server requires one server license. In general, the plant is controlled by standard clients that access one server, or by multi-clients that can access several servers. For the clients, you need only the smallest runtime license, RT128. If you also want to use the client for configuring your system, you will need the smallest full license, RC128. With it, you can configure operator control and configuration stations within your network. Configuration work can, of course be performed online and without affecting the function of the servers and operator stations.
In a complex plant, WinCC can therefore also be configured as a distributed system according to requirements: Z functional distribution (e.g. message servers, archive servers, etc.) or Z distribution according to the physical plant structure (e.g. assembly, enameling line, etc.)
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/33
HMI Software
s WinCC/Redundancy
WinCC/Redundancy allows the user to operate two linked WinCC single-user systems or process data servers in parallel to monitor each other. The options package is supplied with two licenses. You need one of these for each redundancy partner. If one of the servers fails, the second server assumes control of the entire system. When the failed server resumes operation, the contents of all message and process value archives are copied back to the restored server. Overall, this significantly improves system availability. Each station has its own process connection and data archive. WinCC/Redundancy ensures automatic archive matching for system and user-specific archive data.
Should one of the two WinCC stations fail, the other takes over the control of the entire system, including archiving messages and process data, thereby guaranteeing uninterrupted data integrity. In client-server operation, the clients are automatically switched from the server to the redundant partner, ensuring continuous visualization and operation of the plant from any operator terminal.
When the failed system resumes operation, the contents of all message and process value archives are copied back to the restored server. This is performed in the background without affecting the running plant. The two stations containing identical data are then available again. In a WinCC application, you can also use WinCC/Redundancy to create redundant communications channels to the SIMATIC S7 controller by installing two communications processors and implementing duplicate communication paths (this requires the S7-REDCONNECT communications software). By using the H-series SIMATIC S7 controllers, you can also increase availability at control level if required.
The software on each redundancy partner server must be licensed separately. The required licenses are included in the package.
Fig. 4/12 Parallel operation of two WinCC stations with WinCC/Redundancy Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/34
HMI Software
s WinCC/Web Navigator
Fig. 4/13
Process visualization through the Web
WinCC/Web Navigator supports the visualization and operation of plants through the Internet, a corporate intranet or a LAN. For such a configuration, you need a Web Navigator server on which the SIMATIC WinCC V5 software is installed as a single-user or server version and a Web Navigator client. This is a so-called thin client, which supports operation and monitoring of an ongoing WinCC project through an ActiveX capable Internet browser without requiring you to have the WinCC basic system on your computer.
New applications and vertical integration As well as the typical uses of the Web Navigator in the WAN (wide-area network) field, Web Navigator is also ideal for budget applications. This particularly includes applications that have a widely distributed structure (water/sewage, oil and gas), or in which there is only sporadic accessing of process information (buildings management). In addition, the Web Navigator paves the way for vertical integration, i.e. networked IT landscape with continuous data flow between the company's planning and operative levels. Only a standard browser is needed to access current process information. The Web server can have its own direct process connection. Alternatively, an OPC interface to a WinCC server can be used. This not only increases reliability, but also reduces the data traffic within the system.
Key benefits of WinCC/Web Navigator: Z Long-distance operating and monitoring Z Fast update rates through event-controlled communication Z Remote diagnostics and troubleshooting Z Integration of management clients that have access to current production data in an office environment Z Large configurations with up to 50 operator stations Z Cost effective clients with low hardware and software requirements Z Low maintenance costs due to central software administration Z High reliability through use of firewalls Web Navigator licenses You can install the Web Navigator client controls on any number of clients free of charge. A license is required in order to use the Web Navigator server. Licenses are available for simultaneous access by 3, 10, 25 or 50 clients. Web Navigator clients can access several different Web servers at the same time.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/35
HMI Software
s WinCC/Web Navigator
(continued)
WinCC Application
Fig. 4/14
Access options of Web clients to the Web Navigator server via the Internet
New features in version 1.2: To reduce the cost of accessing many web servers from one or a few Web Navigator clients (for example to perform diagnostics), we have introduced a new client-based license the Web Navigator Diagnostics Client. This client license guarantees access to the web server at any time. Its functions are the same as those of the regular Web Navigator clients. The only requirement on the server side is a Web Navigator Diagnostics server license or a standard Web Navigator license. Key applications: Z Remote diagnostics (DEC)/ operation by unmanned WinCC stations Z Central control rooms with multiple Web server support through a single user interface. Z Power users who require guaranteed access to the server at any time, regardless of how many users are already logged on.
The Web Navigator V1.2 can also be used with the Windows 2000 terminal services. This allows the connection of, for example, Windows CEbased visualization stations, such as MP 370 thin clients and MOBIC T8, to WinCC. In addition to the web client, the Windows terminal services must be installed. The operating system must be at least the 2000 Server. Up to 25 thin clients can be connected to a terminal server. Key applications: Z Mobile devices Z Hand-held devices Z Rugged local visualization devices System requirements web server: Z Operating system: Windows 2000; Windows 2000 Professional with SP2 or higher, with up to 3 web clients Windows 2000 Server with SP2 or higher, for up to 50 web clients Windows NT4.0 Workstation with SP6a, with up to 3 web clients Windows NT4.0 with SP6a for more than 3 web clients Windows NT4.0: Option Pack
Z Internet Information Server (IIS); The IIS is included on the Windows 2000 CD and is installed automatically with Windows 2000 Server. For Windows 2000 Professional, the IIS must be installed separately. For Windows NT4.0, it can be installed with the supplied Option Pack. Z Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher Z SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 Z SIMATIC WinCC optional Web Navigator server installation System requirements web client: Z Windows 98/ME/NT4.0 or Windows 2000 Z Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher Z Web Navigator client/diagnostics client installation; This installation includes the OCX objects for viewing the WinCC pictures/objects with the Internet Explorer
4/36
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s WinCC/ProAgent
SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent on Panel PC and Standard PC
S7-PDIAG
S7-GRAPH
Fig. 4/15 Process fault diagnostics with WinCC/ProAgent
WinCC/ProAgent enables precise process fault diagnostics for machines and plants. With its complete integration in the SIMATIC process diagnostics environment, ProAgent offers a user-friendly solution based on STEP 7, the S7-PDIAG and S7-GRAPH engineering tools and the SIMATIC S7-300/-400 and WinAC control systems. The system supports all communication methods of the SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite.
ProAgent offers the following benefits: Z Precise and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines that are controlled and monitored with SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC WinCC Z A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components Z No additional configuration for diagnostics functionality Z Reduces the PLC's memory requirements and program run times
In the event of a process fault, the SIMATIC ProAgent process fault diagnostics and the S7-PDIAG and S7-GRAPH engineering tools locate the fault, identify its cause and support its removal. ProAgent Z provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in locating and correcting faults, Z improves plant availability and Z reduces downtimes. A separate license is required for each installation. For further information about ProAgent, see page 4/53
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/37
HMI Software
s WinCC/User Archives
Fig. 4/16
Display of the archive data in table form or as an individual record based on the User Archive Control used
With the WinCC/User Archive option, user archives can be employed, in which associated data is stored in the form of data records. WinCC and its automation partners (e.g. a SIMATIC S7 PLC) can write to these records and, if necessary, exchange them with each other. Users can, for example, enter parameter sets (for example the operating parameters of a machine) in WinCC, save them to the user archive and transmit them to the automation level. Conversely, a PLC can continuously gather production parameters during a shift and send them to WinCC at the end of the shift. Further applications are: Z Acquisition of batch data Z Specification of production parameters Z Management of inventory data.
Using a special editor, WinCC user archives can be simply created and filled with data. Special ActiveX controls embedded in the Graphic Designer's object palette are provided for viewing user archive data at runtime. Data records and fields from the user archives are linked to the process with direct tag linking. Import and export functions support the import and export of data from and to external applications (for example Excel). User-definable filter criteria provide a clear view of data records. The view can be switched between spreadsheet and form.
WinCC provides functions for the user-defined organization of data storage in the user archives, which influence the archive, data records and fields, letting you create, open, close or reset archives and, for example, read, write or overwrite data records or field contents. Sequential archives can record batch data, shift production or product quality data and fulfill statutory documentation requirements by recording on a continuous basis. Only servers (or single-user systems) require individual licenses.
4/38
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s WinCC/Advanced
User Administrator
The Advanced User Administrator is an optional software package with which all users can be managed centrally by WinCC. This option features numerous security mechanisms, both for administrators and users. Users receive a unique user ID, user name and password, which are encrypted and saved to a central database. Functions such as changing the password, automatic log off after a preset time and blocking users after repeated incorrect entry of the password guarantee maximum security. To meet, in particular, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requirements for the pharmaceuticals and food processing industry, all user and administrator actions, such as logging in, logging out, password changes, incorrect password inputs, and creating and deleting users, are recorded with timestamp in a secure database. A log file in ASCII format can be generated for analysis. The Advanced User Administrator therefore fulfills the access protection requirements of CFR21 Part 11 and allows the creation of verifiable WinCC applications.
With the Advanced User Administrator, administrators can set up new users online across the whole system and for all applications and block existing users. In a SIMATIC WinCC environment, the Advanced User Administrator can be run in a variety of structures, such as single-user stations, clientserver and multi-client architectures. To further increase security, the Advanced User Administrator database can be installed on a separate file server. All user dialogs are available in four languages (German, English, French and Swedish). The supplied documentation in Adobe Acrobat PDF format is available in German and English.
With the basic Advanced User Administrator package, the database and one HMI station can be operated. A runtime license must be purchased for each additional HMI station.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/39
HMI Software
s SIMATIC IT PDA/
SIMATIC IT PPA
Fig. 4/17
SIMATIC IT PDA and SIMATIC WinCC used on a single-user system
Fig. 4/18
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA used in connection with a WinCC single-user system
Fig. 4/19
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA used in connection with a distributed server system with multi-clients
4/40
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s SIMATIC IT PDA/
SIMATIC IT PPA (continued)
Powerful archiving functions are a key element of highperformance SCADA systems. The archive load is determined mainly by the measured values that are archived. SIMATIC IT PDA (Process Data Archive) The SIMATIC IT PDA option is a file-based archive which can process the measured values at a rate of up to 1,500 tags per second. The SIMATIC IT PDA option contains the following functions: Z Up to six adjustable scan cycles Z Configurable archive sizes Z Manual or automatic backup archive Z Twin-band compression technology (absolute values and change rates) Z Up to 1,500 archive variables with individual, adjustable compression parameters Z Online configuration Z With an OPC browser, WinCC can load the measured values to be archived Z HDDx (Historical Data Display), an ActiveX control for viewing trend curves and tables Z Wizard-supported ActiveX control configuration
SIMATIC IT PPA (Plant Performance Analyzer) With SIMATIC IT PPA, WinCC has a powerful Microsoft SQL server database with a userfriendly evaluation and analysis tool, which can process the measured values at a rate of up to 1,500 tags per second. The SIMATIC IT PPA option contains the following functions: Z Measured values can be read either periodically or event-controlled Z Data buffers are defined according either to a timespan or to events (all data between two events) Z OPC HDA "Quality flag management" Z Wizard-supported ActiveX control configuration Z The data in the PDA archive can be accessed directly Z Implemented evaluation rules Z Implemented compression functions (mean value, integral, sum, etc.) Z Up to 1,500 archive variables Z Identical HDD control for PDA and PPA archives Z Databases with ODBC interfaces can be integrated Z HDDx (Historical Data Display), an ActiveX control for viewing trend curves and tables
You can only install the SIMATIC IT PPA option if you have already installed the SIMATIC IT PDA option. With the evaluation and analysis function you can edit the measured values from the PDA archive (for example averaging and totaling) and save them in the Microsoft SQL server database. In addition to data from the PDA archive, you can also analyze and save data from other databases there. The data interface to WinCC is provided by OPC. SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA can be used on a dedicated PC beside a WinCC single-user system, a client-server system and in a distributed server system with multi-clients. SIMATIC IT PDA can be run together with WinCC on the same PC. SIMATIC IT HDD (Historical Data Display) is an application for viewing and visually analyzing archived measured values. It can show data from both the PDA archive and the Microsoft SQL server. On the SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA server, the HDD runs as a FAT client application, which can also be used for configuring the archiving and compression functions. On the WinCC client, the HDD runs as a lean client application and in WinCC Runtime as ActiveX Control.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/41
HMI Software
s SIMATIC IT WinBDE
Third-party controls SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300
Fig. 4/20
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example
With the SIMATIC WinBDE A&D machine data management system, the operator panel becomes the central human-machine interface, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out directly at the machine. The result is transparency, quick responses to faults, increase in machine running times and availability verification for production machines and plants. Whats new? Current version: Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation V7.0 Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor V7.0
What's new in V7: With its many new functions, version 7 of the SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management system extends the product's range of machine data management applications: Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE can now also run under Windows 2000 Z Continuous monitoring of machine counters and component-type-specific counters directly from the PLC Z With these counters, together with part type master data, you can now generate completely new piece rates, quality and other statistics on the basis of "good", "waste" and "rework" quantities. Figures can be analyzed for any desired time interval from a single shift, to a day or even a year.
Z The existing availability and utilization analyses have been significantly expanded to include OEE figures, making the following, additional analyses possible: OEE figure Machine performance Processing quality Mean time between failures (MTBF) Mean time to repair (MTTR) Z The expanded online customizing features permit user-friendly access to a multitude of parameters and filters which enable evaluations to be carried out with even more detail and customization. For further information about SIMATIC IT WinBDE, see page 4/18.
4/42
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s WinCC/Messenger
WinCC/Messenger supports both operator-controlled and automatic transmission of messages from WinCC with important information on the process. These messages can be received by any computer with e-mail access. WinCC/Messenger consists of two packages, which can be installed separately: Z a multimedia e-mail system Z a freely distributable, license-free Messenger Viewer for receiving and viewing e-mail messages on any computer. This provides users with a whole new range of options for monitoring and controlling processes: Z Monitoring of operator stations through event-controlled transmission of messages, process data and current process views by e-mail directly to remote monitoring and maintenance personnel
Fig. 4/21
Forwarding information on faults with e-mail
Z Paperless distribution of process data at freely configurable intervals using predefined distribution lists Z Information exchange between on-site operating personnel and service engineers The Messenger functionality is implemented with ActiveX controls, which are easy to
integrate in the SIMATIC WinCC process pictures and connect to WinCC process signals. Depending on the situation, for example triggered by alarm states, e-mails can be sent during process operation. If required, these e-mails can also be converted to SMS and pager messages, as all pagers can be reached through an e-mail address. Each operator terminal must have a license before you send E-mail from it. You do not need a license for receiving e-mail, however.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/43
HMI Software
s WinCC/Guardian
Camera viewer with camera viewer
Internet/ Intranet
Internet/ Intranet
max. 15 stations
LAN
LAN
with WinCC/Guardian
Video database
1) Client, multiclient, server, single-user system
Fig. 4/22
Process visualization with WinCC/Guardian
WinCC/Guardian enables Z integration of live camera images in WinCC pictures Z video monitoring Z storage of video sequences in a database WinCC/Guardian speeds up decision processes, as the event-controlled display of live video images makes even complex processes easier to comprehend, thus increasing transparency. Together with WinCC/Web Navigator, recordings can be made available for worldwide access through the Internet or an Intranet. Single User/Network Edition WinCC/Guardian is available as: Z Guardian Single User Edition This contains a video data management system with integral monitoring functionality. Integration of this functionality in WinCC pictures is achieved using the supplied ActiveX controls.
Z Guardian Network Edition Also supports video data streaming to up to 15 further stations in the network. The video images can be viewed on the destination client (i.e. a WinCC station or a Web Navigator client) with a freely distributable, licensefree camera viewer. Video monitoring with database In addition to live video images from multiple cameras, which are either installed locally or on other computers, WinCC/Guardian features an event-controlled video monitoring functionality with an integrated database. Video images can be viewed within process diagrams and responses to specific events (for example motion or color inversions) defined. When a defined event occurs, WinCC is notified and can generate messages or trigger actions. Processes can also be recorded automatically in a database. The archived video
sequences can then be retrieved for analysis at any time. To use a local camera, you need only a video card that is compatible with Video for Windows; to stream videos to other stations, we currently recommend the following two video cards 1): Z Osprey 100 www.osprey.com Z Winnov Videum AV www.winnov.com As streaming transmits both video and audio signals, we recommend using the Winnov Videum AV card as a sound card which is already built into the video board.
1) Video cards are not included the scope of supply.
You only need a license for the server (or a single-user system).
4/44
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s WinCC/Basic Process
Control
Fig. 4/23
The Split Screen Wizard splits the screen into three areas: Overview area, workspace and keyset area
WinCC/Basic Process Control contains the WinCC basic data and functional expansions that make a WinCC station ready for process control tasks with minimum engineering effort and cost. Basic Process Control contains the following additional configuration options: Z Basic data for an efficient screen division in overview, workspace and keyset areas Z Split Screen Wizard for setting the screen resolution and multichannel operation Z Picture Tree Manager for graphical configuration of a process picture hierarchy
Z Alarm Logging Wizard for simple parameterization of message windows with pages for new, old and deleted messages, listings with operator input, I&C system and history list and connection for an audible signal device Z 3D bar graphs and group displays as additional smart objects Powerful functions are available at runtime: Z Scrolling through the picture hierarchy Z Saving/recalling user-specific screen compositions Z Selection of process pictures and measuring points by name Z Online composition of trend curves Z Group displays for operator prompting in the picture hierarchy Z Life sign monitoring for process links to plant configuration screen and automatic I&C system messages
Z Control of external sensors Z Time synchronization (setting of PC clock by DCF77 or GPS; distribution through PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet) The licenses for WinCC/Basic Process Control must be installed on all operator stations and servers.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/45
HMI Software
s WinCC/Storage
Powerful archiving functions for process values, messages and reports are already included in the WinCC basic system. The WinCC/Storage option also supports longterm data acquisition. Storage also offers the following functions:
Z Time-controlled export of process values, messages and reports to external, Windows-supported archiving media Z Reading saved data and selectively analyzing it with WinCC tools (e.g. message or trend windows) Z Management of exported data by log book
In addition, Storage offers the option to export data in CSV format to make it available for further processing. A WinCC/Storage license is only required for a single-user system or a server. Clients accessing the managed data do not require a license.
s WinCC/IndustrialX
Even with just the basic functions, SIMATIC WinCC offers user-friendly configuration. The WinCC/IndustrialX option further simplifies the solution of a visualization task through the standardization of customized objects. A separate display object is no longer required for each motor, pump, valve, etc.; instead, objects, functions and displays of the same type are standardized. This makes configurations more cost-effective.
Features Z Easy creation of user-defined standard displays using configuration wizards Z Central creation and modification of object displays of the same type (standardization) Z Visualization and logical processing Z Data structures supply objects Z Integration in WinCC through structure names Z Use of ActiveX technology for process visualization (also for Web Navigator) Z Creation using Visual Basic Z Use in other Windows applications (e.g. Internet Explorer or Excel)
IndustrialX controls allow flexible customization to the requirements of a wide range of applications, e.g. applications in the chemical glass or paper manufacturing industries. You must purchase a WinCC/IndustrialX license for each development station.
4/46
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
s WinCC/ODK
(Open Development Kit)
With WinCC/ODK you can considerably expand the functionality for an industryspecific application. The WinCC Open Development Kit ODK option package describes open programming interfaces that enable access to data and functions of the WinCC configuration and WinCC runtime systems. The interfaces are designed as C application programming interfaces (C-APIs).
The API functions are configuration and runtime functions, and include: Z MSRTCreateMsg: Creates a message Z DMGetValue: Gets the value of a variable Z PDLRTSetProp: Sets the object properties in a view Z DBExport: Exports the database table
They can be used in the following places: Z within WinCC, for example in global scripts or as part of C actions in the Graphics Designer, Z in Windows applications in the programming language C (the current version of Microsoft Visual C++ is necessary as a development environment for WinCC). Included in delivery with WinCC/ODK are a CD-ROM with examples and a voucher for a one-day intensive course.
s WinCC/Comprehensive
Support
WinCC/Comprehensive Support is an optional comprehensive support package that helps to reduce configuration times and provides cost-effective solutions to problems. The overall package includes: Z All current WinCC updates/ upgrades Z A continuously updated WinCC Knowledge Base CD in German and English Tips and Tricks FAQs WinCC scripts Video demonstrations Application articles and more Z WinCC Comprehensive Support offers access to its special, password-protected Internet pages containing the latest information as well as the current WinCC Knowledge Base. Initially, users receive a complete package. Replacement deliveries are then sent up to three times a year with the updates.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/47
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Ordering data
Licenses for a multi-user configuration The system software with the required number of variables should be installed on the server and on the WinCC/ server. For clients, an RT 128 license is sufficient for the basic model. To configure from clients, an RC 128 license is also required.
PowerTags SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a runtime package with 128, 256, 1024 and 64 k PowerTags. The term PowerTag refers solely to process variables that have a process connection to the PLC.
Up to 32 messages can be derived from a single process variable. Furthermore, internal variables without process interfaces are available as an additional system feature. Please note that the usable number of process variables may be severely reduced when using third-party products, e.g. when using local variables and messages.
Order No.
s Ordering data
Runtime packages on CD-ROM Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp. with license for 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 64k PowerTags (RT Max) Complete packages on CD-ROM Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp. with license for 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 64k PowerTags (RC Max) Runtime packages on CD-ROM A) with license for 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 64k PowerTags (RT Max) Complete packages on CD-ROM A) with license for 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 64k PowerTags (RC Max)
Order No.
Ordering data
Runtime packages on CD-ROM Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp. with license for 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 64k PowerTags (RT Max) Complete packages on CD-ROM A) Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp. with license for 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 64k PowerTags (RC Max) Runtime packages on CD-ROM A) with license for 128 PowerTags (RT 128) 256 PowerTags (RT 256) 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) 64k PowerTags (RT Max) Complete packages on CD-ROM A) with license for 128 PowerTags (RC 128) 256 PowerTags (RC 256) 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) 64k PowerTags (RC Max) For further information, visit our website at
SIMATIC WinCC System Software V4.02 with SP3
SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BC04-0EX0 6AV6 381-1BD04-0EX0 6AV6 381-1BE04-0EX0 6AV6 381-1BF04-0EX0
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BC05-1AX0 6AV6 381-1BD05-1AX0 6AV6 381-1BE05-1AX0 6AV6 381-1BF05-1AX0
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BM04-0EX0 6AV6 381-1BN04-0EX0 6AV6 381-1BP04-0EX0 6AV6 381-1BQ04-0EX0
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BM05-1AX0 6AV6 381-1BN05-1AX0 6AV6 381-1BP05-1AX0 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AX0
Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea (WinCC V4.02 with SP1)
Version for China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan: (WinCC V5.1)
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BC04-0CV0 6AV6 381-1BD04-0CV0 6AV6 381-1BE04-0CV0 6AV6 381-1BF04-0CV0
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BC05-1AV0 6AV6 381-1BD05-1AV0 6AV6 381-1BE05-1AV0 6AV6 381-1BF05-1AV0
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BM04-0CV0 6AV6 381-1BN04-0CV0 6AV6 381-1BP04-0CV0 6AV6 381-1BQ04-0CV0
} } } }
6AV6 381-1BM05-1AV0 6AV6 381-1BN05-1AV0 6AV6 381-1BP05-1AV0 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AV0
} ex warehouse.
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
4/48
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Ordering data
SIMATIC WinCC Powerpack For upgrading the maximum number of PowerTags of RT or RC system software packages and stations WinCC V4.02 for upgrading Runtime packages A) 128 to 256 PowerTags 128 to 1024 PowerTags 128 to 64k PowerTags 256 to 1024 PowerTags 256 to 64k PowerTags 1024 to 64k PowerTags Complete packages A) 128 to 256 PowerTags 128 to 1024 PowerTags 128 to 64k PowerTags 256 to 1024 PowerTags 256 to 64k PowerTags 1024 to 64k PowerTags WinCC V5.1 for upgrading runtime packages A) 128 to 256 PowerTags 128 to 1024 PowerTags 128 to 64k PowerTags 256 to 1024 PowerTags 256 to 64k PowerTags 1024 to 64k PowerTags complete packages A) 128 to 256 PowerTags 128 to 1024 PowerTags 128 to 64k PowerTags 256 to 1024 PowerTags 256 to 64k PowerTags 1024 to 64k PowerTags
Order No.
s Ordering data
SIMATIC WinCC documentation (to be ordered separately) SIMATIC WinCC Basic Documentation V4.0 in a Drawer Box contains: WinCC Manual (3 volumes) and software protection description German English French SIMATIC WinCC Configuration Manual V4.02 contains: Configuration Operation Manual and CD with examples, Getting Started German English French SIMATIC WinCC Basic Documentation V5 in a Drawer Box contains: WinCC Manual and software protection description German English French SIMATIC WinCC Configuration & Communication Manuals V5 contains: Configuration Operation Manual and CD with examples, Communication Manual Getting Started German English French WinCC Options V5 Manual contains: User Archives, Client Server, Redundancy German English French WinCC manual Web Navigator V1.1 with Getting Started German English French
Order No.
} } } } } } } } } } } }
6AV6 371-1BD00-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BE00-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BF00-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BG00-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BH00-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BJ00-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BD10-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BE10-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BF10-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BG10-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BH10-0BX6 6AV6 371-1BJ10-0BX6
} 6AV6 392-1XA04-0AA0 } 6AV6 392-1XA04-0AB0 } 6AV6 392-1XA04-0AC0
} 6AV6 392-1CA04-0BA0 } 6AV6 392-1CA04-0BB0 } 6AV6 392-1CA04-0BC0
} } } } } } } } } } } }
6AV6 371-1BD05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BE05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BF05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BG05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BH05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BJ05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BD15-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BE15-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BF15-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BG15-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BH15-0AX0 6AV6 371-1BJ15-0AX0
} 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AA0 } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AB0 } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AC0
} 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AA0 } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AB0 } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AC0
SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade/Comprehensive Support 2) SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade A) for upgrading RT and RC software packages or stations to the latest version V3.x to V4.02 with SP3 } V4 to V5.1 } V5.x to V5.1 } WinCC/Comprehensive Support 1) A) contains Current updates/upgrades for WinCC basic software and options WinCC Knowledge Base CD
6AV6 381-1AA04-0EX4 6AV6 381-1AA05-1AX4 6AV6 381-1AA05-1AX3 6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
} 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0 } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0 } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
} 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AA0 } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AB0 } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AC0
} ex warehouse.
1) Comprehensive Support runs for one year. The agreement is automatically extended by one year unless cancelation is received no later than 12 weeks prior to expiration. 2) According to the license, you must order one upgrade or one Comprehensive Support package for each WinCC station. A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/49
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Ordering data
SIMATIC WinCC Options Modular function expansions for all areas of the core system (e.g. archiving, graphics system, communication, user prompting) WinCC V4.02 2) A) WinCC/User Archives } 2) A) WinCC/Server } 3) 4) A) WinCC/CDK 3) 4) A) WinCC/ODK A) ODK upgrade package (from ODK V3 to ODK V4) A) WinCC/Redundancy } A) WinCC/ProAgent } A) WinCC/Messenger&Guardian WinCC/Basic Process } Control 2) WinCC/Advanced Process } Control 2) WinCC/Storage } WinCC V5.1 A) WinCC/User Archives } A) WinCC/Server } 3) 4) A) WinCC/CDK 3) 4) A) WinCC/ODK V5 SP1 A) ODK upgrade package (from ODK V4 to ODK V5 SP1) 6) A) ODK update package (from ODK V5 to ODK V5 SP1) A) WinCC/Redundancy } A) WinCC/ProAgent V5.6 } WinCC/ProAgent A) Upgrade to V5.6 5)A) WinCC/Messenger V2.0+SP1 WinCC/Guardian Single User Edition V2.0 SP1 5) A) WinCC/Guardian Network Edition V2.0 SP1 5) A) A) WinCC/IndustrialX WinCC/IndustrialX Upgrade V1 to V1.1 A) WinCC/Basic Process Control } V5.2 WinCC/Storage V5.2 }
Order No.
s Ordering data
Order No.
Preis
New WinCC options from WinCC V5.1 WinCC/Advanced User Administrator B) Advanced user administration for SIMATIC WinCC V4.02 and V5.1 Engineering license for one project including a runtime license for one operator station, electronic documentation in German and English on CD-ROM Runtime license for one operator station SIMATIC IT PDA A) SIMATIC IT PDA V4.2 (Process Data Archive) including one fat client Expansion with 5 PDA lean clients SIMATIC IT PPA A) SIMATIC IT PPA V4.2 (Process Performance Analyzer) including one fat client Expansion to 5 PPA lean clients SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management Workstation License for connection of: 1 machine/unit 8 machines/units 32 machines/units Supervisor License for connection of: 64 machines/units Contents of WinBDE single licenses on CD-ROM: Standard configuration Online customization User interfaces in languages Ger., Eng., Fr., Sp. and It. Electronic documentation in Ger. and Eng. Hardware for SIMATIC WinCC instrumentation and control options 11050.00 20250.00 DCF77 receiver for time synchronization DCF77 (Europe) C) GPS (worldwide) Multi-VGA 1) 2 screens 4 screens 16900.00 14100.00
6AV6 371-1CB04-0AX7 6AV6 371-1CA04-0AX6 6AV6 371-1EE04-0AX0 6AV6 371-1CC04-0AX0 6AV6 371-1CC04-0AX4 6AV6 371-1EF04-0AX6 6AV6 371-1DG04-5BX0 6AV6 371-1EJ04-0AX0 6ES7 652-0XX01-2YA0 6ES7 652-0XX01-2YB0 6ES7 652-0XX01-2YC0
6DL5 401-8AX00-0XX0
6DL5 401-8AX00-0XX1
6BQ3 073-2NA10-0AA0 6BQ3 073-2NA20-0AA0
6AV6 371-1CB05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1EE05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1CC05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1CC05-0AX4
6BQ3 073-2NA30-0AA0 6BQ3 073-2NA40-0AA0
6AV6 371-1CF05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0DX0 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0EX0 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0FX0 6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX0 6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX4 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YA0 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YC0 6AV6 371-1DH05-1AX0 6AV6 371-1DH05-1BX0 6AV6 371-1DH05-1CX0 6AV6 371-1DH05-1DX0
6BQ3 090-2AB10-0BA0 6BQ3 090-2AB20-0BA0 6BQ3 090-2AB30-0BA0
6BQ3 090-2AB80-0BA0
WinCC/Web Navigator A) Basic pack (3 client licenses) 10-client license 25-client license 50-client license WinCC/Web Navigator Powerpacks A) from 3 to 10 clients from 3 to 25 clients from 3 to 50 clients from 10 to 25 clients from 10 to 50 clients from 25 to 50 clients WinCC/Web Navigator A) Diagnostics Client Diagnostics Server
} } } } } } } } } }
2XV9 450-1AR14 2XV9 450-1AR13 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE0 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE1 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XC0 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1
6AV6 371-1DH05-0AB0 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AC0 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AD0 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BC0 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BD0 6AV6 371-1DH05-0CD0
} } Chipcard Reader } Chipcard for Chipcard Reader }

(packs of 10 pcs) For further information on instrumentation and control options, see Catalog ST PCS 7 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
} 6AV6 371-1DH05-1EX0 } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1FX0
} ex warehouse.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99. C) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 7A994.
Only runs with the Basic Process Control option. Only for Windows NT. Incl. 1 day support; additional 15 h telephone support for CDK. Separate products no license required. Available soon. Download from the Internet at http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-cs; Product Support; premium ID: 6944475.
4/50
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Ordering data
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 4A) WinCC V4.02 WinCC V5.1 The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC: PMC/LS-B Message Functions PMC/LS-B Status, Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher Parameterization software PMC PRO V2.2 or higher German English SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1)
Order No.
Order No.
Communication components for PGs/PCs to SIMATIC SIMATIC channel DLL for communication through Industrial Ethernet Included in basic package Included in basic package SIMATIC channel DLL for communication through PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS A) WinCC V4.02 WinCC V5.1 The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC: PMC/LS-B Message Functions PMC/LS-B Status, Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher Parametrization software PMC PRO V2.2 or higher German English SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite PROFIBUS DP FMS A) WinCC V4.02 WinCC V5.1 Included in basic package
6AV6 371-1CD04-0PX6 6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0
6AV6 371-1CD04-0NX6 6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0
} 6ES5 848-7WL01 } 6ES5 848-7UL01
} 6ES5 848-7WL01 } 6ES5 848-7UL01
} 6ES5 886-4WF11
6ES5 886-4WF21 Included in basic package Included in basic package
} 6ES5 886-4WF11
6ES5 886-4WF21 Included in basic package Included in basic package Included in basic package
} 6AV6 371-1CD04-0CX6 } 6AV6 371-1CD05-0CX0
550.00
Communications components Communications components to supplement the OS/OP (Industrial Ethernet) CP 1612 PCIA card for connecting PG/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately) Communications components to supplement the OS/OP (PROFIBUS) CP 5611 PCI card for connecting PG/PCs to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package) CP 5511 PCMCIA card for connecting to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software contained in WinCC basic package)
} 6GK1 161-2AA00
} 6GK1 561-1AA00
CP 1512 } PCMCIA card (32 bit Cardbus) for connecting PGs/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately) SOFTNET-S7 B) Communications software for S7 functions for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro CP 1613 PCI card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet (communications software to be ordered separately) S7-1613 B) Communications software for S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/ Server TF-1613 B) Communications software for TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/ Server
6GK1 151-2AA00
} 6GK1 551-1AA00
} 6GK1 704-1CW60-3AA0
PC adapter RS 232 } 9-pin, male; with RS 232/MPI converter; up to 19.2 kbit/s CP 5613 B) PCI card for connecting to PROFIBUS (communications software to be ordered separately) S7-5613 B) Communications software for S7 and FDL for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/ Server DP-5613 B) Communications software for DP master and FDL for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/ Server FMS-5613 B) Communications software for PROFIBUS FMS and FDL for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/ Server
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
} 6GK1 161-3AA00
} 6GK1 561-3AA00
} 6GK1 716-1CB60-3AA0
} 6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0
} 6GK1 716-1TB60-3AA0
} 6GK1 713-5DB60-3AA0
} 6GK1 713-5FB60-3AA0
} ex warehouse.
A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2. B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3.
1) Under Windows NT 4.0 only through any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface no separate communications software required.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/51
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC
s Ordering data
Order No.
Order No. SIMATIC WinCC Communication/Connectivity Communication components for PG/PCs to SIMATIC SIMATIC channel DLL for serial communication SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511 SIMATIC 505 Serial SIMATIC Channel DLL for cross-platform communication WinCC DDE WinCC OPC WinCC OPC Server
SIMATIC WinCC Communication/Connectivity Communications components for PG/PCs under Windows 95 or Windows NT 4.0 to third-party PLCs WinCC V4.02 WinCC/Applicom Multi Protocol Interface A) WinCC/Allen Bradley Serial DF1 A) WinCC/Allen Bradley DH/DH+/DH485 A) A) WinCC/GE Fanuc SNP/SNPX A) WinCC/Modbus Serial A) WinCC/Modbus Protocol Suite A) WinCC/Mitsubishi MELSEC FX WinCC V5.1 WinCC/Applicom Multi Protocol Interface A) WinCC/Allen Bradley Serial DF1 A) WinCC/Allen Bradley DH/DH+/DH485 A) A) WinCC/GE Fanuc SNP/SNPX A) WinCC/Modbus Serial A) WinCC/Modbus Protocol Suite A) WinCC/Mitsubishi MELSEC FX 6AV6 371-1CD04-0AX6 6AV6 371-1CD04-0BX6 6AV6 371-1CD04-0GX6 6AV6 371-1CD04-0EX6 6AV6 371-1CD04-0DX6 6AV6 371-1CD04-0JX6 6AV6 371-1CD04-0RX6 6AV6 371-1CD05-0AX0 6AV6 371-1CD05-0BX0 6AV6 371-1CD05-0GX0 6AV6 371-1CD05-0EX0 6AV6 371-1CD05-0DX0 6AV6 371-1CD05-0JX0 6AV6 371-1CD05-0RX0
Communications components for PG/PCs under Windows 95/ Windows NT 4.0 to Siemens systems and devices

WinCC/Teleperm M WinCC/SIPART A) WinCC/SIMADYN-PMCEthernet In addition, the following software packages are required: PROBI V2.10 SIMADYN-D PMC blocks SIMADYN-D Struc-Paket G/L 4.2 configuration software
On request 6DR1 127-1AA00
On request On request On request
} ex warehouse.
4/52
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
s Overview
Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components No further configuration for diagnostics functionality
Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
SIMATIC Panels, PC-based systems and ProAgent
S7-PDIAG
S7-HiGraph
S7-GRAPH
Fig. 4/24 Process fault diagnostics with ProTool and the STEP 7 engineering tools
SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent on Panel PC and Standard PC
S7-PDIAG
S7-GRAPH
Fig. 4/25 Process fault diagnostics with WinCC, ProAgent and the STEP 7 engineering tools
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/53
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
In the event of a process fault, the process fault diagnostics function gathers information about the location and cause of a fault and to support correction of the fault. ProAgent Z provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in locating and correcting faults, Z improves plant availability and Z reduces downtimes. ProAgent provides a solution which is tailored to SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400 and WinAC. It can be used in combination with the S7-PDIAG, S7GRAPH and S7-HiGraph1) engineering tools for STEP 7. The optional ProAgent package contains standard diagrams that are geared to the requirements of the STEP 7 engineering tools. At runtime, these are updated with process-specific data. ProAgent supports the simultaneous diagnosis of the control programs of a range of STEP 7 engineering tools.
Key features Z Standard user interface Z Supports context-sensitive initiation of diagnostics based on process error message Z No special know-how required due to intuitive display of the cause of the fault Z Output of the operands with symbolic code and comment Z The display mode can be set to suit personal preferences by switching between the LAD, STL and signal list Z Universal system solution; optimum interaction of STEP 7, STEP 7 engineering tools, the ProTool configuring software and the WinCC operating and monitoring system Z Automatic generation of the diagnostic-relevant components for controllers and HMI Z No duplicated input of data Z Automatically generated screen contents for the diagnostics and control of the plant/machine Z Direct process access using the motion diagram, which also supports fault correction The standard diagrams from ProAgent: Z Message diagram Z Unit overview diagram Z Diagnostic detail diagram Z Motion diagram Z Sequencer operating diagram
Z Output of the incorrect operand directly in the message, complete with address, symbol and comment1) Z Consistency verification with RT: inconsistent diagnostics units are marked with icons, allowing a fast fault location within the configured data during the commissioning phase Z Direct, context-sensitive switching to the diagnostics pictures for each unit through the use of ProAgent functions Z Fully automatic, contextsensitive switching to STEP 7 (LAD/STL/CSF editor, S7-GRAPH, HW-KONFIG (on system fault messages)), supported 2) Z S7-GRAPH OCX for graphic representation of sequencers (overview representation) 3)
1) Only in combination with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/ MP 370 and ProTool/Pro RT 2) From WinCC/ProAgent 5.5 3) In combination with WinCC/ ProAgent V5.6 and S7-GRAPH V5.1 (OCX is supplied with S7-GRAPH 5.1)
s Functions
Standard user interface The ProAgent option package contains standard diagrams that are geared to the requirements of the S7-HiGraph1), S7-GRAPH and S7-PDIAG engineering tools of STEP 7. At runtime, these standard diagrams are updated with process-specific data. The standard diagrams supplied by ProAgent can be easily adapted to customer requirements, such as a specific background color or a corporate header.
1) Process diagnostics with S7-HiGraph only with TP 270/ OP 270, MP 270/MP 370 and ProTool/Pro RT
The displayed diagram contents refer to the previously selected units or messages. This enables the calling up of a context-sensitive diagnostics diagram, depending on the message or selected technological unit.
4/54
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
s Functions
(continued)
Message diagram All pending process messages are displayed in the message diagram. Using a selected message in the message diagram, you can make a context-sensitive jump to other diagnostics diagrams. The incorrect operand is now indicated directly by the message, allowing the operating Unit overview diagram The unit overview diagram sets out all technological units and their subunits (plant/machine parts) in the form of a table. In this diagram, users can, for example, identify the control mode or the status of the unit. The control mode can be changed over by the user. Faulty units are marked with an attribute. The diagnostic detail diagram or motion diagram is called up depending on the currently selected unit. personnel to respond immediately to a fault without having to take further steps at the HMI device. This function is available with ProTool on the Windows-based devices (TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/ MP 370 and ProTool/Pro RT). With WinCC/ProAgent, this function will be available soon.
Fig. 4/26
Diagnostic detail diagram The diagnostic detail diagram shows the incorrect operand at the time at which the process fault occurred. Current status information can also be displayed optionally. The result of the diagnostics is displayed either in the ladder diagram (LAD), the statement list (STL) or a signal list. The operands are output for each display format with symbols and comments from the S7 symbol table. Only the operands responsible for causing the fault are displayed and marked with a highlighting attribute. You can also select a view in which the current status of all operands in the PLC are retrieved.
Fig. 4/27
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/55
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
s Functions
(continued) Motion diagram The motion diagram supports fault correction. Each motion line contains a comment line, which describes the movement (e.g. X-axis), two actions for executing the movement, feedback through actuation of a movement and information about the end positions reached (up to 16). The motion itself is controlled with the softkeys at the side of the SIMATIC panels. For timecritical movement, the motion can be controlled directly through PLC inputs (24 V direct control keys, DP direct control keys through PROFIBUS, depending on the target hardware capability).
Fig. 4/28
Sequencer operating diagram The sequencer operating diagram provides support for controlling sequencers. Like Status/Control in S7-GRAPH, it makes functions available such as initializing and acknowledging sequencers, activating, deactivating and incrementing single steps and selecting control modes. The steps are output as a list together with the number and name of each step. Active and faulty steps are marked with attributes to provide the operating personnel with a clear overview of the current status of the sequencer.
Fig. 4/29
4/56
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
Type Interfaces
ProAgent for OP SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400 SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP OP27/320 x 240/ monochrome OP27/320 x 240/ color OP37/640 x 480/ color TP27-6/320 x 240/ monochrome TP27-6/320 x 240/ color TP27-10/640 x 480/ color TP37/640 x 480/ color C7-626/320 x 240/ monochrome 3 Ger./Eng./Fr.
ProAgent/MP SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400 SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP TP 270/OP 270, 6" MP 270, 10" keys/touch MP 370, keys/touch
ProAgent/PC SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400, WinAC SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP PC/1024 x 768 PC/800 x 600 Panel PC 670/870 15/1024 x 768, keys/ touch Panel PC 670/870 12/800 x 600, keys/ touch Panel PC 670, 10/640 x 480 Panel PC IL70 12"/15" touch FI45/1024 x 768 3 Ger./Eng./Fr.
WinCC/ProAgent SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400, WinAC SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP, Industrial Ethernet, TCP/IP PC/1024 x 768 PC/800 x 600 Panel PC 670/870 15"/1024 x 768, keys/touch Panel PC 670/870 12"/800 x 600, keys/touch Panel PC IL70 12"/15" touch (available soon) FI45/1024 x 768
Can be used in conjunction with the following automation equipment: Types of interface
Displays Standard diagrams for: Device/resolution in pixels/presentation
No. of languages for online language selection Functions

3 Ger./Eng./Fr.
3 Ger./Eng./Fr.
Overview diagram Message diagram Sequencer operating diagram Diagnostic detail diagram - Display STL/LAD/signal list - Display with operands with symbol and comment Criteria analysis
Yes Yes No Yes Yes/yes/yes OP27, C7-626, TP27-6: default setting symbols When fault occurs/ current status OP27, C7-626, TP27-6:4; OP37, TP27-10, TP37: 5 2 8
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes/yes/yes Yes When fault occurs/ current status 6 2 16
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes/yes/yes Yes When fault occurs/ current status 6 2 16
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes/yes/yes Yes When fault occurs/ current status/archivable 6 2 16
Motion diagram
No. of representable motions Directions of motion No. of representable end postions per movement In electronic form
Documentation
Ger./Eng./Fr./It./ Sp.; incl. in delivery ProTool V6.0 Windows 98 SE/ME, Windows NT+SP6, Windows 2000+SP2 Runtime operator panel
Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp.; incl. in delivery ProTool V6.0 Windows 98 SE/ME, Windows NT+SP6, Windows 2000+SP2 Windows CE 3.0
Ger./Eng./Fr./It./ Sp.; incl. in delivery ProTool/Pro V6.0 Windows 98 SE/ME, Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2 Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2 Yes Yes Yes Runtime license
Ger./Eng./Fr.; incl. in delivery WinCC V5.1 Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2 Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2 Yes Yes No CD-ROM/ Runtime license
Prerequisites

HMI software Operating system, configuration
Operating system, runtime STEP 7 - S7-GRAPH - S7-PDIAG - S7-HiGraph
Yes Yes No Licence verification
Yes Yes Yes Runtime license
Type of delivery (a license is required for each target hardware)
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
4/57
HMI Software
Process diagnostics software
SIMATIC ProAgent
s Ordering data
SIMATIC ProAgent for OP A) } runtime license (single license) Software option package for process diagnostics based on S7-GRAPH from V4 and S7-PDIAG from V4, loadable with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software from V6.0 1) Functions and standard masks for use on an OP27/OP37, TP27/TP37 2) or C7-626 in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish Additional functions for ProTool Electronic documentation in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish
Order No. 6AV3 681-1AB06-0AX0
s Ordering data
} SIMATIC ProAgent/PC A) runtime license (single license) Software option package for process diagnostics based on S7-GRAPH from V4 and S7-PDIAG from V4, loadable with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software from V6.01) Functions and standard masks for use on a Panel PC 670/870 10, 12 and 15 keys, Fl45, PC (resolution 640 480 pixels, 800 600 pixels and 1024 768 pixels) in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish Functional supplement to ProTool/Pro Electronic documentation in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish
SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent A) runtime license (single license) Software option package for process diagnostics based on S7-GRAPH V4, or higher and S7-PDIAG V4, or higher, executable with SIMATIC WinCC Functions and standard masks for use on a FI45, PC (resolution 800 600 and 1024 768 pixels) and Panel PC 670/870 15 (resolution 1024 768 pixels) in German, English and French Functional supplement to WinCC Electronic documentation in German, English, French WinCC Version: V4.02 (ProAgent V4.5 SP1) V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6) Upgrade A) SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent Upgrade to V5.6
Order No. 6AV3 681-1BB06-0AX0
SIMATIC ProAgent/MP A) } runtime license (single license) Software option package for process diagnostics based on S7-GRAPH from V4 and S7-PDIAG from V4, loadable with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software from V6.01) Functions and standard masks for use on an OP/TP 270 and MP 270/MP 370 keys in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish Functional supplement to ProTool Electronic documentation in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish
6AV3 681-1CB06-0AX0
} 6AV6 371-1DG04-5BX0 } 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0 } 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
} ex warehouse.
1) Configuration software contained on ProTool CD V6.0. 2) TP27, TP27-10 and TP37 ProTool V5.1, or higher A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.
4/58
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Packages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Packages with WinCC
5
5/2 5/6
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro .......
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC ..............
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
5/1

Packages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
s Overview
The SIMATIC Panel PC packages with ProTool/Pro are modern human machine interfaces for simple visualization at the machine. Packages are available for numerous applications:
In combination with the IL 70 panel PC: Z If your PCs must be suitable for industrial environments (for example be impact- and vibration-resistant) Z If you need a high-performance IPC platform The IL 70 panel PC is available with 12 and 15 touch screen displays. They are cost-effective entry-level SIMATIC panel PCs.
In combination with the Panel PC 670/870: Z When you need industrial PCs with an exceptional level of impact- and vibration-resistance Z When the continued availability of components plays an important role (high investment security). All the devices of the Panel PC 670/870 range have a uniform look. The front panels are available with 10, 12 and 15 screens and with 12 and 15 touch screens.
s Delivery unit
With the order configurator, you can select the panel PC hardware to meet your specific display and system capacity requirements. You will need to install the ProTool/Pro Runtime software and the communication hardware and software yourself. The ProTool/Pro Runtime software is included with the devices.
Runtime licenses are required for ProTool/Pro Runtime. The following licenses are available: Z License for 128 PowerTags Z License for 256 PowerTags Z License for 512 PowerTags Z License for 2048 PowerTags The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have an external process connection to the PLC.
In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits of variables and messages are also available as additional system features. This package can be supplied only when you order a new panel PC together with the ProTool/Pro Runtime software.
5/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

s Ordering data
Order No.
s Ordering data
Order No.
Available until about: 9/2002

6AV7 6 77 -0A 777 - 777 0 1 2 11 2 3 4 5 6 7

6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 2 3 21 2 3 4 5 6 7
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 10" TFT 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM RAM: 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB Processor: 500 MHz Celeron 500 MHz Intel Pentium III Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Operating system: Windows 98, German Windows 98, English Windows 2000, multi-language Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 10" TFT 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front
B F 1 2 3 3 2
RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 1.2 GHz Celeron 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC (available soon) Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US (available soon) Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe (available soon) Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-R/W/DVD (available soon) Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language Windows 98 German (available soon) Windows 98 English (available soon)
1 2 3 A B
A B C 3 3 3 3 D E F G
1 2 2 2 2
0 1 2 3 4
A B C 2 2 2 2 D E F G
1 3 4
E F G H J
2 3 3 3 3
0 1 2 3 4 B C D E F
For standard versions of the Panel PC 670, see page 3/15. For accessories for the Panel PC, see page 3/16.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
5/3

s Ordering data
Panel PC configuration SIMATIC Panel PC 870 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front RAM: 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 566 MHz Celeron 866 MHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language
Order No.
s Ordering data
Order No.
6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 0 1 12 3 4 5 16 7 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front 0 1 2 3 A B RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 1.2 GHz Celeron 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe 0 1 2 3 4 B C D Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-R/W/DVD (available soon) Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language

6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 0 1 12 3 4 5 16 7
1 2 3 C D
B C 1 1 D E
A B C 1 1 1 1 D E F G
1 3
0 1 1 1 1
1 3 4
0 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 B C D
5/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

s Ordering data
Panel PC configurator SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 Front panel 12 TFT Touch 15 TFT Touch RAM 128 MB SDRAM 256 MB SDRAM Processor 800 MHz Celeron 933 MHz Intel Pentium III Operating system Windows ME, German Windows ME, English Windows NT4.0, German Windows NT4.0, English Windows 2000, multi-language
Order No.
s Ordering data
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro package Runtime license included 128 PowerTags 256 PowerTags 512 PowerTags 2048 PowerTags For further information, visit our website at
Order No. 6AV6 584-4A 7 00-0AX0 B C D F
6AV7 50 7 - 77 A00-0A 7 0 0 1 0 1 A B B C D E F
http://www.siemens.com/simatichmi
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
5/5

Packages with WinCC
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC
s Overview
The SIMATIC Panel PC packages enables simple and cost-effective ordering of all
components for a panel PC-based HMI solution.
s Design
The desired panel PC version can be selected from the panel PC configurator, whereby you need to take into account only the minimum requirements that WinCC makes on the basic hardware: Minimum equipment Z Processors from 500 MHz Pentium III or 566 MHz Celeron Z 12 or 15 monitor (at least 600 x 800 pixel resolution) Z RAM > 128 MB Z At least 10 GB with CD-ROM Z Windows NT 4.0 (German or English) or Windows 2000 (multilingual)
For process communication, you can choose between the on-board, CP-5611-compatible PROFIBUS interface or the powerful CP 1613 module for Industrial Ethernet or CP 5613 for PROFIBUS. Licenses are required for the runtime version of WinCC. You can select from the following: Z License for 128 PowerTags Z License for 512 PowerTags Z License for 1024 PowerTags Z License for 64 k PowerTags
The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have an external process connection to the PLC. In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits of variables and messages are also available as additional system features. This package can be supplied only together with a new panel PC.
s Delivery unit
With the order configurator, you can select the panel PC hardware depending on you specific display and system capacity requirements.
In the WinCC package configurator, you can select an additional order item, which then contains the respective WinCC software package and the communications module.
The two order items will then be supplied together, and the customer must install the communications hardware and the WinCC software in that case.
5/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Packages with WinCC
s Ordering data
Order No.
s Ordering data
Order No.
Available until about: 9/2002

6AV7 6 77 -0A 777 - 777 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7

6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 7
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM RAM: 128 MB 256 MB Processor: 500 MHz Celeron 500 MHz Intel Pentium III Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Operating system: Windows 2000 multi-language Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front
B F 2 3 3 2
RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 1.2 GHz Celeron 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC (available soon) Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US (available soon) Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe (available soon) Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-R/W/DVD (available soon) Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language
1 2 3 A B
A B C 3 3 3 3 D E F G
1 2 2 2 2
0 1 2 3 4
A B C 2 2 2 2 D E F G
1 3 4
G H J
2 3 3 3 3
0 1 2 3 4 B C D
For Panel PC accessories, see page 3/16.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
5/7

Packages with WinCC
s Ordering data
Panel PC configuration SIMATIC Panel PC 870 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 566 MHz Celeron 866 MHz Intel Pentium III Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language
Order No.
s Ordering data
Order No.
6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 0 1 12 3 4 5 16 7 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 Design: Centralized configuration Distributed configuration Front panels: 12" TFT Touch 12" TFT 15" TFT Touch 15" TFT 12" TFT Touch without USB port on front 15" TFT Touch without USB port on front RAM: 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB Processor: 1.2 GHz Celeron 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III B C 1 1 D E Country-specific version/power supply: Base unit and operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Base unit 110 V/230 V US, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe Drives: 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 40 GB hard disk and CD-R/W/DVD (available soon) Distance between base unit and operator control unit/cable length: 0 m (centralized configuration) 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m Operating system: Windows NT 4.0 German Windows NT 4.0 English Windows 2000 multi-language

6AV7 7 77 - 77777 -0A 7 0 0 1 12 3 4 5 16 7
1 2 3 A B
1 2 3 C D
A B C 1 1 1 1 D E F G
1 3
0 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 B C D
1 3 4
0 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 B C D
5/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

Packages with WinCC
s Ordering data
Panel PC configurator SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 Front panel 12 TFT Touch 15 TFT Touch RAM 128 MB SDRAM 256 MB SDRAM Processor 800 MHz Celeron 933 MHz Intel Pentium III Operating system Windows NT4.0, German Windows NT4.0, English Windows 2000, multi-language
Order No.
s Ordering data
SIMATIC WinCC package WinCC V5.1 Runtime 128 PowerTags 256 PowerTags 1024 PowerTags 64k Power Tags Communications processor: without/through onboard interfaces Industrial Ethernet (with CP 1613) PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) For further information, visit our website at D E F
Order No. 6AV6 382-1 7 7 00-0AX0 C D E F A B C
6AV7 50 7 - 77 A00-0A 7 0 0 1 0 1 A B
http://www.siemens.com/simatichmi
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
5/9

Notes
5/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Customized Products
6
6/2 6/3 6/8 6/10
Overview ................................................................. Customized Design................................................... OEM Industrial products ............................................ Open Platform Program .............................................
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
6/1
Customized Products
Overview
Customized Products
Customized design Modification of the front design; the following features can be changed: Z Logo Z Type designation Z Keyboard color, key labeling, keyboard symbols Z Rack color
OEM products Solutions for OEM (original equipment manufacturer) customers are available for demanding industrial automation tasks that cannot be solved using standard HMI products or panels that have only been changed in design or layout. For these applications, we offer customized solutions based on our standard components. Possible modification: Z Changed keyboard layout: number, size, arrangement and design of keys Z User-definable front dimensions and mechanical design, housing for tabletop or boom installation Z Various processors and data storage media Z Various display technologies, sizes and resolutions Z Distributed arrangement up to 500 m Z Additional modules and interfaces, such as direct key modules Z Any Windows version as operating system, pre-installed SIMATIC HMI software packages
Open Platform Program With the Open Platform Program, hardware and software solutions can be customized to meet highly specific customer requirements. HMI platforms for other CE software can be implemented as needed. Customers can write their own software or supplement ProTool with their own specific functions. The hardware platform can be provided by all standard or OEM Windows CE-based SIMATIC panels (from TP 170B). We can also supply you with the required development package and provide support during development. The Software Development Kits (SDKs) contain all the software tools you will need with which the following software solutions can be implemented: Z User applications Z Expansions of the HMI ProTool software using their own ActiveX controls Z Project functions or tasks that interact with ProTool
6/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Customized Products
Customized design
s Overview
Created by industrial designers, the SIMATIC HMI Panels with customized design do not compromise on harmony and ergonomics.
You can choose from the following design versions: Version A Z Inserting your company name instead of the Siemens logo and changing the type designation Version B Z Changing the keyboard colors, the key labeling and the key symbols Version C Z Changing the color of the rack
Thanks to the flexible manufacture of the SIMATIC HMI panels, devices with customized designs based on standard products can be supplied cost-effectively even at small order quantities. The customized panel designs are fully compatible with the standard devices in terms of their: Z Functions and interfaces Z SIMATIC ProTool configuration software Z Housing and assembly dimensions Z Logistics and service
Fig. 6/1
SIMATIC HMI, customized design and OEM devices with customized design
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
6/3
Customized Products
Customized design
s Ordering procedure
Costs/discounts The customized devices are available for an additional fee. In addition to the piece-price for the individually styled items, there is a one-off charge for the design and tooling for production of the customer-specific version. This charge depends on the device and on the design. Minimum order quantity To offer high-quality products at internationally competitive prices, it is necessary to set lower limits for the annual unit quantities and the minimum order quantity.
The overview tables (pp. 6/5 6/7) clearly show all applicable costs and minimum order quantities for each of the devices. Order processing A special ordering procedure is used for customized designs. The customer has two opportunities to review and authorize the design. This ensures that the final product fully meets all requirements. Repairs/spare parts inventory Repairs are carried out only on identified equipment.
The customized spare parts (device fronts) required for this must be provided by the customer. After delivery, the ordering party is responsible for keeping replacement customized keyboards in stock. Contact Please contact your HMI representative at your nearest Siemens branch (see Section 9) or the responsible contact person at the HMI Design Center E-mail: hmi.design@designafairs.com
s HMI Design Center
Fig. 6/2
SIMATIC HMI Design Center
The customized design is developed by the HMI Design Center. The Design Center offers: Experience of the ergonomics of human-machine interfaces Expertise in graphics and design tools, color tables and character sets An excellent understanding of colors, of shapes and of combining colors
Experience in the selection of the suitable fonts and the standardized symbols for machine operation A suitable drawing program with the required color tables, the suitable fonts and symbols Short response times
Ordering advice You can order the standard services directly which are offered by the Design Center in units. If you have additional requirements, our partner "designafairs" will make you an offer.
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
6/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Customized Products
Customized design
Device type Order No. of the associated standard device Design version Order No. of the design device 1) Price Minimum unitquantity per year 25 25 25 100 100 50 50 250 50 50 250 50 50 250 25 25 100 25 25 100 25 25 100 50 50 On req. 20 20 50 20 20 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Costs for styling package 3) Price Production lead-in 3) Order No. 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 On request On request On request 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 6AV3 678-1FY10 6AV3 678-1FY20 6AV3 678-1FY30 6AV3 678-1GY10 6AV3 678-1GY20 6AV3 678-1GY30 On request On request On request On request On request On request 6AV3 678-1GY10 6AV3 678-1GY20 6AV3 678-1GY30 6AV3 678-1GY10 6AV3 678-1GY20 6AV3 678-1GY30 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request Price
per Units 2) order 20 20 20 On req. On req. 20 5) 20 5) 20 5) 20 5) 20 5) 20 5) 20 5) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6
TD 17 text display
6AV3017-1NE30-0AX0
A B C
6AV3 017-5AA00-XXXX 6AV3 017-5AB00-XXXX 6AV3 017-5AC00-XXXX On request On request On request 6AV3 607-5AA00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5AB00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5AC00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5BA00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5BB00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5BC00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5CA00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5CB00-XXXX 6AV3 607-5CC00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5AA00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5AB00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5AC00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5BA00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5BB00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5BC00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5CA00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5CB00-XXXX 6AV3 617-5CC00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5BB00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5BB10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5BB20-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FA00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FA10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FA20-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FB00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FB10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FB20-XXXX 6AV3 627-5AA00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5AB00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5AC00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5BA00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5BB00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5BC00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5AA00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5AB00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5AC00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5BA00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5BB00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5BC00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5CA00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5CB00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5CC00-XXXX
OP3 operator panel
6AV3503-1DB10
A B C
On req. On req.
OP7/PP operator panel
6AV3607-1JC00-0AX1
A B C
OP7/DP operator panel
6AV3607-1JC20-0AX1
A B C
OP7/DP12 operator panel
6AV3607-1JC30-0AX1
A B C
OP17/PP operator panel
6AV3617-1JC00-0AX1
A B C
OP17/DP operator panel
6AV3617-1JC20-0AX1
A B C
OP17/DP12 operator panel
6AV3617-1JC30-0AX1
A B C
OP 170B operator panel OP 270 6 operator panel OP 270 10 operator panel
6AV6542-0BB15-2AX0
A B C 6)
6AV6542-0CA10-0AX0
A B C
6AV6542-0CC10-0AX0
A B C
OP27 STN MONO operator panel
6AV3627-1JK00-0AX0
A B C
OP27 STN COLOR operator panel OP37/STN 4) operator panel OP37/STN+FD 4) operator panel OP37/TFT+FD 4) operator panel
6AV3627-1LK00-1AX0
A B C
6AV3637-1LL00-0AX1
A B C
6AV3637-1LL00-0FX1
A B C
6AV3637-1ML00-0FX0
A B C
1) XXXX represents the customer ID; this is allocated on placement of an order. 2) Design Center unit: Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0. 3) The one-off costs for the styling package and the production lead-in are payable at the time of the first order. 4) Discontinued product 5) Even numbers only 6) Different colors available on request, in the case of painted frames the UL/CSA certification must be checked individually.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
6/5
Customized Products
Customized design
Device type Order No. of the associated standard device Design version Order No. of the design device 1) Price Minimum unitquantity per year 50 On req. 50 On req. 50 On req. 50 On req. 20 20 50 20 20 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 10 10 50 20 20 50 20 20 50 Costs for styling package 3) Price Production lead-in 3) Order No. 6AV3 678-1JY10 6AV3 678-1JY30 6AV3 678-1JY10 6AV3 678-1JY30 6AV3 678-1JY10 6AV3 678-1JY30 6AV3 678-1JY10 6AV3 678-1JY30 On request On request On request On request On request On request 6AV3 678-1GY10 6AV3 678-1GY20 6AV3 678-1GY30 6AV3 678-1GY10 6AV3 678-1GY20 6AV3 678-1GY30 6AV3 678-1GY10 6AV3 678-1GY20 6AV3 678-1GY30 On request On request On request 6AV 3678-1KY10 6AV3 678-1KY20 6AV3 678-1KY30 6AV3 678-1KY10 6AV3 678-1KY20 6AV3 678-1KY30 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request Price
per Units 2) order 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 6) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 3 3
TP 070 touch panel TP 170 A touch panel TP 170 B mono touch panel TP 170 B color touch panel TP 270 6 touch panel TP 270 10 touch panel
6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0 6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0 6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0 6AV6545-0CA10-0AX0
A C 4) A C 4) A C 4) A C 4) A B C
6AV6 545-5AA00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5AC00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5BA00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5BC00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5CA00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5CC00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5DA00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5DC00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FA00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FA10-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FA20-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FB00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FB10-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FB20-XXXX 6AV3 627-5CA00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5CB00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5CC00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5DA00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5DB00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5DC00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5EA00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5EB00-XXXX 6AV3 627-5EC00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5EA00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5EB00-XXXX 6AV3 637-5EC00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5AC00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5AC10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5AC20-XXXX 6AV6 542-5AD00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5AD10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5AD20-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FC00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX 6AV6 545-5FC20-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FC00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5FC20-XXXX 6AV6 542-5EA00-XXXX 6AV6 542-5EA10-XXXX 6AV6 542-5EA20-XXXX 6AV6 545-5EA00-XXXX 6AV6 545-5EA10-XXXX 6AV6 545-5EA20-XXXX
6AV6545-0CC10-0AX0
A B C
TP27-6 MONO touch panel
6AV3 627-1NK00-2AX0
A B C
TP27-6 COLOR touch panel
6AV3 627-1QK00-2AX0
A B C
TP27-10 COLOR touch panel TP37 5) touch panel MP 270 10 STN multi panel MP 270 10 TFT multi panel
6AV3 627-1QL01-0AX0
A B C
6AV3 637-1PL00-0AX0
A B C
6AV6 542-0AC15-2AX0
A B C
6AV6 542-0AD15-2AX0
A B C
MP 270B Touch multi panel
6AV6542-0AG10-0AX0
A B C
MP 270B keys multi panel
6AV6545-0AG10-0AX0
A B C
MP 370 keys multi panel
6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0
A B C
MP 370 Touch multi panel
6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0
A B C
1) XXXX represents the customer ID; this is allocated on placement of an order. 2) Design Center unit: Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0. 3) The one-off costs for the styling package and the production lead-in are payable at the time of the first order. 4) Different colors available on request; in the case of painted frames the UL/CSA certification must be checked individually. 5) Discontinued product 6) Even numbers only
6/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Customized Products
Customized design
Device type Order No. of the associated standard device Design version Order No. of the design device 1) Price 2) Minimum unitquantity per year 10 10 On req. 10 10 On req. 10 10 On req. 10 10 On req. 10 10 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Costs for styling package 4) Price Production lead-in 4) Order No. 6AV7 681-1FY10 6AV7 681-1FY20 6AV7 681-1FY30 6AV7 681-1FY10 6AV7 681-1FY20 6AV7 681-1FY30 6AV7 681-1FY10 6AV7 681-1FY20 6AV7 681-1FY30 6AV7 681-1GY10 6AV7 681-1GY20 6AV7 681-1GY30 6AV7 681-1GY10 6AV7 681-1GY20 6AV7 681-1GY30 6AV7 681-1FY10 6AV7 681-1FY20 6AV7 681-1FY30 6AV7 681-1GY10 6AV7 681-1GY20 6AV7 681-1GY30 6AV7 681-1FY10 6AV7 681-1FY20 6AV7 681-1FY30 6AV7 681-1GY10 6AV7 681-1GY20 6AV7 681-1GY30 On request On request On request Price
per Units 3) order 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 10 3 3 3 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 2 2 2
Panel PC 670 10 keys
Depending on configuration
A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5) A B C 5)
6AV7 651-0AA00-XXXX 6AV7 651-0AB00-XXXX 6AV7 651-0AC00-XXXX 6AV7 651-1AA00-XXXX 6AV7 651-1AB00-XXXX 6AV7 651-1AC00-XXXX 6AV7 651-2AA00-XXXX 6AV7 651-2AB00-XXXX 6AV7 651-2AC00-XXXX 6AV7 651-3AA00-XXXX 6AV7 651-3AB00-XXXX 6AV7 651-3AC00-XXXX 6AV7 651-4AA00-XXXX 6AV7 651-4AB00-XXXX 6AV7 651-4AC00-XXXX 6AV7 703-5AA00-XXXX 6AV7 703-5AB00-XXXX 6AV7 703-5AC00-XXXX 6AV7 704-5AA00-XXXX 6AV7 704-5AB00-XXXX 6AV7 704-5AC00-XXXX 6AV7 705-5AA00-XXXX 6AV7 705-5AB00-XXXX 6AV7 705-5AC00-XXXX 6AV7 707-5AA00-XXXX 6AV7 707-5AB00-XXXX 6AV7 707-5AC00-XXXX 6AV7 650-5AA00-XXXX 6AV7 650-5AB00-XXXX 6AV7 650-5AC00-XXXX
Panel PC 670 12 Touch
On req. On req.
On req. On req.
On req. On req.
Panel PC 870 15 Touch NEMA
On req. On req.
Panel PC FI45 V2
1) XXXX represents the customer ID; this is allocated on placement of an order. 2) Additional charge for customized configuration. 3) Design Center unit: Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0. 4) The one-off costs for the styling package and the production lead-in are payable at the time of the first order. 5) Different colors available on request; in the case of painted frames the UL/CSA certification must be checked individually.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
6/7
Customized Products
OEM Industrial products
s Overview
The OEM concept of SIMATIC HMI is "Customizing at its best": your sector- and application-specific expertise, combined with our experience in developing humanmachine interface devices in all performance categories results in reliable, customized solutions at a fair price. Customers in the automotive, food and beverages and plastics industry also profit from the experience of many existing OEM versions sector standards. Our OEM products are available in all performance categories from OEM pushbutton panels, through micro panels, panels and multi panels to panel PCs with extensive modifications in the hardware, fitted equipment and installed software.
You can choose from the following modifications: Z Changed keyboard layout: number, size, arrangement and design of keys Z Freely definable front dimensions and device mechanics Z Different processors Z Different memory media and memory sizes Z Number, size and arrangement of keys Z Display technologies, sizes and resolutions Z Options such as direct control keys or CPI cards Z Distributed arrangement up to 500 m Z Housing for desktop or supporting arm mounting Z Additional modules or interfaces, e.g. fiber-optic cable connection, incl. the required driver Z Choice of Windows versions as operating systems Z Pre-installed SIMATIC HMI software package
The development and manufacture of our customized OEM products is covered by our strict quality control standards. Prototypes are subjected to rigorous testing before the final product is handed over to the customer. Once the products have been approved by the customer, they are certified and prepared for production. The devices are made on our series production lines in close cooperation with customer planning. Individual project agreements for planning, production and logistics are drawn up together with the customer. Our SIMATIC Customer Support is available round the clock and throughout the world to answer questions and assist with problems. In addition, our OEM After Sales Support provides assistance with implementing customized solutions.
6/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Customized Products
OEM Industrial products
s Overview (continued)
Fig. 6/3
Interfacing options with SIMATIC HMI links
s Product specifications
and quotes
Z Product specifications in accordance with customer demands Z Preparation of quote by SIMATIC HMI specialists, determination of one-off costs, costs for sample devices series device prices General conditions (project agreement) Z A minimum annual production/order volume limit must be specified (minimum order quantity). This is agreed with the customer within the framework of the project. Customized products can be ordered only within the framework of a project agreement.
Contact Please contact the HMI specialist at your nearest Siemens branch or national company (see Section 9).
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
6/9
Customized Products
Open Platform Program
s Overview
The Windows CE platform and SIMATIC ProTool form the open basis for customized solutions opening the flexibility and versatility of the PC environment up to panels and multi panels with Windows CE. Building on existing standards means: Z Reduced development costs Z Fast time-to-market with the resulting competitive advantages Z Use of tried and tested components. The solutions to specific requirements can be met by building on ProTool, on thirdparty products or on your own applications.
The standard configuration software for the range of SIMATIC HMI panels offers several possibilities for implementing additional functionality. Depending on complexity and requirements, the following can be added: Z New project functions Z Own ActiveX objects Z Additional applications that run in parallel with ProTool Z Porting own or third party software to the panel hardware The use of the open Windows CE operating system opens up a wide range of options for the integration of functionalities, such as: Z Simple data exchange with other Windows-based systems, Z Connection to central databases Z Multimedia extensions Z Access to central documents through Internet/Intranet
All Windows CE-based SIMATIC panels offer a costeffective platform for customized OEM software solutions based on reliable, industrystandard hardware.
6/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Industrial LCD Monitors

12 Devices 15 Devices 18 Devices
7
7/2 7/4 7/6
SCD 1297................................ SCD 1597................................ SCD 1897/1898.......................
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
7/1

12" Devices
SCD 1297 monitors
s Overview
The industrial LCD monitors can be used wherever CRT (cathode-ray tube) monitors have been used in the past They have significant advantages:
Long service life Strong image brilliance High shock and vibration resistance Low space requirements and low weight Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit High EMC
Optimum resolution of 800 x 600 pixels No x-ray radiation Sharp and high-contrast display Low energy requirements Auto adjust Configuration through onscreen display (OSD)
Special consideration when changing from CRT to LCD monitors Z Viewable area: For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb is: viewable area in inches plus 2 corresponds to an equivalent CRT monitor size (i.e. 14 CRT equals 12 LCD). Z Resolution: When you select an LCD monitor, make sure that its resolution corresponds to the resolution of the visualization application.
Rack-mounted versions Two rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1297 12 industrial LCD monitors are available: Z Rack-mounted models (for control cabinets, consoles and booms) SCD 1297-E for display only SCD 1297-ET with analog resistive touch screen SCD 1297-K with keyboard and mouse functionality Z 19 rack-mounted models (for 19 racks) SCD 1297-R display device SCD 1297-RT with analog resistive touch screen
Accessories Included in the delivery are: Z Power cable for models with 230 V AC power supply unit Z Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m Z 2-language instruction manual (5-language version available soon).
7/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

12" Devices
SCD 1297 monitors

SCD 1297-E / 1297-ET / 1297-K
SCD 1297-R / 1297-RT
Distance to processor unit On-screen display (OSD) configuration Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen H-deflection frequency Image refresh rate Presentation Power switch Power supply Frequency/power consumption
1.8 to 20 m Yes Yes 30 80 kHz 50 72 Hz 1:1, full screen, zoom No 110/230 V AC; 24 V DC optional for flush- and rack-mounted models 47 63 Hz/30 VA
Ambient conditions

Degree of protection to EN 60 529 Shock resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC Ambient temperature in operation
Front IP 65 1 g (10 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) CE 0 to +40 C UL1950, CE 12 TFT 800 x 600 250 cd/m2 /3 00:1 140/120 0.33 x 0.33 246 x 184 256 k 50,000 h
Certification Display

Viewable area in inches Highest resolution in pixels Brightness/contrast (typ.) Viewing angle (H/V) Dot pitch (H x V) in mm Viewable area (H x V) in mm No. of colors MTBF of backlighting at 25 C
Control elements
Membrane keyboard & piezo mouse Function keys Alphanumeric block and numeric keypad Touch screen
Yes (rack-mounted and keyboard models) 36 with LEDs Yes (rack-mounted and keyboard models) Yes (no for keyboard model)
No No No Yes
Interfaces
Standard VGA interface, 15-pin SUB-D Serial interface for touch screen 2*PS/2 interfaces for keyboard & mouse
Yes Yes (no for keyboard model) Yes (keyboard model)
Yes Yes No
Dimensions
External dimensions (w x h x d) in mm
364 x 284 x 76 Keyboard model: 483 x 310 x 98 5 kg
483 x 266 x 80 5 kg
Weight
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
7/3

15" Devices
SCD 1597 monitors
s Overview
The industrial LCD monitors can be used wherever CRT (cathode-ray tube) monitors have been used in the past They have significant advantages:
Long service life Strong image brilliance High shock and vibration resistance Low space requirements and low weight Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit Extremely stable
High EMC Optimum resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels No x-ray radiation Sharp and high-contrast display Low energy requirements Auto adjust
Built-in versions Three flush- and rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1597 15 industrial LCD monitors are available: Z Desktop models can be used wherever industrial CRT monitors were used before. SCD 1597-I for display only SCD 1597-IT with analog resistive touch screen Z Flush-mounted models (for control cabinets, consoles and booms) SCD 1597-E for display only SCD 1597-ET with analog resistive touch screen SCD 1597-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
Z 19 rack-mounted models SCD 1597-R for display only SCD 1597-RT with analog resistive touch screen Accessories Included in the scope of supply are: Z Power cable for models with 230 V AC power supply unit Z Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m Z 2-language instruction manual (5-language version available soon).
7/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

15" Devices
SCD 1597 monitors

SCD 1597-I/1597-IT
SCD 1597-E/1597-ET/1597-K
SCD 1597-R/1597-RT
1.8 to 20 m Yes Yes 30 80 kHz 50 72 Hz 1:1, full screen, zoom No 110/230 V AC; 24 V DC optional for flush- and rack-mounted models 47 63 Hz/30 VA
Ambient conditions

Degree of protection to EN 60529 Shock resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC Ambient temperature in operation
Front IP 65 (desktop model IP 20) 1 g (10 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) CE 0 to +40 C UL1950, CE

15" TFT 1024 x 768 200 cd/m2/300:1 140/120 0.28 x 0.28 304 x 228 256 k 50,000 h
Control elements
No No No Yes
Yes (rack-mounted and keyboard models) 36 with LEDs Yes (rack-mounted, keyboard models) Yes (no for keyboard model)
No No No Yes
Interfaces
Yes Yes No
Yes Yes (no for keyboard model) Yes (keyboard model)
Yes Yes No
Dimensions
370 x 373 x 62 (base depth 205) 5.5 kg
328 x 336 x 80 Keyboard model: 483 x 355 x 98 5.5 kg
483 x 310 x 80 5.5 kg
Weight
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
7/5

18" Devices
SCD 1897/1898 monitors
s Overview
The industrial LCD monitors can be used wherever CRT (cathode-ray tube) monitors have been used in the past. They have significant advantages:
Long service life Strong image brilliance High shock and vibration resistance Low space requirements and low weight Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit Extremely stable
High EMC Optimum resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixels No X-ray emission Sharp, high-contrast display Low energy consumption Auto adjust
Built-in versions Three flush- and rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1897 18 industrial LCD monitors are available: Z Desktop models can be used wherever normal CRT monitors were used before. SCD 1898-I for display only SCD 1898-IT with analog resistive touch screen Z Flush-mounted models (for control cabinets, consoles and booms) SCD 1897-E for display only SCD 1897-ET with analog resistive touch screen
Z 19 rack-mounted models SCD 1897-R for display only SCD 1897-RT with analog resistive touch screen Accessories Included in the delivery are: Z Power cable for models with a 230 V AC power supply unit Z Connection cables: 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m Z Two-language instruction manual (five-language version available soon).
7/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003

18" Devices
SCD 1897/1898 monitors
Typ General features

SCD 1897-I / 1897-IT
SCD 1898-I / 1898-IT
SCD 1897-E / 1897-ET
SCD 1897-R / 1897-RT
1.8 to 20 m Yes Yes 30 80 kHz 50 72 Hz 1:1, full screen, zoom At the rear 110/230 V AC 47-63 Hz/60 VA
Ambient conditions

Degree of protection to EN 60 529 Shock resistance in operation Shock resistance in operation EMC Ambient temperature in operation
Front IP 65 (desktop model IP 20) 1 g (10 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) CE 0 to +40 C UL1950, CE

18" TFT 1280 x 1024 200 cd/m2/235:1 160/160 0.28 x 0.28 359 x 287 16 million 15,000 h
Control elements
No No No Yes
Interfaces
Yes Yes No
Dimensions
464 x 444 x 115 (base depth 270) 10 kg
465 x 444 x 111 (base depth 240) 10 kg
481 x 385 x 100 10 kg
483 x 400 x 100 10 kg
Weight
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
7/7

12", 15" and 18" Devices
SCD 1297, SCD 1597, SCD 1897/1898 monitors
s Ordering data
1297 LCD monitors Version: Flush-mounting model 19 rack model Operator functionality: Display device without operator functionality Touch Keyboard (only with flushmounting version) Power supply unit: AC 110/230 V DC 24 V Connecting cable: None Video and Touch - 1.8 m - 5m - 10 m - 20 m Video (not for keyboard and touch operator functionality) - 20 m Video and 2*PS/2 (only for keyboard operator functionality) - 1.8 m - 5m Video and X27 (only for keyboard operator functionality) - 10 m - 20 m 1597 LCD monitors Version: Desktop model (only for 230 V) Flush-mounting unit 19 rack unit Operator functionality: Display device without operator functionality Touch Keyboard (only with flushmounted version) Power supply unit: AC 110/230 V 24 V DC (not with desktop model) Connecting cable: None Video and Touch - 1.8 m - 5m - 10 m - 20 m Video (not for keyboard and touch operator functionality) - 20 m Video and 2*PS/2 (only for keyboard operator functionality) - 1.8 m - 5m Video and X27 (only for keyboard operator functionality) - 10 m - 20 m
Order No. 6AV8 101-0 7 7 00- 7 7 A0 B C A B C
s Ordering data
1897/1898 LCD monitors Version: 1897 desktop model 1897 flush-mounting model 1897 19 rack model 1898 desktop model Operator functionality: Display device without operator functionality Touch 0 1 A B D F H Connecting cable: None Video and Touch - 1.8 m - 5m - 10 m - 20 m Video (not for touch operator functionality) - 20 m Accessories J Connector 1.8 m video and Touch 1.8 m video and 2*PS2 5 m video and Touch 5 m video and 2*PS2 10 m video and touch 10 m video and x27 20 m video 20 m video and touch 20 m video and x27 230 V power supply unit with bracket and mains cable 24 V power supply unit with screws Insertion strip for SCD 1297-K Insertion strip for SCD 1597-K
Order No. 6AV8 101-2 7 7 00-0 7 A0 A B C D A B A B D F H
L N
Q S 6AV8 101-1 7 7 00- 7 7 A0 A B C A B C
6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0 6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-2AA00-0AA0 6AV8 107-2AB00-0AA0
0 1
a b D F H
L N
Q s
7/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Dimension Drawings
8
8/2 8/3 8/3 8/3 8/4 8/4 8/4 8/5 8/5 8/5 8/6 8/6 8/6 8/7 8/7 8/7 8/8 8/8 8/9 8/9 8/10 8/11 8/14 8/15 8/16 8/16 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/19 8/19 8/20 8/20
SIMATIC Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7 and SIMATIC PP17......................
SIMATIC Micro Panels SIMATIC TD200.................... SIMATIC TP070 SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC TD17...................... SIMATIC OP3 ....................... SIMATIC OP7 ....................... SIMATIC OP17 ..................... SIMATIC TP 170A and SIMATIC TP 170B................. SIMATIC OP 170B................ SIMATIC OP 270 6 .............. SIMATIC OP 270 10 ............ SIMATIC TP 270 6 .............. SIMATIC TP 270 10 ............ SIMATIC OP27 ..................... SIMATIC TP27-6................... SIMATIC TP27-10.................
SIMATIC Multi Panels SIMATIC MP 270B keys ....... SIMATIC MP 270B Touch ..... SIMATIC MP 370 keys.......... SIMATIC MP 370 Touch ....... SIMATIC Panel PC SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 ...... SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 . SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 ............ SCD 1297-E, SCD 1297-ET . SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT . SCD 1297-K ......................... SCD 1597-E, SCD 1597-ET . SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT . SCD 1597-K ......................... SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET . SCD 1897-R, SCD 1897-RT . SCD 1897-I, SCD 1897-IT.... SCD 1898-I, SCD 1898-IT....
LCD Monitors
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/1
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Push Button Panels
Dimension Drawings
s PP7
Dimensions in mm
144 128
55
108
180 204
30 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 130 x 190
s PP17-I
Dimensions in mm
240 224
53
188 204
95
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 226 x 190
s PP17-II
Dimensions in mm
240 224
53
99
188 204
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 226 x 190
8/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
204
4 32
204
4 32
204
4
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Micro Panels / SIMATIC Panels
SIMATIC TD 200, SIMATIC TP 070 and SIMATIC TD17
s TD 200
Dimensions in mm
148
76
68
27
Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 138 x 68 x 30
s TP 070
Dimensions in mm
212 196
156
140
42 Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 198 x 142 x 45
s TD17
Dimensions in mm
89 2)
51 1)
231 2) 240 1) Depth includes connectors and cable connectors 2) Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 231 x 89; tolerances +1/-0
98
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/3
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panels
s OP3
Dimensions in mm
68 76
138 148
20
4 27
s OP7
Dimensions in mm
30
144
42,5 39
30
171 180
116,5
135
29
s OP17
Dimensions in mm
35
120
240
54 50
195 204
35
231
30
132
30
8/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panels
SIMATIC TP 170A/TP 170B, SIMATIC OP 170B and SIMATIC OP 270 6"
s TP 170A/
TP 170B
Dimensions in mm
212 196
156
140
42 Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 198 x 142 x 45
s OP 170B
Dimensions in mm
252
227 240 Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 229 x 241 x 45
239
30 42
s OP 270 6
Dimensions in mm
308 280
59
204
1) Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 282 x 178 x 59
176
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/5
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panels
SIMATIC OP 270 10", SIMATIC TP 270 6" and SIMATIC TP 270 10"
s OP 270 10
Dimensions in mm
482.6 431.6
58.6 9.5 55.3
s TP 270 6
Dimensions in mm
212 196
310.3
58
156
s TP 270 10
Dimensions in mm
335 309
59.2 54.9
8/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
275
247
140
9.5
288.3
6.2
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panels
SIMATIC OP27, SIMATIC TP27-6 and SIMATIC TP27-10
s OP27
Dimensions in mm
59 1)
280 2) 296
7 CPI/DTM 92
1)
176 2)
192
140
8.3 48.3
1) Depth without options; with 24 V DC direct control key module or control panel interface D = 92 mm, incl. cable connectors or +15 mm for cable connection for 24 V DC direct control key module 2) Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 282 x 178
s TP27-6
Dimensions in mm
212 203 1)
146 1)
65 2) 73 1)
1) Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 203 x 147 x 65 2) Depth without options. D = 100 mm with 24 V DC direct control key module or CPI module incl. cable connectors or +15 mm for cable connection for 24 V DC direct control key module
s TP27-10
Dimensions in mm
335 309.4 2)
156
CPI/DTM
247.4 2)
= Option
275
31 105 1) Depth without options. D = 100 mm with 24 V DC direct control key module or CPI module incl. cable connectors or +15 mm for cable connectors for 24 V DC direct control key module 2) Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 310 x 248 x 76
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/7
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Multi Panels
SIMATIC MP 270B Keys and SIMATIC MP 270B Touch
s MP 270B Keys
Dimensions in mm
482.6 431.6
58.6 9.5 55.3
s MP 270B Touch
Dimensions in mm
335 309
310.3
59.2 54.9
8/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
275
247
288.3
9.5
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC MP 370 Keys and SIMATIC MP 370 Touch
s MP 370 Keys
Dimensions in mm
483 465
65 1) 10
448 1)
s MP 370 Touch
Dimensions in mm
335 309.4 1)
59 1) 10
247.4 1)
275
288 1)
235 310
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/9
Dimension Drawings
s Operating unit
Dimensions in mm
221
6 H1
B1
Panel cutout 12.1" TFT Touch 15.1" TFT Touch Front dimensions 12.1" TFT 15.1" TFT Display 12.1" TFT 15.1" TFT
1)
B 367 425
H 305 349
T 2131) 2131)
B H 391,1 330,4 449,1 373,1 B1 H1 251.1 189.4 309.1 233.1
with CD-ROM
8/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and SIMATIC Panel PC 870
s Operating unit
Standard configuration
Dimensions in mm
B1 267 0.5 Dimensions frontpanel H 0.5
+3
10
Operating unit in end position
D2 0.5
10 0.5
297 0.5 L 0.3
A2
Front
All dimensions exclude screw projections
Operating units PC 670 (a) with key fronts: 10.4"-TFT 12.1"-TFT 15.1"-TFT
1)
D2
483 483 483
310 310 355
100 100 130
20 20 42
68 68 80
21 21 29
38 38 28
(b) with touch screen fronts: 12.1"-TFT 15.1"-TFT
400 483
310 310
125 130
36 42
58 87
23 23
50 22
Operating units PC 870 (a) with key fronts: 12.1"-TFT 15.1"-TFT
1)
D2
483 483
310 355
187 212
60 60
50 50
12 20
143 143
(b) with touch screen fronts: 15.1"-TFT
483
310
212
60
50
12
143
1) with CD-ROM
Operating unit swivelled through 90
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/11
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panel PC
s Panel PC 670/870
Panel cutout
Dimensions in mm
W+1
H+1
Panel cutout for standard unit (W x H x D) in mm (without CD-ROM)
Operating units PC 670 (a) with key fronts: 10.4"-TFT 12.1"-TFT 15.1"-TFT (b) with touch screen fronts: 12.1"-TFT 15.1"-TFT
Operating units PC 870 (a) with key fronts: 12.1"-TFT 15.1"-TFT (b) with touch screen fronts: 15.1"-TFT
Rz 120
1.5 to 6
450 450 450
296 296 327
450 450
296 327
368 450
296 296
450
296
8/12
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panel PC
s Operating unit
Remote configuration
Dimensions in mm
A 0.5 48.6 E2 319 C1 B1
All dimensions exclude screw projections
Dim. A B C D E
12 483 310 21 20 68
12 Touch 400 310 23 36 58
15 483 310 23 42 87
15 Touch 483 355 29 42 80
269
D 0.5
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/13
Dimension Drawings
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670, SIMATIC Panel PC 870 and SIMATIC PC FI45 V2
s Computing unit
Remote configuration
Dimensions in mm
D E
PC 870
F G H
PC 670
Dim. A B C D E F G H
PC 670 W H 103.5 297.2 211 253 304.6 289.6
PC 870 W H 189 376 259 280 301 334.6 290.1 317.9
s PC FI45 V2
Dimensions in mm
38
235 310
296
Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 432 x 297 x 185
8/14
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
6.8
466 483
10.3
185
Dimension Drawings
LCD Monitors
SCD 1297-E and SCD 1297-ET
s SCD 1297-E,
SCD 1297-ET
Dimensions in mm
View A 364
M3x10
40
341.4
240
ACTIVE AREA 246x184.5
262 170
284
Operating elements
76 4
341.4 334.4 240
Switchboard cutout
d=4(12x)
262
252 170
S-VHS FBAS Power
Touch
XGA
Power supply unit
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/15
Dimension Drawings
LCD Monitors
SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT and SCD 1297-K
s SCD 1297-R,
SCD 1297-RT
Dimensions in mm
40
483 465 A
View A
ACTIVE AREA 246x184.5
190.4
265,9
Operating elements Power supply unit
76 4
s SCD 1297-K
Dimensions in mm
483 59 465
View A
Operating elements
234.9 310.3
ext. KBD X27 PC Mouse PC KBD
24 V DC
97 4
8/16
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
S-VHS FBAS Power
Touch
XGA
Power supply unit
S-VHS FBAS Power
Touch
XGA
Dimension Drawings
LCD Monitors
SCD 1597-E and SCD 1597-ET
s SCD 1597-E,
SCD 1597-ET
Dimensions in mm
44.5
428
M4x10
406 360.5 120.2
ACTIVE AREA 304x228 Operating elements
314 107
336
Power supply unit
82.5 4
406 360.5 120.2
Switchboard cutout
314 107
S-VHS FBAS Power
Touch
XGA
View A
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
8/17
Dimension Drawings
LCD Monitors
SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT and SCD 1597-K
s SCD 1597-R,
SCD 1597-RT
Dimensions in mm
483 44.5 465
View A
ACTIVE AREA 304x228 Operating elements
234.9
310.3
XGA
Power supply unit
82.5 4
s SCD 1597-K
Dimensions in mm
483 60 465
View A
Operating elements
279.4 354.8
ext. KBD
PC Mouse
PC KBD
X27
XGA
S-VHS FBAS Power Power Touch
Power supply unit
24 V DC
95 4 A
8/18
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Touch
Dimension Drawings
LCD Monitors
SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET, SCD 1897-R and SCD 1897-RT
s SCD 1897-E,
SCD 1897-ET
Dimensions in mm
101
459 417 400 200

Operating elements
481 362
220 V AC VGA Touch S-VHS FBAS
4 85
459 450 400 200

d=5(16x)
240 338 362.4
Switchboard cutout
s SCD 1897-R,
SCD 1897-RT
Dimensions in mm
240 353.4
362.4
101
483 465
220 V AC VGA Touch S-VHS FBAS
4 85
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
120.6 323.8 399.2
290 384.4
8/19
Dimension Drawings
LCD Monitors
SCD 1897-I, SCD 1897-IT, SCD 1898-I and SCD 1898-IT
s SCD 1897-I,
SCD 1897-IT
Dimensions in mm
5" 15" 464.5 360
440
370
286
390
56
84
s SCD 1898-I,
SCD 1898-IT
Dimensions in mm
5" 465 15" 359.6
444
51
287.6
393
56
270
160
393 20
47
91
8/20
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
240
60
Appendix
9
9/2 9/3 9/5 9/6 9/7 9/7 9/8 9/10
Information and order option in the Internet and on CD-ROM Customer Support Information and training Length codes for connecting cables Safety of electronic equipment Notes about servicing Software licenses Siemens Automation Solution Provider Operating System Licenses for SIMATIC PC, CE Marking, UL (U) and CSA (A) Standards Contacts Subject index Order No. index Suggestions for improving the catalog Fax order form Copyright, Warning Conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations
9/10 9/11 9/12 9/14 9/15 9/16 9/17 9/18 9/18
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/1
Appendix
Information and order option in the Internet and on CD-ROM
Appendix
s A&D at WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services available is essential when planning and configuring automation systems. It goes without saying that this information must always be fully up-to-date. The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required. Under the address http://www.siemens.de/ automation you will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.
s Product selection with interactive catalogs

Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions: The interactive catalogs CA 01 and ET 01 cover more than 80,000 products and thus provide a full summary of the Siemens Automation and Drives product base. Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives. All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work with and intuitive. After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the press of a button, by fax or by online link. Information on the interactive catalogs can be found in the Internet under http://www.siemens.de/ automation/ca01 or on CD-ROM. Automation and Drives, CA 01 Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-B6-7600 Electrical installation technology, ET 01 Order No.: E86060-D8200-A107-A2-7600
s Easy Shopping at the Siemens mall

The Siemens Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive way. Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet. Numerous functions are available to support you. For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customerspecific discounts and preparation of quotes can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing. Please visit the Siemens Mall on the Internet under: http://www.siemens.de/ automation/mall
9/2
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Customer Support
s Customer Support, Automation and Drives

Whether you need a service expert or a spare part, a product specialist for advice, or if you just have a query, then the Customer Support is the address for you the team that meets all your needs!
s Helpline for Service and Support

You need help but do not know who to address. We take care that help is on the way quickly. The helplines ensure that the right specialist in your vicinity will be of skilled assistance to you. The Helpline e.g. for Germany helps in German and English 24 hours/day, 365 days/year. Tel.: +49 180 50 50 111
s Online Support
Our Online Support guarantees quick and efficient assistance around the clock, worldwide and in five languages. The Online Support offers all technical information: Z FAQs, tips & tricks, downloads and news Z Free manuals Z Useful programs and software payment through SIMATIC Card http://www.siemens.de/ automation/service&support
s Field Service
Your system is installed and now you need quick on-site help. We have the specialists with the know-how you require, worldwide and at hand. Thanks to our comprehensive service network, we are able to realize short response times with competence, reliability, and speed. You can request an expert in Germany 24 hours/day and 365 days/year. Tel.: +49 180 50 50 444 Of course we offer also service contracts customized to your requirements. Your Siemens Office is always at your disposal.
s Spare parts and repairs

Our worldwide network of local spare parts stocks and repair centers react with speed and reliable logistics. For requests about repairs or spare parts please call the following telephone number (in Germany): Tel.: +49 180 50 50 446 Outside the office hours and on weekends, dial this number for our spare parts standby service.
s Technical Support
Competent, qualified and experienced specialists offer teleservice and video conferencing for specific problems. FreeContact the way to the free Technical Support. Z in Europe (headquarter) Tel.: +49 180 50 50 222 Fax: +49 180 50 50 223 E-mail: techsupport@ad.siemens.de Z in the United States Tel.: +1 423 461-2522 Fax: +1 423 461 2231 E-mail: simatic.hotline@ sea.siemens.com Z in Asia Tel.: +65 740-7000 Fax: +65 740 7001 E-mail: simatic@singnet.com.sg Our network of dependencies in Germany, the U.S. and Singapore offers support around the clock according to the follow the sun principle with FastContact the fast way to the Technical Support: Z Return call within two hours guaranteed Z around the clock Z payment with SIMATIC card Tel.: +49 911 895 7777 Fax: +49 911 895 7001
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Technical advice for implementation of products, systems and solutions in automation and drive technology is provided in German and English.
9/3
Appendix
Customer Support
s Knowledge base
on CD-ROM
A copy of the free-of-charge information sector is available on CD-ROM (Service & Support Knowledge Base) for applications without an online connection to the Internet. This CD-ROM contains all current product information at the time of production (FAQs, downloads, tips & tricks, updates) as well as general information on service and technical support. You can use the SIMATIC Card to purchase a service credit. With this credit you are able to use the charged technical support services (FastContact, ServiceLine), or purchase software products and example applications on the Internet. The SIMATIC Card basically functions like a telephone card.
The CD-ROM also contains a full-text search and our Knowledge Manager to permit specific searching for solutions. The CD-ROM is updated every 4 months. Just like our online offer on the Internet, the CD-ROM with the Service & Support Knowledge Base is completely available in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish). You can access your credit using the SIMATIC Card number and the SIMATIC Card PIN (both numbers are present on the rear of your SIMATIC Card or are sent to you by e-mail in advance when you purchase the CARD on the Internet). You can view your SIMATIC Card account statement on the Internet at: http://www.siemens.de/ automation/simatic-card
You can order the CD-ROM Service and Support Knowledge Base from your Siemens partner. Order No. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA1 Ordering in the Internet (using SIMATIC Card or credit card) at: http://www.siemens.de/ automation/service&support in the Shop sector. You can order the SIMATIC Card From your Siemens partner
SIMATIC Card Units Order No. 200 6ES7 997-0AA00-0XA0 500 6ES7 997-0AB00-0XA0 1000 6ES7 997-0AC00-0XA0 Valid: 2 years from date of purchase
s SIMATIC Card
In the Internet In conjunction with a credit card, it is possible to use the SIMATIC Card immediately: http://www.siemens.de/ automation/simatic-card
9/4
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Information and training
s Training for automation and

drives engineering
To allow them to cope with the increasing complexity and breadth of automation equipment, employees must today be highly qualified. Our A&D Information and Training Centers offer a wide range of courses for SIMATIC HMI and SIMATIC WinCC operator control and for SIMATIC system technology.
Depending on individual requirements, participants learn how to Z make decisions about the use of devices, Z draw up plans for their use, Z configure and program the devices, Z fully utilize their functions, Z start up equipment and detect and rectify faults arising during operation.
Our experienced instructors work closely with R&D departments to make sure that the course contents are always up-to-date. To gain as much practical experience as possible, employee works directly with the device or system. For detailed information about each course and other courses, see the ITC Catalog Information and Training Courses for Automation and Drives.
Duration Course (days) code
s Courses for SIMATIC HMI
Course name
Target group Program. Service
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface) SIMATIC OPX5er/X7er, ProTool/ProTool-Lite SIMATIC ProTool/Pro System course SIMATIC WinCC, System course SIMATIC WinCC, Advanced course SIMATIC WinCC, Openness E SIMATIC WinCC, Openness N 2 BB-OPSYS 3 ST-BPROPRS 5 ST-BWINCCS 5 ST-BWINCCV 2 ST-BWINCCE 1 ST-BWINCCN Installation/Maintenance Configuring/Programming/Startup For further information, visit our website at
http://www.sitrain.com
Infoline: Tel.: +49 18 05 23 56 11 Fax: +49 18 05 23 56 12
s Computer Based Training

(CBT)
In addition to system courses, the Information and Training Center also offers CBT, a PCsupported teach-yourself program.
The CBT is an education program that teaches users the basicsof PLCs. Available on a multimedia CD, the program caters for different levels of knowledge. Users can therefore learn in their own environment and at their own speed. The program is available at all times and can be repeated any number of times.
The following CBT course is currently available: Z PLC Basics For further information, contact your nearest Siemens branch office.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/5
Appendix
Length codes for connecting cables
s Length codes for

6XV ... and 6ES5 ... connecting cables
For connecting cables whose length can be selected according to the following list, complete the empty positions ( 777 ) of the Order No. according to the specified length code.
Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.
s Connecting cables 6XV. ...

Length of the connecting cable = multiplier x length digit Order No. extension for the connecting cable
s Connecting cable 6ES5 ...

Length of the connecting cable Order No. extension for the connecting cable
}
Multiplier: 0.01 m 0.1 m 1m 10 m 100 m Length digit: 10 12 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 60 63 80
6XV. ... - 7 7 7 E H N T U 10 12 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 60 63 80 1m 1.6 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 3.2 m 5m 8m 10 m 12 m 16 m 20 m 25 m 32 m 40 m 50 m 63 m 80 m 100 m 120 m 150 m 160 m 200 m 250 m 320 m 400 m 500 m 600 m 630 m 800 m 1000 m
6ES5... - 7 7 7 0
BB0 BB6 BC0 BC5 BD0 BD2 BF 0 BJ 0 CB0 CB2 CB6 CC0 CC5 CD2 CE 0 CF 0 C G3 CJ 0 DB0 DB2 DB5 DB6 DC0 DC5 DD2 DE 0 DF 0 D G0 D G3 DJ 0 E B0
Note: For connecting cables whose length can be selected according to the above list, complete the empty positions ( 777 ) of the Order No. according to the specified length code. Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.
Standard, lower-priced lengths are available for many connecting cables. Standard lengths can be supplied from the central warehouse in Nuremberg, Germany, (LZN) within three days. Special lengths can be supplied only from the factory concerned. Delivery may take up to 30 days.
Example for ordering The 6XV1 404-0A 777 connecting cable must be 16 m long. Multiplier 1 m (N) x length digit 16 (16) provides a length of 16 m. The Order No. extension is N16. This is entered in the free spaces of the Order No. The complete Order No. for the 16 m long connecting cable is 6XV1 404-0AN16.
9/6
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Safety of electronic equipment Notes about servicing
s Safety of electronic
equipment
The information on this page is mainly of a general nature and applies regardless of the type of electronic control system and its manufacturer. Reliability With a range of effective product development and production measures, we maximize the reliability of our devices and components. These measures include Z use of high-quality components; Z worst-case dimensioning of all circuits; Z systematic, computer-controlled testing of all subcontractor-supplied components; Z burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits, (such as processors and memory); Z measures to prevent static charge from building up when handling MOS circuits; Z visual inspections at various stages of manufacture; Z in-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computeraided testing of all components and their interaction within the circuit; Z heat-run at elevated ambient temperature over several days; Z thorough computercontrolled final testing; Z static analysis of all rejects for immediate initiation of corrective measures.
In safety engineering, these measures are termed basic measures. They can be used to prevent or rectify most conceivable faults. Hazard risk Wherever faults can cause personal injury or material damage, special safety measures have to be applied to the plant, and therefore also to the PLC. There are special, plant-specific regulations for these applications and these have to be taken into account in the design of a control system. For electronic control systems that influence the safety of a machine or plant, the measures required for preventing or correcting faults depend on the danger the plant represents. Beyond a certain level of danger, the above basic measures are no longer sufficient, and additional measures such as two-channel configuration, tests or checksums must be implemented and certified for the control system. Division into a safe and a non-safe area Most plants contain components that perform safetyrelated tasks, such as Emergency Stop pushbuttons, safety guards and two-hand controls). To avoid having to view the entire control system in terms of its safety, we generally distinguish between a safe area OP 170B 50,000 h OP27 monochrome 50,000 h OP27 color 40,000 h OP 270 6 40,000 h OP 270 10 60,000 h TP 070 50,000 h TP 170A/B 50,000 h 40,000 h TP 270 6 TP 270 10 60,000 h TP27-6 monochrome 50,000 h TP27-6 color 40,000 h TP27-10 60,000 h
and a non-safe area. Because the failure of electronic components does not present a danger in the non-safe area, the control system does not have to meet any special safety requirements in this area. In the safe area, only control systems and circuit arrangements that comply with the applicable regulations must be used. In practice, the following distinctions are made: 1. Control systems with few safety features, e.g. machine controls. 2. Control systems with a balanced mix of safe non-safe areas, e.g. chemical plants and cable cars. 3. Control systems with high safety requirements, e.g. boiler-firing systems. Important note Even if a high degree of safety has been built into an electronic control system, such as multi-channel design the safety guidelines in the operating instructions must be strictly adhered to. Existing safety precautions may otherwise become ineffective or additional hazards be created.
s Notes about servicing
The brightness of STN and TFT backlit displays decreases with time. This process depends on various factors, including ambient temperature. According to the manufacturers information, the displays have a lifespan (to failure or a brightness reduction of 50 % and at an ambient temperature of 25 C) of:
MP 270B MP 370 Panel PC IL70 Panel PCs 670/870 FI45 V2
50,000 h 50,000 h 50,000 h 60,000 h 25,000 h
Depending on the actual operating conditions, the gas discharge tubes must be replaced when the display is no longer readable.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/7
Appendix
Software licenses
s Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The following software types have been defined: Z Engineering software Z Runtime software Engineering software This includes all software products for creating (engineering) user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Data generated with engineering software and executable programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-parties freeof-charge.
Runtime software This includes all software products required for plant/ machine operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc. The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. You can find information about license fees according to use in the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Single license Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the software. The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s).
s License types
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software license: Z Floating license Z Single license Z Rental license Z Trial license Floating license The software may be installed for internal use on any number of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started. A license is required for each concurrent user.
Rental license A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering software. Once the license key has been installed, the software can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours do not have to be consecutive). One license is required for each installation of the software. Trial license A trial license supports "shortterm use" of the software in a non-productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another license.
s Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns such a version/ release and its use is technically feasible.
9/8
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Software licenses
s Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated. The following delivery versions Z PowerPack Z Upgrade can be used to access updates. Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version. PowerPack PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on the condition that a license for a previous version of the product is already held. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous product, proves that the new version is licensed. A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG (see page 9/18) or under
www.ad.siemens.de/ automation/mall (A&D Mall OnlineHelp System)
s License key
Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with and without license keys. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, rental license, etc.). The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has been licensed by Siemens.
The complete installation of software products requiring license keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key (which represents the license).
s Certificate of license
A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/9
Appendix
Siemens Automation Solution Provider Operating System Licenses CE Marking UL(U) and CSA(C) Standards
Automation solutions are becoming increasingly complex, and demands are permanently growing. We can help you find competent partners for an excellent, reliable solution. Partners who have competence and experience in the required sector linked with comprehensive know-how for automation solutions. Our partner programs set new standards with respect to the specific competence of the involved companies and the global network of partners. As a result of the careful selection and permanent training of our solution providers, you will always be able to find a competent partner close at hand who is always working with state-of-the-art technology.
The program You are searching for automation solutions for a particular task? Or you require professional consulting and support? You wish to contact specialists in your sector? You wish to secure market advantages? Then our Siemens automation solution providers are the right partners for you! Our partner companies possess the know-how for developing reliable, economic and future-oriented solutions for all sectors and all automation components: covering all SIMATIC components, visualization systems, communications networks using SIMATIC PCS 7, microsystems and motion control systems up to products for vertical integration of industrial automation and office environments.
Your benefits Customized, economic and future-oriented solutions Significant advantages with respect to speed, efficiency and locality Solution provider has special knowledge of sector Guaranteed state-of-the-art technology and knowledge of latest developments Certification The solution providers are continuously being trained in order to remain completely up-to-date. They are subjected to a special certification program where they have to prove their high competence using Siemens automation tools. We can therefore guarantee a special standard of quality which is successively achieved by training on new components and during special solution provider workshops.
Internet: www.siemens.com/ automation/solutionprovider E-mail: SSPinfo@nbgm. siemens.de
s Operating system licenses

for SIMATIC PC/PG
The enclosed operating system license is approved only for the installation of the SIMATIC PC/PG supplied. All products contained in this catalog have the CE marking.
The Microsoft OEM license allows you to install the software only on this SIMATIC system. An EC declaration of conformity for SIMATIC HMI products in accordance with Article 10 of the EMC Directive can be obtained for the relevant authorities from: Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Automation & Drives Group A&D PT1 BD P.O. Box 4848 D-90327 Nuremberg Federal Republic of Germany
s CE marking
s UL (U) and CSA (C)

standards
All HMI products comply with the UL (U) and CSA (C) standards or an application for approval has been submitted. Products, for which there is no approval, are specially marked (see the product ordering data).
9/10
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Contacts
s Siemens Contacts Worldwide

To find out about worldwide Siemens contacts for specific technologies, visit us at
www.ad.siemens.de/partner
Where possible, we have listed local contacts for Z Sales, Z Service and Z Training. Select the required country, technology and product or area of your choice and click the Next button.
Or select the desired country under Geographical Search in the world atlas. All locations with Siemens contact persons are then displayed in a list box in the subsequent screen mask. Click the various tabs to display the addresses of the different partners. Clicking a location with the mouse then displays the address of the relevant contact person for sales, service and training. Click the FaxPrint button to print out a fax form to send a message to the contact person currently selected.
Need to know more? Just send us a fax! For further information, just dial the fax no. 0 08 00 74 62 84 27
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/11
Appendix
Subject index
s
A Appendix
C
Page D (continued) 9/1

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 TD17 TD 200 TP 070 TP 170A TP 170B
Page O OEM industrial products Open Platform Program (OPP) Operator panels OP17 OP 170B OP27 OP 270 OP3 OP7 Operator panels SIMATIC MP 270B SIMATIC MP 370 SIMATIC OP17 SIMATIC OP 170B SIMATIC OP27 SIMATIC OP 270 SIMATIC OP3 SIMATIC OP7 SIMATIC PP7 SIMATIC PP17-I SIMATIC PP17-II SIMATIC TD17 SIMATIC TD 200 SIMATIC TP 170A SIMATIC TP 070 SIMATIC TP 170B SIMATIC TP 270 SIMATIC TP27
Page 6/8 6/10 2/20 2/32 2/51 2/41 2/20 2/20 2/56 2/62 2/20 2/32 2/51 2/41 2/20 2/20 2/8 2/8 2/8 2/18 2/13 2/27 2/15 2/27 2/36 2/46 O (continued) SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 SIMATIC ProAgent SIMATIC ProTool SIMATIC ProTool/Lite SIMATIC ProTool/Pro SIMATIC WinAC MP SIMATIC WinCC TD17 TD 200 TP 070 TP 170A TP 170B TP27 TP 270
Page 3/24 4/58 4/8 4/8 4/16 2/68 4/48 2/19 2/14 2/17 2/31 2/31 2/50 2/40
Catalog improvement suggestions CE marking Configuration software SIMATIC ProTool SIMATIC ProTool/Lite Connecting cables Contact persons Copyright Customer support Customized design Customized products
D
9/16 9/10 4/4 4/4 2/88 9/12 9/17 9/3 6/3 6/2
8/10 8/11 8/11 8/14 8/3 8/3 8/3 8/5 8/5
TP27-6 TP27-10 TP 270 6 TP 270 10
8/7 8/7 8/6 8/6
E Export regulations
F
9/18
Design Center
Dimensions in mm LCD monitors MP 270B Keys MP 270B Touch MP 370 Keys MP 370 Touch OP17 OP 170B OP27 OP 270 6 OP 270 10 OP3 OP7 PP17-I PP17-II PP7 SCD 1297-E SCD 1297-ET SCD 1297-R SCD 1297-RT SCD 1297-K SCD 1597-E SCD 1597-ET SCD 1597-R SCD 1597-RT SCD 1597-K SCD 1897-E SCD 1897-ET SCD 1897-R SCD 1897-RT SCD 1897-I SCD 1897-IT SCD 1898-I SCD 1898-IT
6/4
8/15 8/8 8/8 8/9 8/9 8/4 8/5 8/7 8/5 8/6 8/4 8/4 8/2 8/2 8/2 8/15 8/15 8/16 8/16 8/16 8/17 8/17 8/18 8/18 8/18 8/19 8/19 8/19 8/19 8/20 8/20 8/20 8/20
Fax order form FI45 V2

I
9/16 3/24
Information and ordering Information and training

L
9/2 9/5
LCD monitors Length codes for connecting cables

M
7/2 9/6
Micro Panels TP 070 TD 200 Multi panels MP 270B MP 370 Multifunctional platforms
2/15 2/13 2/56 2/56 2/62 2/56
Options for timecritical operator actions 2/70 Options 4/18, 4/31 Order No. index 9/21 Ordering data Industrial LCD monitors 7/8 MP 270B 2/61 MP 370 2/67 OP17 2/25 OP 170B 2/35 OP 270 2/45 OP27 2/55 OP3 2/25 OP7 2/25 PP7 2/12 PP17-I 2/12 PP17-II 2/12 SIMATIC IT WinBDE 4/19 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 3/10 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 3/15 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 3/21 SIMATIC Panel PC with ProTool/Pro 5/3 SIMATIC Panel PC with WinCC 5/7
P Packages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 5/2 SIMATIC WinCC 5/6 Panel PCs 3/2 Panel PC IL 70 3/8 Panel PC 670 3/11 Panel PC 870 3/17 Panel PC with ProTool/Pro 5/2 Panel PC with WinCC 5/6 PC FI45 V2 3/22 Product and system overview 1/4 Push Button Panels (PP) PP7 2/8 PP17-I 2/8 PP17-II 2/8
R Recommended printers
2/90
9/12
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Subject index
s
S Safety of electronic devices SIMATIC HMI packages SIMATIC Panel PC with ProTool/Pro SIMATIC Panel PC with WinCC SIMATIC Panel PC 670 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software SIMATIC WinCC SCADA system Software license regulations Software SIMATIC ProAgent SIMATIC ProTool SIMATIC ProTool/Lite SIMATIC ProTool/Pro SIMATIC WinCC Overview Subject index System interfaces Systems with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Systems with SIMATIC WinCC
Page
Page T Technical specifications LCD monitors 7/3, 7/5, 7/7 MP 270B 2/59 MP 370 2/65 OP17 2/23 OP 170B 2/34 OP27 2/54 OP 270 2/43 OP3 2/23 OP7 2/23 PP7 2/11 PP17-I 2/11 PP17-II 2/11 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 3/9 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 3/13 SIMATIC Panel PC 870 3/19 SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 3/23 SIMATIC ProAgent 4/57 SIMATIC ProTool 7/4 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 7/4 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 4/15 SIMATIC WinCC 4/23 TD17 2/19 TD 200 2/14 TP 070 2/17 TP 170A 2/29 TP 170B 2/29 TP27 2/48 TP 270 2/38 T (continued) Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery Text display TD 200 Text panels OP3 OP7 OP17 TD17 Touch panels TP 070 TP 170A TP 170B TP27 TP 270 U UL (U) and CSA (C) standards
Page W Warning WinAC MP WinBDE machine data management WinCC Application examples WinCC add-ons WinCC options WinCC communication
Page 9/17 2/68 4/19 4/20 4/28 4/31 4/31 4/24
9/7 5/2 5/2 5/6 3/11 3/17 3/8 3/8 3/22
9/26 2/13 2/20 2/20 2/20 2/18 2/15 2/27 2/27 2/46 2/36
4/53 4/9 4/20 9/8 4/53 4/4 4/4 4/9 4/20 4/2 9/12 2/72 5/2 5/6
9/10
Z 170 series SIMATIC OP 170B SIMATIC TP 170A SIMATIC TP 170B 270 series SIMATIC MP 270B SIMATIC OP27 SIMATIC OP 270 SIMATIC TP27 SIMATIC TP 270 370 series SIMATIC MP 370
2/32 2/27 2/27 2/56 2/51 2/41 2/46 2/36 2/62
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/13
Appendix
Order No. index
Type PPX: PPX:2601094-8001
Page 2/85
Type 6AV6 6AV6 371- ... 6AV6 381- ... 6AV6 382- ... 6AV6 392- ... 6AV6 520- ... 6AV6 542- ... 6AV6 545- ... 6AV6 570- ... 6AV6 571- ... 6AV6 573-... 6AV6 574- ...
Page 4/27, 4/49, 4/50, 4/51, 4/52, 4/58 4/48, 4/49 5/9 4/49 2/26 2/35, 2/45, 2/61, 2/67, 6/6 2/17, 2/31, 2/40, 2/61, 2/67, 6/6 4/16 4/8 2/25, 2/31, 2/35, 2/50, 2/55, 2/67 2/17, 2/31, 2/35, 2/40, 2/45, 2/61, 2/67, 4/8 2/31 4/8 4/8 4/16 4/16, 5/5 2/17, 2/31, 2/35, 2/40, 2/45, 2/61, 2/67 2/31, 2/35, 2/40, 2/45, 2/61, 2/67, 4/8, 4/17 2/31, 2/35, 2/40, 2/45, 2/61, 2/67, 4/8, 4/17
Type 6AV8 6AV8 101- ... 6AV8 107-... 6AV9 6AV9 620- ... 6AV9 804- ... 6BQ3 6BQ3 073-... 6BQ3 090-... 6DL5 6DL5 401-... 6DR1 6DR1 127-... 6ES5 6ES5 731-... 6ES5 734-... 6ES5 848-... 6ES5 886-... 6ES7 6ES7 272-... 6ES7 645-... 6ES7 648-... 6ES7 652-... 6ES7 671-... 6ES7 705-... 6ES7 810-... 6ES7 850-... 6ES7 901-...
Page 7/8 7/8
Type 6GK1 6GK1 151-... 6GK1 161-... 6GK1 500-...
Page
W W79084-E1001-B2 2/19, 2/26, 2/40, 2/45, 2/50, 2/55, 2/61, 2/67 2XV9 2XV9 450-... 6AV3 6AV3 017-... 6AV3 503-... 6AV3 591-... 6AV3 607-... 6AV3 617-... 6AV3 627-... 6AV3 637-... 6AV3 672-... 6AV3 673-... 6AV3 678-... 6AV3 681-... 6AV3 688-... 6AV3 980- ... 6AV3 991-...
7/5 6/5, 6/6, 6/7
4/50
4/50 4/19, 4/50
4/26, 4/51 4/26, 4/51 2/19, 2/26, 2/31, 2/35, 2/40, 2/45, 2/50, 2/55, 2/67, 2/89 6GK1 551-... 4/17, 4/27, 4/51 6GK1 561-... 4/17, 4/27, 4/51 6GK1 704-... 4/26, 4/27, 4/51 6GK1 713-... 4/17, 4/27 6GK1 716-... 4/26, 4/51 6XV1 6XV1 418-... 6XV1 440-...
2/19, 6/5 2/25, 6/5 2/26 2/25, 6/5 2/25, 6/5 2/50, 2/55, 6/5, 6/6 6/5, 6/6 2/50, 2/55 2/50, 2/55 2/12, 2/19, 2/26, 6/5, 6/6 4/58 2/12 4/8 2/12, 2/19, 2/26, 2/50, 2/55, 4/8
4/50
6AV6 575- ... 6AV6 580- ... 6AV6 581- ... 6AV6 582- ... 6AV6 584- ... 6AV6 591- ...
4/52
2/76, 2/88 2/76, 2/77, 2/78, 2/79, 2/84, 2/85, 2/86, 2/87, 2/88, 2/89 6XV1 830-... 2/12, 2/14, 2/17, 2/31, 2/35, 2/84, 2/88
2/88 2/31, 2/40, 2/45, 2/61, 2/84, 2/88 4/51 4/51
6AV6 594- ...
6AV6 596- ...
6AV7 6AV7 500-... 3/10, 5/5, 5/9 6AV7 501-... 3/10, 5/5, 5/9 6AV7 61.- ... 3/15, 5/3, 5/7 6AV7 62.-... 3/15, 5/3, 5/7 6AV7 670-... 3/24 6AV7 650- ... 6/7 6AV7 651- ... 6/7 6AV7 681- ... 6/7 6AV7 70.-... 3/21, 5/4, 5/8, 6/7 6AV7 71.-... 3/21, 5/4, 5/8 6AV7 72.-... 3/16, 5/3, 5/7 6AV7 73.-... 3/16, 5/3, 5/7
6ES7 952-... 6ES7 972-...
2/14 3/24 3/24 4/50 2/69 2/26, 2/77, 2/88 2/17 2/17 2/17, 2/31, 2/35, 2/40, 2/45, 2/67, 2/88 2/50, 2/55, 2/77 2/14, 2/89
9/14
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Suggestions for improving the catalog
Fax form
s To
Siemens AG, A&D PT1 ST 80 2002/2003 Ms. B. Gottsauner Gleiwitzer Strae 555 D-90475 Nuremberg Federal Republic of Germany Fax: +49 91 18 95 30 09
Your address
Name Capacity Company, Dept. Street address Postal code, City Tel., Fax
s Your opinion
matters to us!
We hope that our catalog will become an important and widely used source of reference and are constantly striving to improve it.
So please take just a few minutes of your time to fill in this form and fax it to us.
s Please grade our catalog on a points system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):

1. Do the contents of the catalog meet your requirements? 2. Did you find it easy to find the information you needed? 3. Did you find the text easy to understand? 4. Is there enough technical detail?
5. What do you think of the quality of the graphics and tables?
s Did you find any printing errors?
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/15
Appendix
Fax order form
s Fax order form

Just copy this form, fill it in and fax it to us. We will deliver right away!
(For the correct address, please refer to the SIMATIC HMI Contacts list)
To:
Fax No.
Contact
Item Order No.
Description
Qty.
Price
Total price
Subject to the "Conditions of Sale and Delivery" specified in your sales partner's catalog/price list
Company address (company stamp):

Customer No. (if known) Company, Dept. Street address Postal code, City Contact Tel., Fax
Shipping address (if different from company address):

Company, Dept. Street, No. Postal code, City
Remarks
Customer Order No.: ..................................................................
Deliver by: .................................................................................
Date
Signature
9/16
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Appendix
Copyright, Warning
s Copyright
Siemens has developed this catalog for its licensees and customers. The information contained herein is the property of Siemens and may not be copied, used or disclosed to others without prior written approval from Siemens. Users are cautioned that the material contained herein is subject to change by Siemens at any time and without prior notice. Siemens shall not be responsible for any damages, including consequential damages, caused by reliance on material presented, including but not limited to typographical, electronic, arithmetic, or listing errors.
s Warning
G
Only qualified personnel should install or maintain the products described in this catalog after becoming thoroughly familiar with all warnings, safety notices, and maintenance procedures contained in the appropriate technical manual. Qualified person One who is familiar with the installation, construction, and operation of the products described in this catalog and the hazards involved. In addition, the person should have the following qualifications: Be trained and authorized to use and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety practices. Be trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established safety practices. Be trained in rendering first aid.
V WARNING
Hazardous voltage Can cause loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial property damage
Information contained in this catalog is for reference purposes only. Consult your technical manual for specific connection and other technical requirements. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent upon proper handling, installation, operation and maintenance.
Definitions of the terms as applicable in our appropriate technical documentation:
DANGER
Indicates loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken.
WARNING
Indicates loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
CAUTION
Indicates minor personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
9/17
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations
s Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery

in the Federal Republic of Germany By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside the Federal Republic of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry shall apply. For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply. for customers with a seat or registered office outside the Federal Republic of Germany The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. General The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
s Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to European / German and/or US export regulations. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities. According to current provisions, the following export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog / price list: AL Number of the German Export List. Products marked other than N require an export license. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. ECCN Export Control Classification Number. Products marked other than N are subject to a reexport license to specific countries. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N are subject to a US re-export authorization. Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which the goods are to be used. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices. Subject to change without prior notice.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations. In addition to the prices of products which include silver and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the respective limits of the notes are exceeded. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit the prices valid at the time of delivery. The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding. Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice.
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are available free of charge from your local Siemens business office under the following Order Nos.: Z 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0 (for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany) Z 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0 (for customers based outside of the Federal Republic of Germany) or download them from the Internet: www.siemens.com/automation/mall (A&D Mall Online-Help System)
Published by Siemens AG Automation and Drives Group Human Machine Interfaces 9/18
Siemens ST 80 2002/2003
Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-A9-7600 KG K 0602 25.0 NIE 246 En/201420 Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)

Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed in the appendix of this catalog
Automation & Drives Interactive catalogs on CD-ROM Components for Automation & Drives Electrical Installation Technology Analysis Systems Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PDF: Process Analytics, Components for Sample Preparation SIPAN Liquid Analysis Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE Cables, Connectors and System Components Drive Systems Variable-Speed Drives DC Motors DC Drives Preferred Series up to 500 kW DC Drives Preferred Series 215 kW to 1500 kW SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems SIEMOSYN Motors MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 SIMOVERT A Current-Source DC Link Converters SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives Low-Voltage Motors for Variable-Speed Drives SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control SIMADYN D Control System Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE AC Main Spindle Motors 1PM, 1FE, 1PH AC Servomotors 1FT, 1FK AC Linear motors 1FN Converter System SIMODRIVE 611 Converter Systems SIMODRIVE POSMO A/CD/CA/SI Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Project Manual Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment Electrical Installation Technology Circuit-Breaker Systems Fuse Systems Distribution Board Systems Building Management Systems with instabus EIB Program Overview Modular Devices STAB Wall-Mounting Distribution Boards SIKUS Floor-Mounting Distribution Boards 8PU Busway System Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI Industrial Communication and Field Devices M 10 M 11 HE 1 Systems Engineering Power supplies SITOP power System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect MOBY Identification Systems Industrial Microcomputers SICOMP KT 10.1 KT 10.2 KT 21 KT 51 DA 12 DA 12.1 DA 12.2 DA 21.1 DA 21.2 DA 22 DA 45 DA 48 DA 51.2 DA 51.3 DA 62 DA 63 DA 65.3 DA 65.4 DA 65.10 DA 65.11 DA 99 NC 60 SIPOS Electric Actuators Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35 MP 35.1/.2 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems SIMATIC PCS Process Control System PDF: SIMATIC S5/PC/505 Automation Systems Components for Totally Integrated Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST 45 ST 50 ST 70 ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7.A Process Engineering Field Instruments for Process Automation Measuring Instruments for Pressure, Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature, Positioners and Liquid Meters SIWAREX Weighing Systems Process Recorders and Accessories SIPART, Controllers and Software FI 01 Catalog CA 01 ET 01 Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems Communication-Capable Controlgear, Controlgear with SIRIUS, SIGUARD Safety Systems, Control and Signalling Devices, Switchgear, Transformers and DC Power Supplies, Main- and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches, Control Switches, Terminal Blocks BERO - Sensors for Automation Products and Systems for Low-Voltage Power Distribution SENTRON WL NC 60 NC Z Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10 NS BERO NS PS NS WL Catalog NS K
Catalogs of the
PA 10 PA 11 PA 20
WT 01 MP 20 MP 31
I 2.1
System Solutions Applications, Products and Services for Industry Automation Solutions in the Plastic Industry with SIMATIC S7
SL 01 SL 10
I 2.11 I 2.31 I 2.32 I 2.36 ST 80
TELEPERM M Process Control System AS 235, AS 235H and AS 235K automation systems AS 388/TM and AS 488/TM automation systems OS 525 operating and monitoring system Operating and monitoring with WinCC/TM
PLT 111 PLT 112 PLT 122 PLT 123 PLT 130
IK PI
CS 275 bus system
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
A&D/3U/En 11.06.02

st80 2002 e

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

st80 2002 e

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

simatic hmi

Human Machine Interface Systems

Product and System Overview

Push Button Panels Micro Panels Panels Multi Panels

HMI complete systems

Customized design OEM products Open platform program

Industrial LCD monitors

12 devices 15 devices 18 devices

Push Button Panels

Operat or Contr ol and Monit oring De vices

PP7 PP17-I PP17-II

Process diagnostics software

PC platforms with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC

Panel PC with ProTool/Pro Panel PC with WinCC

HMI complete systems

Customized design OEM products Open Platform Program

SCD 1897 SCD 1898 SCD 1597 SCD 1297

Industrial LCD monitors

HMI Sof tw are

Operator Control and Monitoring Devices

2/27 2/32 2/36 2/41 2/46 2/51

Operator Control and Monitoring Devices

All SIMATIC operator interfaces at a glance

/ / S7- 200** only / / / // // / Pixel graphics q / A-F 1 q/

S7- 200** only / / / // //

STEP 7-Micro/WIN 32 (TP-Designer)

Panels Text Panels

Character graphics q/q

Pixel graphics q / A-F

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

Pixel / vector graphics

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

Pixel / vector graphics

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent

on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent

on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent

on SIMATIC S5/S7 SIMATIC ProAgent

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

Multi Panels 270 series

All SIMATIC operator interfaces at a glance

5 MB Flash (of which max. 4 MB for ProTool conf.)

12 MB Flash (of which max. 7 MB for ProTool conf.)

q/q/q q/q q/q

q/q/q q/q q/q

q/q/q q/q q/q

q/q/q q/q q/q

Pixel / vector graphics

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

Pixel / vector graphics q/q

SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

Operator Control and Monitoring Devices

ProTool One configuration software fits all

Runtime software for Operating system

Windows 98 SE/ME/ NT4.0/2000

Windows 98 SE/ME/ NT4.0/2000

Operator Control and Monitoring Devices